Elisa E. (“Our Life Beyond MKULTRA”): 5 Interviews

Webmasters Comment: Satanic Ritual Abuse survivor and “targeted individual,” Elisa E. tells her story of abuse as a high-level MKULTRA mind-control slave in the following interviews. Included below are a number of collages in which she graphically portrays her story. Many of these include photos of some of her MKULTRA abusers/handlers/programmers/torturers.

Individuals Identified: Photos shown here include those of George H. W. Bush, Edmond de Rothschild, Meyer Lansky (head of Jewish Mafia, National Crime Syndicate, until his death in 1983), Christian Bale (“batman”), Donald Henry Rumsfeld, Frank Carlucci, Jon M. Huntsman, Sr., General Albert “Bert” N. Stubblebein III, Richard Hoagland, John C. Lily, C.B. “Scott” Jones, Gustave A. Cisneros, Danny Glover, Kirk Douglas, Mel Gibson, Arnold Scwhartzennegger, John B. Alexander (programmer, nonlethal weapons advocate), J. “Jake” Garn (Senator from Utah, R), Steven M. Greer (UFO Disclosure Project), Senator Arlen Specter, Gustave A. Clameros, Thomas Spencer Monson (Late President, Mormon Church), and several I do not recognize.

Organizations identified include Office of Naval Intelligence, CIA, National Security Agency (NSA), NASA, National Reconnaissance Office (NRO), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), U.S. Air Force, Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), U.S. Army, Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), Department of Energy (DOE), Special Forces, Secret Armies, An Army of Death, MacDill Air Force Base, Mormon Church, Scientology, The Carlyle Group, Wall Street, Roundtable, think tanks, corporate drug dealers, arms dealers.

Locations (presumably for Elisa’s programming): Hollywood, Salt Lake Buddhist Temple, LDS Conference Center, Moab, UT, Albuquerque, Roswell, NM, Tucson, AZ, Denver, Boulder, Durango, CO, Memphis, TN, Las Vegas, NV, New York, Huntington Beach, CA Atlantic City, New Jersey, Dunedin, Florida.

Spirit entities identified: human demons, AI, Satan, Lucifer, Cain, Lilith, Alien, UFOs, The Beast, Baal, Mothers of Darkness,

Contributing Culture: Rock Music- Blue Oyster Cult, Led Zepplin, Paul McCartney, Deep Purple, Kiss, Aerosmith, many movie stars depicted.

Symbols: Star of David, Jewish Sephiroth.

Comments to interviews are also provided below.

Of course, the key question here is this: Is Elise E. telling the truth? Or could this be a psyop? I’m not sure but much of what she says rings true. The most difficult component of this horrific power system and structure for people to accept is probably the connection to the demonic realm. Elisa E. explains these connections graphically.

I’ve done previous research on mind control, including my article, Mind Control: History And Applications and my transcription of the extended documentary “The Minds of Men” (Cybernetics & Totalitarian Brain Science in America: The Psychopathic Institutions and Neuroscientists Behind The “Psycho-Civilized Society”; Dr. Eric Karlstrom’s Transcription and Notes From “The Minds of Men ” by A. & M. Dykes” (2018 documentary)), and I note that the demonic realm is not mentioned or discussed in these posts. Is it possible that demonic images were implanted in Elisa E.’s mind when she was being programmed?

The demonic “dimensions” of these operations, if they exist, are highly distasteful to contemplate. However, this worldview is consistent with Christian doctrine. Thus, these interviews suggest that America, in particular, and the world in general, are now in Satan’s grip. In these interviews, then, we get a deep glimpse into the occult, Satanic “esoteric science” that runs our primary institutions and a great many of our leaders. I leave it listeners and readers to come to their own conclusions on this extremely unpleasant, but possibly pivotal topic. I leave open two main possibilities, both of which induct victims into the hellish realms:

1) The mind controllers use satanism in the programming of their victims as a way to traumatize their victims’, and
2) The mind controllers actually summon entities from the demonic realm to aid in their programming operations.

It should be noted that “theurgy” (summoning of spirits) has long been practiced in various secret societies such as the Rosicrucians, Masons, Jews, etc. I include viewer comments to some of the interviews below.

Here is Elisa E.’s website: Our Life Beyond MKULTRA.wordpress)

I. Elisa E. with Elana Freeland- Our Life Beyond MKULTRA (July 2015)

II. Sage of Quay Radio – Elisa E. with Elana Freeland – MKUltra and Unseen Forces (Oct 2015)

III. Sage of Quay Radio – Elisa E. and Elana Freeland – Mind Control and Synthetic Humans (July 2016)

IV. Sex Assassin & MK Ultra Survivor Explains The Gruesome Acts of What She Did!

V. [MK Ultra Survivor split into 1000 personalities]. Hear what they say! (The Good Intention Show, March 2, 2018)

Tonight returning to the show are my very special guests Elisa E. and Elana Freeland.

Elisa is a survivor of the MKULTRA mind control program and has authored two books titled Our Life Beyond MKULTRA where Elisa details her involvement in the program. She offers a rare glimpse into how the dark world of trauma-based mind control created her Multiple Personality Disorder and how once programmed she was used in government, military, intelligence, religious and corporate organizations to carry out the occult agenda of control and domination through sex and murder.

Elana is a Waldorf school pioneer, storyteller, lecturer and writer. She has written for alternative publications all her adult life giving non-mainstream issues a voice. Her current book – Chemtrails, HAARP, and the Full Spectrum Dominance of Planet Earth examines how chemtrails and technology like HAARP support the controller’s efforts to dominate humanity. Elana has also ghostwritten and edited several books on diverse topics including stories of survivors of MK-ULTRA and ritual abuse.

With tonight’s show Elisa and Elana will take us through how the matrix is implementing highly sophisticated ways to control humanity through synthetic biology, artificial intelligence and electromagnetic frequencies to neutralize the true human consciousness.

* Elisa’s website: https://ourlifebeyondmkultra.wordpres…
* Our Life Beyond MKULTRA – Book 1: http://tinyurl.com/h8cwn5z
* Our Life Beyond MKULTRA – Book 2: http://tinyurl.com/hn7cr2r
* Elana’s Book – Chemtrails, HAARP, and the Full Spectrum Dominance of Planet Earth: http://tinyurl.com/jxkz5g5

Sage of Quay Blog: http://sageofquayradio.blogspot.com/

DISCLAIMER and TERMS

The views and opinions expressed by any guest featured on The Sage of Quay Radio Hour are those of the guest and do not necessarily reflect the opinions or views of the host Mike Williams or of the The Sage of Quay Radio Hour as a whole.

All content provided on The Sage of Quay Radio Hour is for informational purposes only. We make no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of any information discussed or presented during the show or found by following any link mentioned in the broadcast or in the show notes.

Elisa E.’s Collages include:

Comments to IV.

Pinned by UI Media Network
Angel Invocon
2 years ago
Germany, 1954 USAF black operations Genetic Experimental Lab at Landstuhl. MK Ultra, sub-project#24. That’s the where, and the when, the what is quite extensive. I am hybrid, chimera, Delta Force, “sleeper”.My last mission was in 2014, when I woke mid-mission. I’ve been monitored since by several programmers, but as far as I know I have not been activated since. I do believe they(CIA) are not done with me. I have recently gone through physical and mental reconditioning, probably a preparation for something to come.I am the confluence of three royal blood lines, and have many psychic abilities, the “push”, invisibility, and telepathy.Time is short for us all. Love is the healer and the way to finding balance. Love unconditionally all that is and is not and peace can be found internally.Outwardly I am still Delta. I love you all.lolly

jbean530
2 years ago
You are in my prayers Elisa. May the blood of Jesus protect you and keep you safe. God bless you.

deanna black
2 years ago
Why on earth do you interrupt this woman so much? It’s HER story we want to hear, not your interruptions! She’s very gracious for putting up with it! I wouldn’t have!

Heather Fair
2 years ago
Elisa! I’ve read both of your books! Recommended them to a good friend and couldn’t find them in my kindle. And somehow, synchronicity I’m sure!❤️, tonight I stumbled upon this YouTube! Your story is a testament to your light and your strength! It inspired me as someone who hasn’t seen such atrocities as y’all have, to keep fighting and never give up! Thank you eternally for sharing your story!❤️

Suzie Q Melton Suzieqrussell
2 years ago
I have a very early memory from 4 years old. I was watching TV with my mom (not paying attention to it). I suddenly felt like my heart and chest was split in half. When it happened I told my mom while holding my chest it hurts moma. She said she knew but I never told her what I was feeling. I’ve believed for a long time her father was a pedo. My family life was abusive. Of 4 girls I was the one that all evil energy was forced on. They tell me I’m schizophrenic. That’s crazy to me because I have a better grasp on life and what has and is happening than any of them.

Kujji Tafari
2 years ago
She has the most inspiring Survivor story I’ve ever heard. It goes to show that everything works for good, weather or not it seems so at the time. I had goose bumps from a lot of what she said pertaining to the spiritual war we are engaged in! All ancient text tale this story!🙏🏽

CindyO
2 years ago
I thought this to be a very enlightening video and horribly tragic! Quite frightening ! But I have to save if you are going to interview someone let them finish answering their questions !

Valerie Angell
2 years ago
This guy really likes the sound of his own voice…

Signal
2 years ago (edited)
Its not made up each person has a different story but this is more fact base then not. The problem is there are not any therapists that will deal with this, they are not qualified. I am a survivor, be careful what church you join, many y are not what they seem to be..I am glad she mentioned the Mormons, most people are good people but have no clue what they are involved with. I think a lot of women are born into it but as a convert it was so clear to me that it was satanic. She is also right that they go from a lineage of geonology obsession to bloodline temple rituals. When I said STOP, my life turned to hell. She also is right that they abuse their power as they work for the church and are inbed with big giant corp some of the biggest. Church billions are used to make more money. The average low level mormon is just trying to be obedient they have no idea how they are being exploited. Women are used to have a child a year if that is what God will permit. More with the blood lines. Go to a Mormon church families of the same last name go on for generations, its really quite crazy. The rituals and inability to let go they think is funny they call it the holy spirit. Very demonic.
Sex is never talked about or shut down its never normal not to talk about something, sex is real its natural and normal. Its what you don’t talk about thats crazy.

erin kerner
2 years ago
He should of let her speak more. She is the person with the information right?? Not a very good interviewer.

Caroline Nino Woods
2 years ago
I think they both did a great job!
2018🇺🇸💜
💚🌍💚🌎💚🌏💚

Danielle
2 years ago
Think about this…how do these victims EVER know when their actually recovered. WOW

mariya_tortilla
2 years ago
BRO let the lady talk, i wanted to hear her talk with OUT being interrupted.

Michelle Sirca
2 years ago
30:24: no one has ever agreed with me! I’m pretty scared about that!

Teresa Schwartz
2 years ago (edited)
Thought*. Let the woman tell her own story!

Lucy Ashurst
2 years ago
yh one thing that keeps shining for me is the true love of the good god beats all there trys, there win most the time tho , i honestly cant belive this is still happening in 2018 the fakes gods need to be strips on there money and power i cant believe our god cant do anything to stop them 🙁 i feel sorry for hollywood so many artist we have been ripped away from fully gutted for my hole music history.

Starry Eyes
2 years ago (edited)
Just Subbed 💃🏼🕺💃🏼💃🏼💃🏼🕺❤️

TINA COLBY
2 years ago
Someone must of been interceding for you.

Schatz Farms
2 years ago
Do you know what it’s like every day to feel like you are going to die?

R. CelesTeya Terrae Salutaris
3 years ago
Wow the host just talks on and on give the. Guest a chance to s’peak!

Johnny Rico
3 years ago
Very good interview. Thanks

Nyraxynthyrykx
2 years ago (edited)
‘ Once Your ‘Mapped’ ‘ Your Always a ‘Useable Tool’ No Matter What You ‘Think’ You Feel_ ‘Ime’ Causes Massive Depression’ and Lots of Coffee’

portishphonic
2 years ago
why the hell does this organization or whatever it is have as its symbol a 5 pointed star?

Savage Boi
2 years ago
Scary shit

La Red
2 years ago
Svali ?? That guy’s channel “Sage the Wanderer” has a video where he says he met her and that she disappeared, & he wonders what happened to her. I think the video’s called “I met an MK ULTRA handler” or something like that. ✅ Check it out. He’s got some good videos. Others clearly indicate he’s not as awake as he thinks he is LOL. But that vid may give some additional information on her (Svali). ✌️💜🙏

St.EveNMichael MADara
2 years ago
Hey mom remember that thing

Men in back

Nah I remember taking my catholic children to a baptist church

Dude dad wat it was at st mary

Nah it was at the baptist church

Steve goto drug rehab

No we are catholic
Why baptist church

Miss Oli
1 year ago
46:07 who? Kill Swan?

Alexis Joyce
2 years ago (edited)
Cern powers the World Wide Web or 666 omega bet ( from the end of the alphabet) Cern is the bottomless pit. You are looking at it now.

◄ Psalm 57 ►
New International Version Par ▾
Psalm 57 a

For the director of music. To the tune of “Do Not Destroy.” Of David. A miktam. b When he had fled from Saul into the cave.

1Have mercy on me, my God, have mercy on me,
for in you I take refuge.
I will take refuge in the shadow of your wings
until the disaster has passed.
2I cry out to God Most High,
to God, who vindicates me.
3He sends from heaven and saves me,
rebuking those who hotly pursue me— c
God sends forth his love and his faithfulness.
4I am in the midst of lions;
I am forced to dwell among ravenous beasts—
men whose teeth are spears and arrows,
whose tongues are sharp swords.
5Be exalted, O God, above the heavens;
let your glory be over all the earth.
6They spread a net for my feet—
I was bowed down in distress.
They dug a pit in my path—
but they have fallen into it themselves.
7My heart, O God, is steadfast,
my heart is steadfast;
I will sing and make music.
8Awake, my soul!
Awake, harp and lyre!
I will awaken the dawn.
9I will praise you, Lord, among the nations;
I will sing of you among the peoples.
10For great is your love, reaching to the heavens;
your faithfulness reaches to the skies.
11Be exalted, O God, above the heavens;
let your glory be over all the earth.

AGE OF GAIA
2 years ago
The guy doing the interview should SHUT UP and listen!

Dela Martinez
2 years ago
Thanks

Alexis Joyce
2 years ago
Sixth Amendment
The Sixth Amendment guarantees the rights of criminal defendants, including the right to a public trial without unnecessary delay, the right to a lawyer, the right to an impartial jury, and the right to know who your accusers are and the nature of the charges and evidence against you. It has been most visibly tested in a series of cases involving terrorism, but much more often figures in cases that involve (for example) jury selection or the protection of witnesses, including victims of sex crimes as well as witnesses in need of protection from retaliation

Dawn M. Lausen
2 years ago
The only way for multiple to heal is by the blood of our Lord Jesus Christ which he shed for all of us.

SilverAukahzy
1 month ago
Where’s part 2? FB link is broken

TINA COLBY
2 years ago (edited)
Me too. I met a lady very intelligent, who came to our church. She actually worked for low income, administrative part, which the Church owned. She invited me to her home for lunch. She told me some horrendous horror,and discussed in an intellectual way, as she had a Master level Business. The exposure to her delivering a child young age and watch it be sacrificed or made to be put in casket, as her death, with no emotion seemed alittle questionable. She was raised in and her and husband and now her kids practicing wizardry. But before I left her home, sh deeply inquired as to why I would want to be in a church and allow some man to dictate control me, she would not allow this.

Justice Liberty
2 years ago
Says #404 not found when i tried to share. Js

Alexis Joyce
2 years ago
Psalm 35 ►
New International Version Par ▾
Psalm 35

Of David.

1Contend, Lord, with those who contend with me;
fight against those who fight against me.
2Take up shield and armor;
arise and come to my aid.
3Brandish spear and javelin a
against those who pursue me.
Say to me,
“I am your salvation.”
4May those who seek my life
be disgraced and put to shame;
may those who plot my ruin
be turned back in dismay.
5May they be like chaff before the wind,
with the angel of the Lord driving them away;
6may their path be dark and slippery,
with the angel of the Lord pursuing them.
7Since they hid their net for me without cause
and without cause dug a pit for me,
8may ruin overtake them by surprise—
may the net they hid entangle them,
may they fall into the pit, to their ruin.
9Then my soul will rejoice in the Lord
and delight in his salvation.
10My whole being will exclaim,
“Who is like you, Lord?
You rescue the poor from those too strong for them,
the poor and needy from those who rob them.”
11Ruthless witnesses come forward;
they question me on things I know nothing about.
12They repay me evil for good
and leave me like one bereaved.
13Yet when they were ill, I put on sackcloth
and humbled myself with fasting.
When my prayers returned to me unanswered,
14I went about mourning
as though for my friend or brother.
I bowed my head in grief
as though weeping for my mother.
15But when I stumbled, they gathered in glee;
assailants gathered against me without my knowledge.
They slandered me without ceasing.
16Like the ungodly they maliciously mocked; b
they gnashed their teeth at me.
17How long, Lord, will you look on?
Rescue me from their ravages,
my precious life from these lions.
18I will give you thanks in the great assembly;
among the throngs I will praise you.
19Do not let those gloat over me
who are my enemies without cause;
do not let those who hate me without reason
maliciously wink the eye.
20They do not speak peaceably,
but devise false accusations
against those who live quietly in the land.
21They sneer at me and say, “Aha! Aha!
With our own eyes we have seen it.”
22Lord, you have seen this; do not be silent.
Do not be far from me, Lord.
23Awake, and rise to my defense!
Contend for me, my God and Lord.
24Vindicate me in your righteousness, Lord my God;
do not let them gloat over me.
25Do not let them think, “Aha, just what we wanted!”
or say, “We have swallowed him up.”
26May all who gloat over my distress
be put to shame and confusion;
may all who exalt themselves over me
be clothed with shame and disgrace.
27May those who delight in my vindication
shout for joy and gladness;
may they always say, “The Lord be exalted,
who delights in the well-being of his servant.”
28My tongue will proclaim your righteousness,
your praises all day long.

Erica Danger
2 years ago
Never really herd any facts. It sounds made up.

Marc Jefferson
2 years ago
You talk to much

Allen F. Liberacki
2 years ago
Kraft Food & Chemical and MK ULTRA!!!!!

Schatz Farms
2 years ago
How can I get help?

Dela Martinez
2 years ago
Sorry not a comment just a question, who is the interviewer? Sounds alot like Dick Cavett hope i spelled his last name right.Can anyone tell me who it is.

Schatz Farms
2 years ago
I am one. I need help

Signal
2 years ago
Its not made up each person has a different story but this is more fact base then not. The problem is there are not any therapists that will deal with this, they are not qualified. I am a survivor, be careful what church you join, many y are not what they seem to be..

Meep Meep
2 years ago
Who is they?

Vast land Traverse
2 years ago
the fact that she considers herself “We” is the reason she is fragmented, power of belief, that is how the occult works. If she said, “I believe I am one”, and “Growing one”, meaningfully, she would find that she is.

Renny Zero
2 years ago (edited)
Elisa E. Roses are red violets are blue. I’m a disasositve and so are we. However having said that. I’m perfectly sane. MAGA

Sarah Couture
5 months ago
I love teal swan too, but that one video where she is all dissociated and acting creepy and she talks about children attracting their own abuse is pure and complete BULLSHIT though! That’s a sick, victim blaming mentality and it’s very wrong. I believe she was in a programmed alter when she made that video because that’s hella cult mindset. 😣 kids do not attract their own abuse, that’s ludicrous and sick don’t believe it 👎🏻

precognation
1 year ago
How do you count the personalities? How do you go from being a victim to becoming aware of everything that’s been done to you?

Lone Wolf
2 years ago
I agree shutup

ajlukelepuke
2 years ago
I love this shit. Comedy gold.

C.S. Lewis
3 years ago
Sorry , but i know the real Elisa E ._. Thats not her._. The real Elisa E can explain Disney connection to Kennedy assassination._.

The real Elisa E explains M.K . Are the initials for the Magic Kingdom ._.

The real Elisa E compares M.K ultra and M.K. Ultron and the Disney double cross on perceptions of pinochio._. ” ive got no strings “._.

Elisa in Magic Kingdom is Alise in Disneyland._.

Duh._.

Bob Dobalina
2 years ago (edited)
Did MK Ultra cause her to start overusing the word ‘literally’? Quite common, really. Nothing special about her. She’s just an average Jane.

The MANY Methods of Mind Manipulation . . . a Worldwide Operation

The MANY Methods of Mind Manipulation . . . a Worldwide Operation

DECEMBER 10, 2018 DIGIGOD

https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_mindcon45.htm

The MANY Methods of Mind Manipulation . . . a Worldwide Operation

A “profane” or materialistic view of telepathy became commonplace after World War II. Just as new mathematical models and theories of physics had been brought to bear on development of the atomic bomb, so too new tools were brought to bear on the human mind.

Just as Cold War scientists raced to design rocket engines and missile technologies that would give their country superiority on the nuclear battlefield, so too did scientists rush to develop ever more complex and thorough models of the human brain. They literally began to see the brain as a mental battlefield.

Implicit within this Cold War race to acquire brain “technology” was the crude assumption that the human mind could be mechanically “modeled” or understood as an artificial construct. The brain began to be viewed as a complex “thinking machine” or computer that could be analyzed, broken into component parts, and back-engineered.

Within this context, telepathy began to be seen as an exotic form of mental radio transmission, only one of many communication functions performed by the mental machine.

Communication per se was nothing new. But technicians became fascinated by the potential to communicate silently and covertly, at a distance. Likewise, telepathy seemed to offer a powerful means to distract and confuse the enemy, to program assassins, or to forcibly extract secret information from an enemy’s mind.

Put bluntly, the Pentagon began to see telepathy as a powerful multi-task weapon. The rush to develop “artificial telepathy” became a top-priority weapons program within the overall race for total mind control. Artificial telepathy cannot be fully understood outside this military context or the historical context of the Cold War. The research and development really did begin as a Cold War weapons program.

The paragraphs below give a brief summary of the history of mind control research during the past 50 years.

Some of the amazing technologies developed during this time may be found at ‘Synthetic Telepathy And The Early Mind Wars‘.

We will examine some of the specific telepathy programs, and the scientists behind them, in future posts.

— M

The following article combines material from several sources, listed under Footnotes.

The majority of information appeared in David Guyatt‘s synopsis of the history and development of mind control weapons, first presented at an ICRC symposium on “The Medical Profession and the Effects of Weapons”

First Electromagnetic Beam Weapons
The background to the development of anti-personnel electromagnetic weapons can be traced to the early-middle 1940’s and possibly earlier.

Japanese “Death Ray”

The earliest extant reference, to my knowledge, was contained in the U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey (Pacific Survey, Military Analysis Division, Volume 63) which reviewed Japanese research and development efforts on a “Death Ray.” Whilst not reaching the stage of practical application, research was considered sufficiently promising to warrant the expenditure of Yen 2 million during the years 1940-1945.

Summarizing the Japanese efforts, allied scientists concluded that a ray apparatus might be developed that could kill unshielded human beings at a distance of 5 to 10 miles. Studies demonstrated that, for example, automobile engines could be stopped by tuned waves as early as 1943. (1)

It is therefore reasonable to suppose that this technique has been available for a great many years

Nazi Experiments in Mind Manipulation

[E]xperiments in behavior modification and mind manipulation have a much more grisly past. Nazi doctors at the Dachau concentration camp conducted involuntary experiments with hypnosis and narco-hypnosis, using the drug mescaline on inmates. Additional research was conducted at Auschwitz, using a range of chemicals including various barbiturates and morphine derivatives. Many of these experiments proved fatal.

Project CHATTER

Following the conclusion of the war, the U.S. Naval Technical Mission was tasked with obtaining pertinent industrial and scientific material that had been produced by the Third Reich and which may be of benefit to U.S. interests. Following a lengthy report, the Navy instigated Project CHATTER in 1947.

Project PAPERCLIP

Many of the Nazi scientists and medical doctors who conducted hideous experiments were later recruited by the U.S. Army and worked out of Heidelberg prior to being secretly relocated to the United States under the Project PAPERCLIP program.

Under the leadership of Dr. Hubertus Strughold, 34 ex-Nazi scientists accepted “Paperclip” contracts, authorized by the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and were put to work at Randolph Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas.

Project Moonstruck, 1952, CIA:

Electronic implants in brain and teeth
Targeting: Long range Implanted during surgery or surreptitiously during abduction
Frequency range: HF – ELF transceiver implants
Purpose: Tracking, mind and behavior control, conditioning, programming, covert operations
Functional Basis: Electronic Stimulation of the Brain, E.S.B.

First Narco-Hypnosis Programs

By 1953 the CIA, U.S. Navy and the U.S. Army Chemical Corps were conducting their own narco-hypnosis programs on unwilling victims that included prisoners, mental patients, foreigners, ethic minorities and those classified as sexual deviants. (2)

[For a fuller account of the Nazi experiments refer to Resonance No 29 November 1995, published by the Bioelectromagnetic Special Interest Group of American Mensa Ltd., and drawn from a series of articles published by the Napa Sentinel, 1991 by Harry Martin and David Caul.]

Project MK-ULTRA, 1953, CIA:

Drugs, electronics and electroshock
Targeting: Short range Frequencies: VHF HF UHF modulated at ELF Transmission and Reception: Local production
Purpose: Programming behavior, creation of “cyborg” mentalities
Effects: narcoleptic trance, programming by suggestion
Subprojects: Many.
Pseudonym: Project Artichoke
Functional Basis: Electronic Dissolution of Memory, E.D.O.M.

Project Orion, 1958, U.S.A.F:
Drugs, hypnosis, and ESB
Targeting: Short range, in person
Frequencies: ELF Modulation
Transmission, and Reception: Radar, microwaves, modulated at ELF frequencies
Purpose: Top security personnel debriefing, programming, insure security and loyalty
Pseudonym: “Dreamland”

MK-DELTA, 1960, CIA:
Fine-tuned electromagnetic subliminal programming
Targeting: Long Range
Frequencies: VHF HF UHF Modulated at ELF
Transmission and Reception: Television antennae, radio antennae, power lines, mattress spring coils, modulation on 60 Hz wiring.
Purpose: programming behavior and attitudes in general population
Effects: fatigue, mood swings, behavior dysfunction and social criminality, mood swings
Pseudonym: “Deep Sleep”, R.H.I.C.

MKULTRA
It was not until the middle or late 1970’s that the American public became aware of a series of hitherto secret programs that had been conducted over the preceding two decades by the military and intelligence community. (3)

Primarily focusing on narco-hypnosis, these extensive covert programs bore the project titles MKULTRA, MKDELTA, MKNAOMI, MKSEARCH (MK being understood to stand for Mind Kontrol), BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE and CHATTER.

The principal aim of these and associated programs was the development of a reliable “programmable” assassin. Secondary aims were the development of a method of citizen control. (4)

Dr. Jose Delgado
Particularly relevant was Dr. Jose Delgado’s secret work directed towards the creation of a “psycho-civilized” society by use of a “stimoceiver.” (5)

Delgado’s work was seminal, and his experiments on humans and animals demonstrated that electronic stimulation can excite extreme emotions including rage, lust and fatigue.

In his paper “Intracerebral Radio Stimulation and recording in Completely Free Patients,” Delgado observed that:

“Radio Stimulation on different points in the amygdala and hippocampus in the four patients produced a variety of effects, including pleasant sensations, elation, deep thoughtful concentration, odd feelings, super relaxation (an essential precursor for deep hypnosis), colored visions, and other responses.”

With regard to the “colored visions” citation, it is reasonable to conclude he was referring to hallucinations — an effect that a number of so-called “victims” allude to. (7)

Dr. John C. Lilly
Also of interest is Dr. John C. Lilly (10), who was asked by the Director of the National Institute of Mental Health to brief the CIA, FBI, NSA and military intelligence services on his work using electrodes to stimulate, directly, the pleasure and pain centers of the brain.

Lilly said that he refused the request. However, as stated in his book, he continued to do “useful” work for the national security apparatus.

In terms of timing this is interesting, for these events took place in 1953.

First use of computers to communicate with the brain
As far back as 1969, Delgado predicted the day would soon arrive when a computer would be able to establish two-way radio communication with the brain – an event that first occurred in 1974.

Lawrence Pinneo, a neurophysiologist and electronic engineer working for Stanford Research Institute (a leading military contractor),

“developed a computer system capable of reading a person’s mind. It correlated brain waves on an electroencephalograph with specific commands. Twenty years ago the computer responded with a dot on a TV screen. Nowadays it could be the input to a stimulator (ESB) in advanced stages using radio frequencies.” (8)

Drs. Sharp and Frey develop “Microwave Hearing”

Drs. Joseph Sharp and Allen Frey experimented with microwaves seeking to transmit spoken words directly into the audio cortex via a pulsed-microwave analog of the speaker’s sound vibration. Indeed, Frey’s work in this field, dating back to 1960, gave rise to the so called “Frey effect” which is now more commonly referred to as “microwave hearing.” (19)

Within the Pentagon this ability is now known as “Artificial Telepathy.” (20)

[Footnote 20 – Refer to Dr. Robert Becker who has stated “Such a device has obvious applications in covert operations designed to drive a target crazy with “voices” or deliver undetected instructions to a programmed assassin.”

Dr. Ross Adey experiments with EM control of emotional states

In his pioneering work, Dr. Ross Adey determined that emotional states and behavior can be remotely influenced merely by placing a subject in an electromagnetic field.

By directing a carrier frequency to stimulate the brain and using amplitude modulation to shape the wave to mimic a desired EEG frequency, he was able to impose a 4.5 CPS theta rhythm on his subjects.

Adey and others have compiled an entire library of frequencies and pulsation rates which can affect the mind and nervous system. (21)

Adey induces calcium efflux in brain tissue with low power level fields (a basis for the CIA and military’s “confusion weaponry”) and has done behavioral experiments with radar modulated at electroencephalogram (EEG) rhythms.

He is understandably concerned about environmental exposures within 1 to 30 Hz (cycles per second), either as a low frequency or an amplitude modulation on a microwave or radio frequency, as these can physiologically interact with the brain even at very low power densities.

Dr. Ewen Cameron’s experiments in mental programming
Additional studies, conducted by Dr. Ewen Cameron and funded by the CIA, were directed towards erasing memory and imposing new personalities on unwilling patients.

Cameron discovered that electroshock treatment caused amnesia. He set about a program that he called “de-patterning” which had the effect of erasing the memory of selected patients. Further work revealed that subjects could be transformed into a virtual blank machine (Tabula Rasa) and then be re-programmed with a technique which he termed “psychic driving.”

Such was the bitter public outrage, once his work was revealed (as a result of FOIA searches), that Cameron was forced to retire in disgrace.

Operation PANDORA

From 1965 through to 1970, Defense Advanced Projects Research Agency (DARPA), with up to 70-80% funding provided by the military, set in motion operation PANDORA to study the health and psychological effects of low intensity microwaves with regard to the so-called “Moscow signal” registered at the American Embassy in Moscow.

Initially, there was confusion over whether the signal was an attempt to activate bugging devices or for some other purpose. There was suspicion that the microwave irradiation was being used as a mind control system.

CIA agents asked scientists involved in microwave research whether microwaves beamed at humans from a distance could affect the brain and alter behavior.

Dr. Milton Zarat who undertook to analyze Soviet literature on microwaves for the CIA, wrote:

“For non-thermal irradiations, they believe that the electromagnetic field induced by the microwave environment affects the cell membrane, and this results in an increase of excitability or an increase in the level of excitation of nerve cells.

With repeated or continued exposure, the increased excitability leads to a state of exhaustion of the cells of the cerebral cortex.”

This project appears to have been quite extensive and included (under U.S. Navy funding) studies demonstrating how to induce heart seizures, create leaks in the blood/brain barrier and production of auditory hallucinations.

Despite attempts to render the Pandora program invisible to scrutiny, FOIA filings revealed memoranda of Richard Cesaro, Director of DARPA, which confirmed that the program’s initial goal was to “discover whether a carefully controlled microwave signal could control the mind.”

Cesaro urged that these studies be made “for potential weapons applications.” (12)

EM Mind Control Research Goes Black

Following immense public outcry, Congress forbade further research and demanded that these projects be terminated across the board.

But as former CIA agent Victor Marchetti later revealed, the programs merely became more covert with a high element of “deniability” built in to them, and that CIA claims to the contrary are a cover story. (13)

Despite the fact that many of the aforementioned projects revolved around the use of narcotics and hallucinogens, projects ARTICHOKE, PANDORA and CHATTER clearly demonstrate that “psychoelectronics” were a high priority.

Indeed, author John Marks’ anonymous informant (known humorously as “Deep Trance”) stated that beginning in 1963 mind control research strongly emphasized electronics.

1974: Dr. J.F. Scapitz experiments with remote hypnosis
In 1974, Dr. J. F. Scapitz filed a plan to explore the interaction of radio signals and hypnosis.

He stated that,

“In this investigation it will be shown that the spoken word of the hypnotists may be conveyed by modulate electromagnetic energy directly into the subconscious parts of the human brain — i.e. without employing any technical devices for receiving or transcoding the messages and without the person exposed to such influence having a chance to control the information input consciously.”

Schapitz’ work was funded by the DoD. Despite FOIA filings, his work has never been made available. Also it is interesting to note the date of 1974, which almost exactly mirror’s the period when the USSR commenced its own program that resulted in “Acoustic Psycho-correction technology.”]

1976: Soviets use ELF transmissions as mind-control weapon

On July 4, 1976 seven giant transmitters in the Ukraine, powered by the Chernobyl nuclear facility, pumped a 100 megawatt radio frequency at the West, which contained a 10 Hz ELF mind control frequency.

According to a US scientist, Dr Andrija Puharich, MD, the soviet pulses covered the human brain frequencies.

With a Dr Bob Beck, he proved that the Soviet transmissions were a weapon. He found that a 6.65 Hz frequency would cause depression and an 11Hz frequency would cause manic and riotous behavior. Transmissions could indeed entrain the human brain, and thereby induce behavioral modification such that populations can be mind controlled en masse by ELF transmissions.

More importantly, he found that an ELF signal could cause cancer at the flick of a switch. It did this by modifying the function of RNA transference’s so that amino acid sequences are scrambled and produce unnatural proteins.

As further reading, I recommend “Mind Control World Control! By Jim Keith.

1981: Eldon Byrd develops EM devices for riot control
Scientist Eldon Byrd, who worked for the Naval Surface Weapons Office, was commissioned in 1981 to develop electromagnetic devices for purposes including riot control, clandestine operations and hostage removal. (11)

In the context of a controversy over reproductive hazards to Video Display Terminal (VDT) operators, he wrote of alterations in brain function of animals exposed to low intensity fields.

Offspring of exposed animals,

“exhibited a drastic degradation of intelligence later in life… couldn’t learn easy tasks… indicating a very definite and irreversible damage to the central nervous system of the fetus.”

With VDT operators exposed to weak fields, there have been clusters of miscarriages and birth defects (with evidence of central nervous system damage to the fetus). Byrd also wrote of experiments where behavior of animals was controlled by exposure to weak electromagnetic fields.

“At a certain frequency and power intensity, they could make the animal purr, lay down and roll over.”

Low-frequency sleep induction

From 1980 to 1983 […] Eldon Byrd ran the Marine Corps Nonlethal Electromagnetic Weapons project. He conducted most of his research at the Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute in Bethesda, Md.

“We were looking at electrical activity in the brain and how to influence it,” he says.

Byrd, a specialist in medical engineering and bioeffects, funded small research projects, including a paper on vortex weapons by Obolensky.

He conducted experiments on animals – and even on himself – to see if brain waves would move into sync with waves impinging on them from the outside. (He found that they would, but the effect was short lived.)

By using very low frequency electromagnetic radiation–the waves way below radio frequencies on the electromagnetic spectrum–he found he could induce the brain to release behavior-regulating chemicals.

“We could put animals into a stupor,” he says, by hitting them with these frequencies. “We got chick brains – in vitro – to dump 80 percent of the natural opioids in their brains,” Byrd says.

He even ran a small project that used magnetic fields to cause certain brain cells in rats to release histamine.

In humans, this would cause instant flulike symptoms and produce nausea. “These fields were extremely weak. They were undetectable,” says Byrd.

“The effects were nonlethal and reversible. You could disable a person temporarily,” Byrd hypothesizes. “It [would have been] like a stun gun.”

Byrd never tested any of his hardware in the field, and his program, scheduled for four years, apparently was closed down after two, he says.

“The work was really outstanding,” he grumbles. “We would have had a weapon in one year.”

Byrd says he was told his work would be unclassified, “unless it works.” Because it worked, he suspects that the program “went black.”

Other scientists tell similar tales of research on electromagnetic radiation turning top secret once successful results were achieved. There are clues that such work is continuing.

In 1995, the annual meeting of four-star U.S. Air Force generals–called CORONA–reviewed more than 1,000 potential projects. One was called “Put the Enemy to Sleep/Keep the Enemy From Sleeping.” It called for exploring “acoustics,” “microwaves,” and “brain-wave manipulation” to alter sleep patterns.

It was one of only three projects approved for initial investigation.

PHOENIX II, 1983, U.S.A.F, NSA:

Location: Montauk, Long Island Electronic multi-directional targeting of select population groups
Targeting: Medium range
Frequencies: Radar, microwaves. EHF UHF modulated
Power: Gigawatt through Terawatt
Purpose: Loading of Earth Grids, planetary sonombulescence to stave off geological activity, specific-point earthquake creation, population programming for sensitized individuals
Pseudonym: “Rainbow”, ZAP

TRIDENT, 1989, ONR, NSA:
Electronic directed targeting of individuals or populations
Targeting: Large population groups assembled
Display: Black helicopters flying in triad formation of three
Power: 100,000 watts
Frequency: UHF
Purpose: Large group management and behavior control, riot control
Allied Agencies: FEMA
Pseudonym: “Black Triad” A.E.M.C

Mankind Research Unlimited

An obscure District of Columbia corporation called Mankind Research Unlimited (MRU) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Systems Consultants Inc. (SCI), operated a number of classified intelligence, government and Pentagon contracts, specializing in, amongst other things:

“problem solving in the areas of intelligence electronic warfare, sensor technology and applications.” (14)

MRU’s “capability and experience” is divided into four fields. These include “biophysics — Biological Effects of Magnetic Fields,” “Research in Magneto-fluid Dynamics,” “Planetary Electro-Hydro-Dynamics” and “Geo-pathic Efforts on Living Organisms.” The latter focuses on the induction of illness by altering the magnetic nature of the geography.

Also under research were “Biocybernetics, Psychodynamic Experiments in Telepathy,” “Errors in Human Perception,” “Biologically Generated Fields,” “Metapsychiatry and the Ultraconscious Mind” (believed to refer to experiments in telepathic mind control), “Behavioral Neuropsychiatry,” “Analysis and Measurement of Human Subjective States” and “Human Unconscious Behavioral Patterns.”

Employing some old OSS, CIA and military intelligence officers, the company also engages the services of prominent physicians and psychologists including E. Stanton Maxey, Stanley R. Dean Berthold, Eric Schwarz plus many more.

MRU lists in its Company Capabilities “brain and mind control.” (15)

1989 CNN Program on EM Weapons

During 1989 CNN aired a program on electromagnetic weapons and showed a U.S. government document that outlined a contingency plan to use EM weapons against “terrorists.”

Prior to the show a DoD medical engineer sourced a story claiming that in the context of conditioning, microwaves and other modalities had regularly been used against Palestinians.

RF MEDIA, 1990, CIA:

Electronic, multi-directional subliminal suggestion and programming
Location: Boulder, Colorado (Location of main cell telephone node, national television synchronization node)
Targeting: national population of the United States
Frequencies: ULF VHF HF Phase modulation
Power: Gigawatts
Implementation: Television and radio communications, the “videodrome” signals
Purpose: Programming and triggering behavioral desire, subversion of psychic abilities of population, preparatory processing for mass electromagnetic control
Pseudonym: “Buzz Saw” E.E.M.C.

TOWER, 1990, CIA, NSA:

Electronic cross country subliminal programming and suggestion

Targeting: Mass population, short-range intervals, long-range cumulative

Frequencies: Microwave, EHF SHF

Methodology: Cellular telephone system, ELF modulation

Purpose: Programming through neural resonance and encoded information

Effect: Neural degeneration, DNA resonance modification, psychic suppression

Pseudonym: “Wedding Bells”

1992: Maj. Edward Dames and Project GRILL-FLAME
Major Edward Dames, formerly with the Pentagon’s Defense Intelligence Agency until 1992, was a long-serving member of the highly classified operation GRILL-FLAME, a program that focused on some of the more bizarre possibilities of intelligence gathering and remote interrogation.

Known as “remote viewers,” GRILL-FLAME personnel possessed a marked psychic ability that was put to use “penetrating” designated targets and gathering important intelligence on significant figures.

The program operated with two teams: one working out of the top secret NSA facility at Fort George Meade in Maryland, and the other at SRI. Results are said to have been exemplary.

Following the Oliver North debacle, the Secretary of Defense officially terminated GRILL-FLAME, fearing bad publicity if the program were to become known to the public.

The leading members of the project — including Dames — immediately relocated to the privately owned and newly formed Psi-Tech, and continue their work to this day, operating under government contract.

In the course of his work, Dames was (and remains) close to many the leading figures and proponents anti-personnel electromagnetic weapons, especially those that operate in the neurological field.

During NBC’s “The Other Side” program, Dames stated that “The U.S. Government has an electronic device which could implant thoughts in people.” He refused to comment further.

The program was broadcast during April 1995.

1993 Report of “Acoustic Psycho-correction”

In 1993, Defense News announced that the Russian government was discussing with American counterparts the transfer of technical information and equipment known as “Acoustic Psycho-correction.”

The Russians claimed that this device involves,

“the transmission of specific commands via static or white noise bands into the human subconscious without upsetting other intellectual functions.”

Experts said that demonstrations of this equipment have shown “encouraging” results “after exposure of less than one minute,” and has produced “the ability to alter behavior on willing and unwilling subjects.”

The article goes on to explain that combined “software and hardware associated with the (sic) psycho-correction program could be procured for as little as U.S. $80,000.”

The Russians went on to observe that,

“World opinion is not ready for dealing appropriately with the problems coming from the possibility of direct access to the human mind.”

Acoustic psycho-correction dates back to the mid 1970’s and can be used to “suppress riots, control dissidents, demoralize or disable opposing forces and enhance the performance of friendly special operations teams.” (18)

One U.S. concern in relation to this device was aired by Janet Morris of the Global Strategy Council, a Washington-based think tank established by former CIA deputy director Ray Cline. Morris noted that “Ground troops risk exposure to bone-conducting sound that cannot be offset by earplugs or other protective gear.”

In recent months I met with and discussed Russian research efforts, with a contact who had visited Russia earlier this year. He, in turn, met with a number of Russian scientists who are knowledgeable in this field.

I have few doubts that the Defense News article cited earlier is fundamentally accurate.

1994 Report on “Less Than Lethal” Weapons

The April 1994 issue of Scientific American carried an article entitled “Bang! You’re Alive” which briefly described some of the known arsenal of “Less Than Lethal” weapons presently available.

These include laser rifles and low-frequency infrasound generators powerful enough to trigger nausea or diarrhea.

Steve Aftergood of the Federation of American Scientists (FAS) noted that non-lethal weapons have been linked to “mind control” devices and that three of the most prominent advocates of non-lethality share an interest in psychic phenomena. (23)

It is now the opinion of many that these and related programs have been brought under the banner of non-lethal weapons, otherwise known as “less than lethal,” which are now promulgated in connection with the doctrine of low intensity conflict, a concept for warfare in the 21st century.

It is clear that many of these Pentagon and related LTL programs operate under high classification. Others consider many similar or related “black” programs are funded from the vast resources presently available under the U.S. counter-drug law enforcement policy which has a FY 1995 budget of $13.2 billion. (25)

On 21 July 1994, Defense Secretary William J. Perry issued a memorandum on non-lethal weapons which outlined a tasking priority list for use of these technologies. Second on the list was “crowd control”. Coming in at a poor fifth was “Disable or destroy weapons or weapon development/production processes, including suspected weapons of mass destruction.”

It is therefore clear that non-lethality is fundamentally seen as anti-personnel rather than anti-material.

In July 1996, the Spotlight, a widely circulated right-wing U.S. newspaper, reported that well-placed DoD sources have confirmed a classified Pentagon contract for the development of “high-power electromagnetic generators that interfere with human brain waves.” The article cited the memorandum of understanding dated 1994 between Attorney General Janet Reno, and Defense Secretary William Perry for transfer of LTL weapons to the law enforcement sector.

A budget of under $50 million has been made available for funding associated “black” programs.

Dr. Emery Horvath, a professor of physics at Harvard University, has stated in connection to the generator that interferes with human brain waves that,

“These electronic ‘skull-zappers’ are designed to invade the mind and short circuit its synapses… in the hands of government technicians, it may be used to disorient entire crowds, or to manipulate individuals into self destructive acts. It’s a terrifying weapon.” (26)

In a 1993 U.S. Air Command and Staff College paper entitled Non Lethal Technology and Air Power, authors Maj. Jonathan W. Klaaren (USAF) and Maj.

Ronald S. Mitchell (USAF) outlined selected NLT weapons. These included “Acoustic” (pulsed/attenuated high-intensity sound, infrasound (very low frequency) and Polysound (high volume, distracting) as well as high-power microwaves (HPM) that possessed the ability to deter or incapacitate human beings.

These and other classified weapons are being passed to domestic law enforcement agencies, as shown by the 1995 ONDCP (Office of National Drug Control Policy) International Technology Symposium, “Counter-Drug Law Enforcement: Applied Technology for Improved Operational Effectiveness,” which outlined the “Transition of advanced military technologies to the civil law enforcement environment.”

There are some observers who fear that the burgeoning narcotics industry is an ideal “cover” in which to “transit” Non Lethal Technologies to domestic political tasks.

Whether this is merely a misplaced “Orwellian” fear remains to be seen. (27)

Have weapons of this nature been developed and field tested?

Judging from the number of individuals and groups coming forward with complaints of harassment, the answer appears to be “yes.”

Kim Besley, of the Greenham Common Women’s Peace Camp, has compiled a fairly extensive catalogue of effects that have resulted from low frequency signals emanating from the U.S. Greenham Common base, apparently targeted at the women protesters.

These include: vertigo, retinal bleeding, burnt face (even at night), nausea, sleep disturbances, palpitations, loss of concentration, loss of memory, disorientation, severe headaches, temporary paralysis, faulty speech co-ordination, irritability and a sense of panic in non-panic situations. Identical and similar effects have been reported elsewhere and appear to be fairly common-place amongst so-called “victims.”

Many of these symptoms have been associated in medical literature with exposure to microwaves and especially through low intensity or non-thermal exposures. (22) These have been reviewed by Dr. Robert Becker, twice nominated for the Nobel Prize, and a specialist in EM effects.

His report confirms that the symptoms mirror those he would expect to see had Microwave weapons been deployed.

HAARP, 1995, CIA, NSA, ONR:

Electromagnetic resonant induction and mass population control
Location: Gakona, Alaska
Frequencies: Atmospheric phase-locked resonant UHF VHF
Potential: DNA code alteration in population and mass behavior modification
Power: Giga-watt to Tera-watt range
Step-Down reflective frequencies: Approx 1.1 GHz, Human DNA resonant frequency, cellular system phase-lock

PROJECT CLEAN SWEEP, 1997, 1998, CIA, NSA, ONR
:

Electromagnetic resonant induction and mass population control
Location: Nationwide
Frequencies: Emotional wavelengths, data gathering through helocopter probes following media events – rebroadcast in order to re-stimulate population emotional levels for recreation of event scenarios.
Ref: LE#108, March 1998
Potential: Mass behavior modification
Power: Unknown. Possibly rebroadcast through GWEN network or cellular tower frequencies, coordinated from NBS in Colorado.

Jack Verona and Project SLEEPING BEAUTY

Current Projects include SLEEPING BEAUTY, directed towards the battlefield use of mind-altering electromagnetic weapons. This project is headed by Jack Verona, a highly placed Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) officer. Dr. Michael Persinger of Laurentian University is also employed on the project.

Project MONARCH

Other sources have revealed a project entitled MONARCH which, supposedly, is directed towards the deliberate creation of severe multiple personality disorder. (24)

SOURCES

Guyatt, David G. Synopsis prepared for the ICRC Symposium The Medical Profession and the Effects of Weapons in “Government Mind Control“

Keeler, Anna “Remote Mind Control Technology” Reprinted from Secret and Suppressed: Banned Ideas and Hidden History (Portland, OR: Feral House, 1993)

Leading Edge International Research Group “Major Electromagnetic Mind Control Projects”

Pasternak, Douglas “Wonder Weapons: The Pentagon’s quest for nonlethal arms is amazing, but is it smart?”

U.S. News and World Report, 7 July 1997 in “Government Mind Control“

CATEGORIES: EMAIL BLASTS, HOT TOPICS, MIND CONTROL, SOURCE DOCS

ADVISORY: Mass Mind Control Technology Now A Reality – “worldwide” . .

DECEMBER 8, 2018DIGIGOD

MK ULTRA PROJECT : The Secret Use Of Microwaves By British Police And Army

MK ULTRA PROJECT : The Secret Use Of Microwaves By British Police And Army

Use of the TETRA system by the police will lead to psychotronicaly controlled officers who may be totally controlled in any situation and are very useful for states of economic or social chaos where extreme and violent behaviour is needed without any conscious or moral compunction – so-called police robots.

Mass UK Mind Control Technology Now A Reality

The UK Government is now spending £2.5 million to fully implement a nation-wide deployment of CIA mind-control technology. The TETRA system pulses at 17.6 Hz broadcast at 400 MHz which is essentially the Pandora Project funded by the CIA in the late ’60s and early ’70s. Dr Ross Adey, the chief researcher on the Pandora Project has released a video to leading UK researchers which proves that not only does the TETRA system cause ELF zombification by massive release of calcium ions in the cerebral cortex and the nervous system, but the activated calcium ions also cause massive hormonal disturbances which lead to frenzied imbalances, emotional and physical states.

CATEGORIES: HOT TOPICS, MIND CONTROL, SOURCE DOCS
MK ULTRA PROJECT : The Secret Use Of Microwaves By British Police And Army

DECEMBER 8, 2018DIGIGOD

MK ULTRA PROJECT : The Secret Use Of Microwaves By British Police And Army

EXCERPT:

The history of mind control at a distance, remote mind control technology (RMCT) begins in America with the research of Dr Ross Adey and his colleagues in the late ’60’s, working on the CIA-funded Pandora Project. Adey found that ELF (extremely low frequency) signals on the region of 1-20 Hz (with 0.1 increments having different effects), had bioactive and psychoactive effects. The research was important to the CIA for they wished to find frequencies which could mind control humans from a distance (RMCT). Pandora researchers discovered that the 6-16 Hz region had drastic effects on brain and on nervous and endocrinal systems. This could enable major dysfunction in the target victim if research on cats and monkeys could be duplicated – the research on human victims still remains classified.

A major problem was that ELF transmissions need vast antennae arrays; Adey’s research showed that pseudo-ELF, caused by pulse or amplitude modulated microwave, UHF or RF carrier waves at ELF frequencies not only duplicated the psycho- and bioactive effects of ELF, but due to the highly penetrative effects of S-band microwaves (low frequency microwaves) or UHF and RF these combined to have a synergistic effect (especially microwaves) in disrupting biochemical function to amplify the effects of pseudo-ELF. In layman’s terms, microwave and pseudo-ELF were more effective at mind control than pure ELF. RMCT, the means of mind controlling and slowly killing victims using pseudo-ELF – that is amplitude or pulse modulation of microwaves, UHF or RF – at ELF frequencies was born.

CATEGORIES: HOT TOPICS, MIND CONTROL
The MANY Methods of Mind Manipulation . . . a Worldwide Operation
DECEMBER 7, 2018DIGIGOD

UPDATED: December 7, 2018
CATEGORIES: HOT TOPICS, MIND CONTROL, SOURCE DOCS
Operation Crimson Mist, Electronic Slaughter in Rwanda that was “proven” on one-million dead Africans in Rwanda
OCTOBER 17, 2018DIGIGOD
http://www.auricmedia.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Operation-Crimson-Mist.pdf

Operation Crimson Mist,
Electronic Slaughter in Rwanda
Spooks now use technology in Baghdad that was “proven” on one-million dead Africans
in Rwanda
By Joe Vialls
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/americanmcinbaghdad29may03.shtml
May 29, 2003
Original title: American Mind Control in Baghdad
Operation Crimson Mist
During the late afternoon of 6 April 1994, a hail of cannon shells tore through the fuselage of a
commercial airliner flying overhead central Rwanda. Several seconds later the blazing plane
exploded on impact with the ground, killing President Habyarimana of Rwanda, President
Ntaryamira of Burundi, and most of their senior government officials. In that fatal millisecond of
time, the entire political command structure of central Africa was decapitated, leaving the way open
for “Operation Crimson Mist”, the most obscene terminal mind control experiment ever mounted
by the United States of America against a sovereign nation. That “Crimson Mist” has been used
again recently on a smaller scale in Iraq, is now beyond doubt.

FULL PDF ABOVE

Part VI: Mind Control: History and Applications

Dr. Eric T. Karlstrom, Emeritus Professor of Geography; December, 2012

Epigraph Quotes

If both the past and the external world exist only in the mind, and if the mind itself is controllable- what then?

Who controls the past controls the future; who controls the present controls the past.

George Orwell, 1984

There will be in the next generation or so a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude and producing dictatorship without tears so to speak. Producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away from them, but will rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel – by propaganda, or brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the final revolution.

Aldous Huxley, Committee of 300, Tavistock agent, 1961.

In 1953, (CIA Director Allen) Dulles, speaking before a national meeting of Princeton alumni, distinguished two fronts in the then-current “battle for men’s minds”: a “first front” of mass indoctrination through censorship and propaganda, and a “second front” of individual “brainwashing” and “brain changing.” Before an audience of fellow Ivy Leaguers, Dulles skipped the usual pieties about democracy. The same year, Dulles approved the CIA’s notorious MKULTRA project, and exempted it from normal CIA financial controls.

Alex Constantine, Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A. 1995

We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American people believe is false.

William Casey, CIA Director, first staff meeting, 1981

The Central Intelligence Agency owns everyone of any significance in the major media.

William Colby, CIA Director

The principal secret of secret intelligence is how to get someone to do your bidding….. From its beginning in 1947, the CIA… has spent millions of dollars (actually now probably billions – ETK) on a major program of research to find drugs or other esoteric methods to bring ordinary people, willing and unwilling alike, under complete control- to act, to talk, to reveal the most precious secrets, even to forget on command.

John Marks, In Search of the Manchurian Candidate, the CIA and Mind Control (1976)

“Cryptocracy” is a compound of “crypto”, meaning “secret,” and “cracy,” meaning “rule, government, governing body.” The “cryptocracy” then is the secret government whose identity and whereabouts have slowly and reluctantly been hinted at by the Congress through its investigations into Watergate, the CIA, and the rest of the intelligence community…..

The cryptocracy invades the privacy of citizens and corporations. It meddles, often violently, in the internal politics of foreign countries, and has hired, trained, and equipped mind-controlled assassins for the murder of heads of state (including JFK, RFK, MLK Jr. etc.- author’s addition)…. The story within the story, I discovered, is an astonishing one of a psychological war waged by the U.S. cryptocracy against the American people.

Walter Bowart, Operation Mind Control: The CIA’s Plot Against America (1978)

The individual may think that the most important reality is his own existence, but this is only his personal point of view. This lacks historical perspective. Man does not have the right to develop his own mind. This kind of liberal orientation has great appeal. We must electrically control the brain. Some day armies and generals will be controlled by electric stimulation of the brain.

Dr. Jose Delgado in front of Congress, 1974

Over two million Americans have been programmed by trauma-based mind control since 1947, and the CIA admitted its Mind Control publicly in 1970, and yet the existence of the mind-control is still secret to the general public.

Fritz Springmeier, The Illuminati Formula For Creating a Mind-Controlled Slave, Appendix I: The Programmers

Free Will is the most important law in all of Creation. Cassiopaeans

In this Part VI of this series, I describe some of the mind control programs of the past approximately 70+ years. In these top-secret programs, we again see the ubiquitous “fingerprints” and coordinating influence of a supra-national group with totalitarian aims and occult methods. This group uses governments and government agencies as pawns. The topic of mind control is odious and onerous in the extreme. This is why it has taken me over one year to write this segment of my paper. For here, we forced to come to grips with some of the most evil and horrific of all human crimes, crimes carried out systematically over many decades, even centuries, by the very authorities, experts, and institutions that pose as society’s guardians. As an antidote, I offer some spiritual medicine that has helped me, at least, to deal with these repugnant realities (Appendix 1). In Appendix 1, I offer wisdom advice from Franciscan Priest Richard Rohr, who cautions us not to hate our “enemies” because “they” themselves are probably victims of an even greater evil.

My goal in writing this paper is not to shock or horrify. Rather, I want to educate others and myself so that we can defend ourselves against this assault on our humanity. I do not claim “insider knowledge.” Herein I simply piece together what I consider to be reliable information that is available from various sources. No doubt this is not the whole story, but it is more than enough to spur alarm and action!

If we could step back in time for a moment and view the world through the lens of Dante’s 14th century poem, The Inferno, we would see that these crimes almost certainly condemn their practitioners and possibly also their victims to damnation in the 9th Circle of Hell, where Satan himself resides. In mind control, humans deliberately rob their fellow humans of their free will, their minds, and their souls, in order to reduce them to robots, slaves, and zombies. Powerful, evil individuals have taken upon themselves the role of “god.” In Part V of this series, we learned that all Americans have been victims of sophisticated mind control techniques directed at the “group mind” by the Tavistock Institute and its many spin-off organizations (Coleman, 2006).

The mind control technologies directed against individuals described in this section are much more heinous and outrageous. But we will see that these experiments and programs form the basis for the mind control programs directed against society at large, in the processes of “social engineering.” In the experiments and programs described here, untold numbers of unwitting victims have been killed and/or discarded. And today, it is probable that millions of victims of mind-control walk among us without even knowing they have been victimized and are controlled.

The perpetrators of these crimes apparently believe they are ushering in a utopia and therefore, for them, the “ends justify the means.” They are deadly wrong. In Christian terms, by assuming the role of gods, they themselves have become devils. In Buddhist terms, in this world of cause and effect, the “means are the ends,” and any World Order brought about through the use of torture, mass murder, and lies can only be a world of torture, mass murder, and lies.

This subject may hold the key to the future of humanity (Begich, 2006). Thus, it is of paramount importance that we citizens, the rightful owners of this country, educate ourselves on these issues. As I see it, the future is still open-ended: If the masses remain docile and ignorant of the history and technologies of mind control, they may become enslaved by these technologies, genetically altered so that they no longer have free will, and/or eliminated altogether. Alternatively, if the public wakes up and becomes sufficiently aware of these nefarious technologies, they could find the means to protect themselves from those who would “play God” and rob their fellow humans of their free wills and their souls. Or, it is possible that “God,” “fate,” or “nature” will somehow intervene to preserve and protect humankind from the self-serving predator class identified in Part IV of this series. Or finally, the predator class itself could splinter or self-destruct or possibly even decide to step back from the brink of mutual annihilation.

A multitude of well-researched books are now available on this topic (References). A wealth of government documents, academic publications, and psychiatric experts confirm that these mind control experiments were conducted by some of the most prestigious psychiatrists in the world at many of the top universities, hospitals, and research institutes in North America. Most experts assume these projects are ongoing under the secret umbrella of the vast military-industrial complex. Our best defense against this assault is knowledge, the truth, the unadorned facts, and appropriate moral outrage.

Before we glimpse into this “Ninth Circle of Hell,” however, let’s review the relevant points from Part V of this series that set the stage for the subject of mind control of individuals:

1) The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations in London, England grew out of the Psychological Warfare Division of the British Army during WWI and it remains one of the principle mind-control programming sites in the world today.

2) Original founders and funders of Tavistock included the (Illuminati) Committee of 300, the British Royal Family, the Milner Group, and the Rockefeller and Rothschild families. Another early influence on Tavistock was the (German Jewish) neo-Marxist, Frankfurt School.

3) Tavistock coordinated the ultra-secret behavior control research project that began in the United States in the 1950’s, including CIA Projects ARTICHOKE, BLUEBIRD, and MKULTRA. Other groups involved in this research included Scottish Rite Masons, the United Nations, and various U.S., British, and Canadian military and intelligence agencies, with the CIA as lead agency. As noted, this research was carried out at top universities, military facilities, hospitals, prisons, etc. by some of the most reputable scientists of the time. These secret projects involved brainwashing and torture of many thousands of witting and unwitting subjects by drugs (including LSD), massive doses of electroshock, sensory deprivation, hypnosis, electronic remote control, and many other methods of torture.

4) Tavistock claims to be an authority on ritual abuse, Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD), and Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID), the creation of which allows for the programming of “Monarch mind-controlled slaves.” Indeed, they are.

5) Dr. Fred Emery, senior “behavioral scientist” at Tavistock, outlined three phases of “social environmental turbulence” that are contrived and implemented against target populations by Tavistock’s “social engineers” (from Coleman, 2006). These include:

a) superficiality, in which the threatened population adopts shallow sloganeering in place of ideals,
b) fragmentation and panic, in which “social cohesion” falls apart,
c) passive maladaption, in which victims take “fantasy trips of internal migration, introspection and obsession with self.” This last phase is referred to as disassociation and self-realization.

(It may be inferred that many of the spiritual seekers who have migrated to Crestone/Baca, Colorado have reached this last phase of “passive maladaption.”)

6) Tavistock continuously monitors Americans’ responses to its constant stream of external (political and cultural) manipulations at a number of Tavistock spin-off institutions such as the Stanford Research Institute (SRI).

7) The mind-control techniques applied by Tavistock-trained social engineers on target populations, including the American people, are designed to bring about incremental, “cyclical collapse” of society. Hence, they constitute a form of covert, “low-intensity warfare” on the civilian population. By definition, this is “terrorism.”

8) Chaitkin (2002) underscored the historic role of Britain in organizing the mind control research:

“……the overall project, including MK-Ultra, has been foreign-sponsored and anti-American in its purposes. We shall outline here the British background of this deeply criminal enterprise, with its roots in the political and psychiatric movement called eugenics.”

9) World Wars I and II were watershed events in the development of mind control programs by governments. As British and American elite interests merged after World War I, America became an increasingly key implementer of British and Nazi (Illuminati/Zionist/Jewish) policies.

The astonishing thing about the global ruling elite is that they often reveal their long range plans. Zbigniew Brzezinski, former National Security Advisor to President Carter and current adviser to President Obama, articulated key goals, strategies, and secret weapons of the global elite in his 1970 book, Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technotronic Era:

“The technetronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values. Soon it will be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance over every citizen and maintain up-to-date complete files containing even the most personal information about the citizen. These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities.

Today we are again witnessing the emergence of transnational elites … [whose] ties cut across national boundaries … It is likely that before long the social elites of most of the more advanced countries will be highly internationalist or globalist in spirit and outlook … The nation-state is gradually yielding its sovereignty… Further progress will require greater American sacrifices. More intensive efforts to shape a new world monetary structure will have to be undertaken, with some consequent risk to the present relatively favorable American position.

Marxism represents a further vital and creative stage in the maturing of man’s universal vision … Marxism is simultaneously a victory of the external, active man over the inner, passive man and a victory of reason over belief … Marxism, disseminated on the popular level in the form of communism, represents a major advance in man’s ability to conceptualize his relationship to the world.

By the year 2018, technology will make available to the leaders of the major nations, a variety of techniques for conducting secret warfare, of which only a bare minimum of the security forces need be appraised. One nation may attack a competitor covertly by bacteriological means, thoroughly weakening the population (though with a minimum of fatalities) before taking over with its own armed forces. Alternatively, techniques of weather modification could be employed to produce prolonged periods of drought or storm… a system that would seriously impair the brain performance of very large populations.”

Future developments may well include automated or manned space warships, deep-sea installations, chemical and biological weapons, death rays, and still other forms of warfare–even the weather may be tampered with.

In addition, it may be possible–and tempting–to exploit for strategic-political purposes the fruits of research on the brain and on human behavior. Gordon J. F. MacDonald, a geophysicist specializing in problems of warfare, has written that timed artificially excited electronic strokes could lead to a pattern of oscillations that produce relatively high power levels over certain regions of the earth…. In this way, one could develop a system that would seriously impair the brain performance of very large populations in selected regions over an extended period…. No matter how deeply disturbing the thought of using the environment to manipulate behavior for national advantages to some, the technology permitting such use will very probably develop within the next few decades.

The new global consciousness will emerge out of fragmentation and chaos.”

Before reading the above statement, I did not realize that Brzezinski is Jewish. The giveaway, for me, is the third paragraph where he praises communism. Communism springs from Judaism and some say, is Judaism. President Obama’s two principle advisors, Brzezinski and Soros, are both Jews. Regardless, in the above statement, Brzezinski reveals some of the links between mass mind control and environmental/weather modification technologies that were well advanced and well understood by the global elite over forty years ago. Please see the power point presentation on the history of geo-engineering that I prepared in 2011 (http://www.naturalclimatechange.us/added%204-13/man-made%20climate%20in%20the%20skies5-white-test.htm). Brzezinski also indicates the elites’ intention to conduct “secret warfare” against civilian populations. Today (2012) as in 1970, the general public is still mostly ignorant of these technologies and their leaders, in fact, their “controllers,” have malevolent intentions. Alas, Orwell’s (1984) maxim of elite control: “Ignorance is Strength,” seems to be code for: “(Their) Ignorance is (Our) Strength.”

A. Dissociation and Mind Control: From the Illuminati to the Nazis to the CIA

Some researchers assert that Illuminati families have used satanic rituals and other trauma-based mind-control techniques to program members of their own families and others for many centuries (Springmeier and Wheeler, 1996). Using these methods, Illuminati families have long practiced the black art of creating “hierarchy” (their own) and “non-hierarchy” (others) slaves. According to Patton (1999), the trauma-based mind control practices of the Illuminati trace back thousands of years to the deeply secret satanic practices of the ancient Mystery Religions. In “Project Monarch: Nazi Mind Control,” Patton (1999) states:

The Mystery Religions of ancient Egypt, Greece, India and Babylon helped lay the foundation for occultism, meaning “hidden knowledge.” One of the earliest writings giving reference to occultism is the Egyptian Book of the Dead, a compilation of rituals explicitly describing methods of torture and intimidation (to create trauma), the use of potions (drugs) and the casting of spells (hypnotism), ultimately resulting in the total enslavement of the initiate. These have been the main ingredients for a part of occultism known as Satanism throughout the ages.

By the mid 20th century, Nazi- and CIA-sponsored “mind” scientists had systematically improved upon this ancient Illuminati knowledge at Nazi concentration camps and in subsequent CIA-sponsored programs in North America. Researchers estimate that today, as a result of these programs, there may be some 2 to 10 million mind-controlled slaves in America (Springmeier and Wheeler, 1996). Victims of these programs are used as sex-slaves, assassins, spies, messengers, and in many other capacities, especially as politicians, musicians, entertainers, and athletes (Ruiz, 2001; Springmeier and Wheeler, 1996; O’Brien and Phillips, 2003; Taylor, 1999).

Psychologists such as Lacter (2007) observe that the exercise of mind control requires that individuals and groups have the “ability” to “dissociate.” In “Mind Control: Simple to Complex” which is posted on her website, “End Ritual Abuse,” Dr. Ellen Lacter (2007) identifies twelve forms of mind-control:

1. Terrified Submission: Outward compliance, but one’s own beliefs and identity are preserved.

2. Willful Compliance: A disturbed or abused child/adolescent/adult is provided with objects, drugs, affection, sex, “freedom”, etc., and chooses the abuser over his/her current life situation.

3. Stockholm Syndrome: Terror (abuser harms victim or threatens victim and his/her family with violence), plus isolation from prior support, often combined with lies of family abandonment, lead to dependence on abuser(s), and perceived loyalty to the abuser.

4. Religious Indoctrination: A psychologically weak or dependent person submits to a charismatic leader who claims to be spiritually connected to some kind of God, professing to be chosen for a spiritual agenda, promises salvation to devotees and eternal damnation promised to non-followers.

5. Brainwashing through Social influence: An individual is placed only among successful “converts” to the abuser or cult, who profess the belief system of the group, while the person is isolated from family and previous support systems and activities.

6. Brainwashing through Deprivation of Basic Needs: Sleep, food, water, combined with chanting, social isolation, etc.

7. Self-View as an Accomplice or Evil: Abuser forces victim into double-binds that cause the victim to feel culpable.

8. Uni-dimensional directives: are communicated during severe abuse, convincing affected personalities that the abuse will re-occur if the programmed mandate is broken. The most common are, “Remember to forget” the abuse and “Don’t tell” about the abuse. A central function of most mind control is to cause the victim to physically and psychologically re-experience the torture used to install the programming should she or he act in violation of programmed commands. The re-experience of the original torture often includes somatic manifestation of the original injuries, such as bruising and swelling, though not to the degree of the original injury.

9. Spiritual “Programming”: Evil attachments, claims, curses, covenants, etc. Witchcraft ritual abuse seeks to “attach” evil entities (spirits of abusers and demons) to dissociated identities to harass and control victims for their entire lives. Claims, curses, covenants, hexes, vexes, etc. are used to forever malevolently define victims as evil, physically or mentally ill, socially devalued and isolated, sexually enslaved, a murderer, a cult member, a witch, etc.

10. Psychic driving: Taped messages are played for hours non-stop while the person is in states of consciousness altered by sleep, electro-shock, sensory deprivation, inadequate food, water, sleep, oxygen, isolated, confinement or other torture.

11. Machiavellian manipulation of the inner psychological world of the child. Examples of process: from “The First Five Steps of Discipline” (Svali, 1999) http://www.geocities.com/lord_visionary/svali_index.htm

12. Trauma-based Coercive Mind Control- Trauma-based mind control programming can be defined as systematic torture that blocks the victim’s capacity for conscious processing (through pain, terror, drugs, illusion, sensory deprivation, sensory over-stimulation, oxygen deprivation, cold, heat, spinning, brain stimulation, and often, near-death), and then employs suggestion and/or classical and operant conditioning (consistent with well-established behavioral modification principles) to implant thoughts, directives, and perceptions in the unconscious mind, often in newly-formed trauma-induced dissociated identities, that force the victim to do, feel, think, or perceive things for the purposes of the programmer. The objective is for the victim to follow directives with no conscious awareness, including execution of acts in clear violation of the victim’s moral principles, spiritual convictions, and volition.
Installation of mind control programming relies on the victim’s capacity to dissociate, which permits the creation of new walled-off personalities to “hold” and “hide” programming. Structures are installed in early childhood, generally between 2 and 5 years of age. Torture and drugs are applied beyond the endurance of all of the already-formed personalities, which usually requires that the child be taken near death. The intent is to bury all memory for the event deeply in the unconscious mind, below the level of consciousness of all personalities. When all conscious processing of information is blocked, the child cannot mentally resist any of the programmer’s input, cannot reject it as “not me” or as untrue.
Installed program “triggers”, “cues”, and “access codes” allow the programmer easy access to programmed personalities and program structures to install or change commands, messages, and information, and to retrieve information, all out of victims’ conscious awareness.
Similar methods of programming, sometimes combined with witchcraft spiritual abuse, are used to mentally install “humanoids”, e.g., robots, shells, etc., that contain no part of the person’s true humanity, i.e., no personality fragment. These humanoids carry out specific functions within the mind, or in external actions.

Programming overrides the victim’s free will. Programmed individuals (usually specific personalities) follow commands and perform actions that are in clear violation of their free will, moral principles, and spiritual convictions, generally without conscious awareness.
Free will, determination, and deep spiritual faith, are usually not enough alone to find the unconscious personalities perceiving themselves inexorably trapped in programming, or the carefully hidden program structures. Finding these generally requires expertise in safely helping survivors access this information. By the programmers’ design, attempting to disable or remove programming usually “sets off” programmed self-destruction and negative health/mental health consequences. Finding, disabling, and removing programming must skillfully sidestep these negative consequences. Although the host personality may be determined to defy all such consequences, concealed personalities trapped in complex programs often perceive themselves as unable to defy programmed negative consequences.
Of the above types of mind control, Crestone/Baca seems to provide a very favorable environment for experimentation on subjects via 4) religious indoctrination, 5) brainwashing through social influence, and 9) spiritual programming. And with its many Buddhist spiritual groups, Crestone/Baca could function, unbeknownst to its practitioners, as a laboratory for the study of dissociation and its effects. In the 9th level of “Spiritual Programming,” evil attachments, curses, covenants and witchcraft ritual abuse are used to “attach” evil entities (aka demons and spiritual abusers) to dissociated (unconscious) identities within the victim. The 10th level involves “psychic driving,” or torture methods such as those devised for the CIA by Dr. Ewen Cameron in his MKULTRA “experiments” at McGill University in the 1950’s and 1960’s (discussed below). In the most profound and invasive 12th level of “trauma-based mind control,” the individual/victim is “controlled beyond conscious awareness.” Lacter (2007) states:

Already dissociative children are prime “candidates” for programming. Alternatively, very young children can be made dissociative through trauma-based programming. The extreme abuse inflicted on young children in intra-familial satanic and “black” witchcraft (not Wicca) cults reliably causes dissociation. Children in these cults are programmed to the extent that the cult’s leaders understand mind control programming. Many ritual abuse survivors report that other abuser groups with criminal, political, and military agendas infiltrate their familial cults to gain access to these readily-programmable children to program them to fulfill their own agendas, often paying the cult parents large sums of money to do so….

Thus, “trauma-based mind control” commonly involves abuse of young children by satanic and “black witchcraft cults.” By this definition, the Illuminati, Nazis, and CIA are cults. Many experts point out that, in addition to various forms of torture and drugs, sodomy is the single most effective means of creating dissociative identity disorder in very young children. The “ability” to dissociate is more pronounced in some groups than others and may in fact have some genetic basis.

According to Springmeier and Wheeler (1996):

“The Monarch (CIA trauma-based mind-control) program is based on Illuminati and Nazi goals to create a Master race, in part through genetics. The primary important factor for trauma-based-mind control is the ability to disassociate. It was discovered that this ability is passed genetically from generation to generation. American Indian tribes, children of Fakirs in India, children of Yogis, Tibetan Buddhists… and other groups have good ability to dissociate.

The children of multigenerational abuse (such as the Illuminati themselves) are also good at dissociation. (So) the Illuminati families and European occultists went to India and Tibet to study occultism and eastern philosophy. These Europeans learned yoga, tantric yoga, meditations, and trances and other methods to disassociate.

The basis for the success of the Monarch mind-control programming is that (through trauma such as child incest) different personalities or personality parts called ‘alters’ can be created who do not know each other, but who can take the body at different times. The amnesia walls that are built by traumas form a protective shield of secrecy that protects the abusers from being found out and prevents the “front personalities,” who hold the body much of the time, to know how their System of alters is being used. The shield of secrecy allows cult members to live and work around other people and remain totally undetected. The front ‘alters’ can be wonderful Christians, and the deeper ‘alters’ can be the worst type of Satanic monster imaginable- a Dr. Jekyll/Mr. Hyde effect.”

Many researchers assert that Monarch programming continues today. In “Project Monarch: Nazi Mind Control,” Patton (1999) identifies the following distinct levels of programming:

Levels of Monarch Mind Programming

ALPHA – ”general” or regular programming within base control personality; characterized by extremely pronounced memory retention along w/ substantially increased physical strength/visual ability. Alpha programming is accomplished through deliberately subdividing the victim’s personality which, in essence, causes a left brain-right brain division, allowing for a programmed union of L and R through neuron pathway stimulation.

BETA – referred to as “sexual programming.” This programming eliminates all learned moral convictions and stimulates the primitive sexual instinct, devoid of inhibitions. “Cat” (Kitten) alters come out at this level. [This accounts for the pervasiveness of “kitten” or “cat” imagery surrounding models, actors, actresses and musical artists]

DELTA – known as “killer programming”, originally developed for training special agents or elite soldiers (i.e. Delta Force, First Earth Battalion, CIA/Mossad/MI6/KGB, etc.) in covert operations. Optimal adrenal output / controlled aggression is evident. Subjects are devoid of fear; systematic in carrying out their assignment. Self-destruct or suicide instructions are layered in at this level.

THETA – Considered “psychic programming”. “Bloodliners” (from multi-generational Satanic families) were determined to exhibit a greater propensity for having telepathic abilities than did “non-bloodliners” (non-hierarchical slaves). Due to its evident limitations, however, various forms of electronic mind control systems were developed and introduced, namely, bio-medical human telemetry devices (brain implants), directed-energy lasers using microwaves and/or electromagnetics — these are used in conjunction with highly-advanced computers and sophisticated satellite tracking systems.

OMEGA – “Self-destruct programming”, also known as “Code Green.” The corresponding behaviors include suicidal tendencies and/or self-mutilation [cutting]. This program is generally activated when victim/survivor begins therapy or interrogation and too much memory is being recovered.

GAMMA – Another form of system protection is through “deception” programming, which elicits misinformation and misdirection. This level is intertwined with demonology and tends to regenerate itself at a later time if inappropriately deactivated.

Patton (1999) goes on to describe some of the methods by which these Monarch programming levels are installed in victims:

Methods & Components: The initial process begins with creating “dissociation” within subject, usually occurring from birth to about 6 yrs [the formative years] — primarily achieved through electroshock (ECT) and at times performed even when child is in mother’s womb (in-utero). Due to severe trauma induced through ECT, sexual abuse and other methods, the mind splits off into alternate personalities from the core. Formerly referred to as Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD), it is presently recognized as Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID) and is the basis for Monarch programming. Further conditioning of victim’s mind is enhanced through hypnotism, double-bind coercion, pleasure-pain reversals, food-, water-, sleep- and sensory deprivation, along w/ various drugs which alter certain cerebral functions.

The next stage is to embed and compress detailed commands or messages within specified alters. This is achieved through the use of hi-tech headsets, in conjunction w/ computer-driven generators which emit inaudible sound waves or harmonics that affect RNA covering of neuron pathways to the subconscious and unconscious mind. “Virtual Reality” optical devices are sometimes used simultaneously w/ harmonic generators projecting pulsating colored lights, subliminal and split-screen visuals. High voltage electroshock is then used for memory dissolution.

Programming is updated periodically and reinforced through visual, auditory and written mediums. Some of the first programming themes included “The Wizard of Oz” and “Alice and Wonderland” produced by the Disney family, both heavily saturated w/ occult symbolism [these programming modes are still used and Disney imagery is pervasive, not only in U.S. but has a global presence, they’ve also become one of the largest media empires on the planet). Disneyland in California and Disney World in Orlando are still used as MK programming centers…

The above description of Monarch programming builds upon many decades of government-sponsored research in the various technologies of mind control.

B. Secret Mind Control Research in North America, ca. 1947 to Present

history-of-mind-control_clip_image002 history-of-mind-control_clip_image004

Figure 1. CIA MKULTRA programs in early 1960’s. Caption in right photo states: “ Unidentified white female between the age of 8 and 10 years old. Subject underwent 6 months of treatment using heavy doses of LSD, electroshock and sensory deprivation. Experiments under codename: MKULTRA about early 1960’s. Subject’s memory was erased and her brain is that of a newborn baby.”

Jon Rappoport offered the following introductory comments to help us begin to come to grips with this repugnant topic in a talk entitled “The CIA, Mind Control, and Children” (www.whale.to/b/rappoport_i.html):

“Mind control is one of those things people don’t like to talk about, including yours truly frankly. Officially MKULTRA was a CIA mind control project that lasted about 10 years … let’s say from 1952 to 1962-63 … Before it started, there was ARTICHOKE and BLUEBIRD … those were other CIA mind-control projects. After it ended, supposedly in 1963, an office called ORD Office of Research and Development took it over. Their job we don’t know about … we are not sure of everything they did because that information is not available. It is in 130 boxes of material somewhere … maybe in Langley, Virginia, but they won’t release it. Various people have said that they employed more sophisticated measures than MKULTRA to do mind control on people.

I think one of the reasons that this is such an important subject is because we are looking at people here who have a certain attitude about life itself, and these people are in the government and they are in important positions in the government…. And in order to understand what they are really about, we get a look at them that is unprecedented by looking at what they did with this kind of experimentation on humans.

In other words, they hate life… They have their own version of life, which is like “death” and that’s where their life is … that’s what they feed off of. I would say that most, if not all, secret societies are based on the same concept. Once you cut through all the paraphernalia and symbology of secret societies, you are basically dealing with people who have, for one reason or another, given up on life completely. They are now into the form of life that is involved with death… that’s their territory. And it’s a pretty horrendous thing to say, but I think that would be borne out.

My own feeling is that we are talking about a confluence of different influences here on individuals that go back a long way into the past … into the history of families in which they grew up. … I am talking about long-term history of what those families are … and these people who are entirely functional, but entirely psychotic, if you want to use that term. It doesn’t really do it justice but it tells you something about them. I am talking about John Foster Dulles and Allen Dulles (who, as Secretary of State and Head of the CIA, respectively, initiated and oversaw MKULTRA) … I would say they are very good examples. Look at their faces … look at what you see there … you see almost nothing. There is a kind of mask-like quality about these people, an emptiness — very competent people who go about their business, who seem to have no feeling or “juice” for life. And I would say these people are often born into families who go back centuries possibly in that kind of disconnected condition from life. While they are able to function very successfully in society and deal with power, because that is their ticket and their coinage, they find that control and destruction of life is the only thing really that gives them life.

Since I have read this information that I will be sharing with you, I am beginning to come to the conclusion that the people who were involved in the nuclear weapons scenario really wanted to destroy the world. It may seem obvious to say but they see that as “liberation” if you can wrap your mind around that … as a release from, what they consider to be an oppressive situation that just simply can’t be tolerated. They see destruction as liberation and so the only thing that would hold them back, I think, from destroying the world is the feeling that they may not have the playground left in which to enact their scenarios of destruction.”

Rappaport here is speaking in secular terms to a secular audience. Others might use Biblical terms and concepts in order to describe and comprehend the evil of mind control. Regardless of the terms used, I have found the act of researching and describing these topics to be emotionally draining. So I sympathize with the reader. I try here to present the unadorned facts from documents and testimony provided by innumerable courageous researchers, victims, therapists, witnesses, authors, investigative journalists, as well as from academic sources, de-classified government reports, etc.

In presenting this information, we examine testimony from the perpetrators as well as the victims of these programs. For as Father Richard Rohr points out, it is often the “victim,” the “outcast,’ who understands “the system” best (Appendix 1). Carol Ruiz, a victim and survivor of the CIA BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, and MKULTA programs, explains in her 2001 book, A Nation Betrayed: The Chilling True Story of Secret Cold War Experiments Performed On Our Children and other Innocent People:

“In my family, pedophilia was passed down from generation to generation. I was a baby in diapers when my father first started to sexually abuse me. It was at the age of two that my mind felt the need to create my first personality or alter, as I will refer to them, in order to handle the trauma from the continued abuse by him and other family members. Creating an alter also creates an amnesiac barrier- totally separating these experiences from my conscious recall. Emigrating from Europe and hidden behind Catholicism, my family also brought their occult practices. Before my third birthday the trauma from a Satanic Ritual Cult initiation forced another alter to be created.

The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) bought my services at the tender age of four from my grandfather in 1952. Over the next 12 years, I was tested, trained, and used in various ways. Electroshock, drugs, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, and other types of trauma were used to make me compliant and split my personality (create multiple personalities for specific tasks). Each alter or personality was created to respond to a post-hypnotic trigger, then perform an act and not remember it later. This “Manchurian Candidate” program was just one of the operational uses of the mind-control scenario by the CIA. Your hard-earned tax dollars supported this.

I was told that I worked for “The Agency.” It was in actuality, key men and women in the CIA and other branches of the government, in league with certain extremely wealthy individuals who wanted to remain in the shadows shaping the outcome of world events…..

In 1999, (on my 52nd birthday), I received three CD ROM, from the CIA in response to my FOIA request. Forty-eight years after I was first experimented on, I found solid proof of my memories- proof that was in the governmental vaults of the 18,000 pages of declassified documents from the Bluebird/Artichoke and MKULTRA programs. One (government) document states:

In working with individual subjects, special attention will be given to dissociative states which tend to accompany spontaneous ESP (Electronic Stimulation of the Brain) experiences. Such states can be induced and controlled to some extent with hypnosis and drugs…. The data used in the study will be obtained from special groups such as psychotics, children, and mediums…. The experimenters will be particularly interested in dissociative states, from the ‘abissement de niveau mental’ (“loss of soul”), to multiple personality in so-called mediums; and an attempt will be made to induce a number of states of this kind, using hypnosis.”

history-of-mind-control_clip_image005history-of-mind-control_clip_image007

Figure 2. Positron emitter detector used on human subject circa 1962. Notes the drawing to the right refers to “Brainwaves being monitored, alpha, beta, delta, epsilon frequencies,” and “Kissinger has the recipe.“

As noted, mind control has a long history. Over the past century, Illuminati-controlled governments (England, Germany, the Soviet Union, the United States, and Canada) have led the way in systematic application and “scientific” refinement of mind control techniques. In America, in 1940, General William “Wild Bill” Donovan convinced his military and political higher ups of the need for an American Psychological Warfare Division. During War II, the U.S. military birthed the Office of the Coordinator of Strategic Services (COI) which became the Office of Strategic Services (OSS). From its inception COI was a black operation run by Donovan with little governmental oversight. From their very inception, American intelligence agencies were patterned after and connected to British intelligence agencies. In The Search for the Manchurian Candidate: The CIA and Mind Control, John Marks explains:

“…. clandestine lobbying by British agents in the United States led to President Roosevelt’s creation of the organization that became the OSS in 1942…. Learning at the feet of the British who made available their expertise, if not all their secrets, Donovan put together an organization where nothing had existed before.

The earliest OSS projects included research into development of hypnotically-programmed agents and assassins (the so-called “Manchurian Candidate”) and the discovery of a “truth drug” for use during interrogation of enemy agents. Shortly after the OSS was terminated in 1945, American intelligence operations were taken over by Allen Dulles and the Central Intelligence Association (CIA). From its inception, then, the CIA’s Office of Scientific Intelligence (OSI) continued the secret research into mind manipulation via drugs at various hospitals.”

In Mass Control: Engineering Human Consciousness (1999), Jim Keith exposes the behind-the-scenes influence of powerful families and secret societies as well as other nations that led to the covert mind control research in America:

Although responsibility for the mind control programs that were launched in America in the early 1950’s has been placed at the doorstep of the CIA, this attribution ignores earlier sources. The programs were the visible edge of a wave that had begun much earlier, with the British, American, and Nazi eugenics/psychiatric/New World Order combination, propelled by Rockefeller and Round Table funding with the most prominent agents of the group in America being the Eastern Establishment’s Harrimans and Dulleses….

Allen Dulles, the first director of the CIA, was in many ways the penultimate political insider. His family was an influential early supporter of international eugenics movements and had strong financial connections with the Nazis. The Dulleses were intermarried with the Prevosts and Mallets of Switzerland, who in collaboration with the British royals, had been European spymasters for hundreds of years and, it is said, instrumental in injecting Scottish Rite of Masonry into the United States.

Perhaps most important to their rise to power was that at the end of World War I, Allen and John Foster Dulles were recruited by the infamous one worlder “Colonel” Edward House (who in fact bore no military rank), and during the Paris Peace conference the brothers were informally inducted into the Rhodes Round Table group. The Dulles brothers were responsible for starting the American branch, the Council on Foreign Relations, with funding coming from the Rockefellers, the Morgans, Bernard Baruch, Paul Warburg and others.

In 1920 Allen Dulles was appointed First Secretary of the American Embassy in Berlin and, perhaps because of his family connections, took over American intelligence in the strategically key country of Switzerland. Dulles was chief of station in Berne, Switzerland in the early 1940’s, at the time that the effects of LSD were purportedly discovered by Dr. Albert Hoffman, working for Sandoz laboratories. At the same time, mind control experimentation using mescaline and other drugs were being used on inmates of the Dachau concentration camp, a scant 200 miles away.

Allen’s brother, John Foster Dulles (to become Secretary of State under Eisenhower), became the chief executive of the influential Sullivan and Cromwell law firm that represented the notorious I.G. Farben during the rise of the Nazis. I.G. Farben, run until 1937 by the Warburg family, banking partners with the Rockefellers, along with Rockefeller’s Standard Oil of New Jersey, were merged in hundreds of transnational cartels. They were in essence the same firm. After World War II, the president of Standard-Germany, Emil Helfferich, testified that Standard Oil funds had been used to pay the wages of SS overseers at Auschwitz.”

During World War II, then, mind-control research was carried out simultaneously in the principle warring nations. Swiss chemist, Dr. Albert Hoffman, discovered LSD in 1943 as S.S. and Gestapo doctors in Nazi Germany were testing mescaline (a drug which has many of the mind-changing qualities of LSD) on prisoners at the Dachau concentration camp. According to research team member Walter Neff, the goal of the Dachau experiments was “to eliminate the will of the person examined…” The Nazi “scientists” at the concentration camps also experimented with hypnosis in combination with mescaline.

And while Nazi S.S. doctors were carrying on horrific “medical experiments” on Dachau inmates, the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) in America set up a “truth drug” committee under Dr. Winfred Overholser, head of St. Elizabeth’s Hospital in Washington, D.C. This committee tried and quickly rejected mescaline, several barbiturates and scopolamine. In the spring of 1943, the committee decided that Cannabis indica, or marijuana, showed the most promise, and it started a secret testing program in cooperation with the Manhattan Project, the TOP SECRET effort to build an atomic bomb. Indeed, Manhattan Project scientists were the first dozen test subjects!

Try to visualize this: Some of the greatest physicists of the 20th century were sequestered in Los Alamos, New Mexico to build the first nuclear bombs in the ultra-secret Manhattan Project. And they were instructed to ingest marijuana, LSD and various other drugs and record the effects upon themselves! Truth can be stranger than fiction! But it does make sense in a way…. The scientists were smart, sequestered, and sworn to secrecy. Indeed, the highly secret and classified Manhattan Project is probably a good analogue for the ultra-secret mind-control programs. However, whereas most people today know about the Manhattan Project, very few know about the far more secret and potentially far more damaging mind-control research.

C. BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA: The Paper Trail

In 1950, the CIA established PROJECT BLUEBIRD in cooperation with other agencies (including the various military services, FBI, etc.) “to create an exploitable alteration of personality in selected individuals.” PROJECT BLUEBIRD was re-named ARTICHOKE in 1951 and became MKULTRA in 1953 under CIA Director Allen Dulles. Nearly every CIA document later released due to Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests stressed goals like “controlling an individual to the point where he will do our bidding against his will and even against such fundamental laws of nature as self-preservation.”

As in the building of the atom bomb, nearly all the mind control projects were TOP SECRET. In 1973, CIA director Richard Helms purposefully destroyed all MKULTRA files in order to conceal these activities from the upcoming Senate investigation of CIA activities led by Senator Frank Church. However, journalist Seymour Hersh exposed MKULTRA in a New York Times article in 1974. Then, John Marks, a former State Department employee who had just co-authored The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence (1974), filed Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests for documents pertaining to MKULTRA. After a three-year legal struggle marked by the usual official stonewalling and denials, the CIA released MKULTRA files recovered from the budget and fiscal records that not been shredded earlier.

These approximately 16,000 pages of heavily censured (“redacted” or “whited out”) financial documents detailed some 149 MKULTRA subprojects. With support from the American Civil Liberties Union and the Center for National Security Studies, Marks assembled a small research team that indexed and organized the documents, enabling him to write The Search for the “Manchurian Candidate”: The CIA and Mind Control, published in 1979.
Today, a host of well-researched books document and describe these programs (Albarelli, 2009; Lawrence, 1967; Bowart, 1978; Collins, 1988; Marks, 1979; Thomas, 1989; Keith, 1997, 1999; Ross; 2000; Ruiz, 2001).

The 10 boxes of highly-censored government documents released to Marks revealed that under MKULTRA, the CIA had funneled funds to 185 non-government researchers and assistants working at 80 U.S. and Canadian institutions, including 44 universities or colleges, 15 research foundations or chemical or pharmaceutical companies, 12 hospitals or clinics, and three prisons. Many thousands of unwitting victims were experimented on without their knowledge or consent. About 1000 military “volunteers” were given LSD in 1958 alone and suffered hallucinations, memory loss, incoherence, and severe personality changes. In Secret Agenda; The United States Government, Nazi Scientists, and Project Paperclip 1945-1990, Hunt (1990) estimates that over 7,000 American soldiers were unwitting victims of these mind control programs between 1947 and 1966. And she also reveals that these experiments were a direct continuation of Nazi experiments by the Nazi scientists themselves! Hunt states:

“AMERICAN soldiers fighting in World War II had barely laid down their guns when hundreds of German and Austrian scientists, including a number implicated in Nazi war crimes, began immigrating to the United States. They were brought here under a secret intelligence project code- named “Paperclip.” Ever since, the U.S. government has successfully promoted the lie that Paperclip was a short-term operation limited to a few postwar raids on Hitler’s hoard of scientific talent. The General Accounting Office even claims that the project ended in 1947.

All of which is sheer propaganda…. Paperclip was the biggest, longest-running operation involving Nazis in our country’s history. The project continued nonstop until 1973- decades longer than was previously thought. And remnants of it are still in operation today.

At least sixteen hundred scientific and research specialists and thousands of their dependents were brought to the U. S. under Operation Paperclip. Hundreds of others arrived under two other Paperclip-related projects and went to work for universities, defense contractors, and CIA fronts.

U.S. Army Lieutenant Colonel William Henry Whaler, was the highest-placed American military officer ever convicted of espionage. In 1959 and 1960, Whalen was at the helm of the joint Intelligence Objectives Agency (JIOA)-which means he was running Paperclip at the same time he was selling America’s defense secrets to Soviet intelligence agents.

…. there is evidence that the Soviets had penetrated the project almost from the beginning.

The legacy of Paperclip is said to be the moon rockets, jet planes, and other scientific achievements that were a product of postwar research in this country. This is true-as far as it goes. What the project’s defenders fail to mention is that its legacy also includes the horrific psychochemical experiments conducted on American soldiers at Edgewood Arsenal, Maryland, the U.S. Army center for chemical warfare research. In this book you’ll meet eight Paperclip scientists who worked at Edgewood between 1947 and 1966 developing nerve gas and psycho-chemicals such as LSD. But Edgewood’s contribution to the Paperclip legacy could not have been made by the Germans alone. The disturbing truth is that American doctors were the ones who sifted through grim concentration camp reports and ultimately used Nazi science as a basis for Dachau-like experiments on over seven thousand U.S. soldiers.

There were probably many thousands of unwitting civilians who were also victims of these top-secret government programs. Some of these victims eventually filed lawsuits against the U.S. and Canadian government and received remuneration. Other victims/survivors have put themselves through decades of extensive therapy and have recovered their minds and memories enough to write books that describe their horrific experiences (Taylor, 1999; Ruiz, 2001; O’Brien and Phillips, 1995). How many other thousands or millions of innocent civilians have not recovered from these mind control programs? Undoubtedly thousands or millions died, many are scarred beyond recovery and institutionalized, and almost certainly, many walk amongst us today, undetected, without the conscious awareness they have been victimized and are controlled. Mind-controlled slaves that walk among us can be termed “sleepers,” or individuals with multiple personalities who can be triggered by their programmers or by remote electronic control to perform certain actions at some future date.

Although former CIA Director Helms claimed that the CIA had terminated its mind control experiments in 1963, government-contracted mind control research continued under various project names under the CIA’s Office and Research and Development (ORD). In response to additional FOIA requests by Marks in 1977 for more documents relating to the post-MKULTRA behavior control research, the CIA admitted to having “identified 130 boxes (approximately 130 cubic feet) of documents from ORD that are reasonably expected to contain behavioral research documents.” Shortly thereafter, however, the CIA decided that FOIA Requests no longer applied to them. Since then, there has been a nearly total blackout of public access to military/intelligence reports having to do with mind control research and activities.”

Hmmm… to recap: What we know about government mind control programs is derived largely from 10 boxes of heavily redacted financial records of MKULTRA and ARTICHOKE projects which pertain to projects conducted between 1953 and 1964. In 1977, the government refused to release contents of another 130 boxes of mind-control related documents pertaining to similar activities between 1964 and 1977. There have been no attempts to gain access to government research project information on mind control since 1977. One has to wonder how many boxes and files of documents on mind-control-related experiments and activities the government might have accumulated between 1977 and today, some 35 years later!
:
We do know that Projects BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, and MKULTRA built on the accumulated knowledge of mind control by other governments, especially that of Nazi Germany. Throughout the Cold War, the CIA justified their mind-control research on the basis that the U.S. needed to “catch up” to the Russians and the Chinese. In 1953, three days before he authorized the MKULTRA project, CIA Director Allen Dulles addressed the Princeton alumni, remarking on:

“….how sinister the battle for men’s minds had become in Soviet hands. (Soviet) brain perversion techniques were so subtle and abhorrent to our way of life that we have recoiled from facing up to them. The minds of selected individuals who are subjected to such treatment…. are deprived of the ability to state their own thoughts. Parrot-like, the individuals so conditioned can merely report the thoughts which have been implanted in their minds by suggestion from outside. In effect, the brain….. becomes a phonograph playing a disc put on its spindle by an outside genius over which it had no control.” (April 10, 1953, from Collins, 1988).

The pretext of Soviet or Chinese technical superiority, however, was always a ruse and a fraud, just as in the phony “missile gap” used to stoke funding for the military-industrial complex during the Cold War. In fact, in 1953, CIA Director Dulles commissioned Cornell neurologist Harold Wolff and Lawrence Hinkle to study Soviet and Chinese brainwashing techniques. What they found is that because the Soviets and Chinese were authoritarian police states, they hadn’t needed to refine their methods of mind control. Collins (1988) summarizes Wolff and Hinkle’s findings:

“The Soviets pushed a prisoner to confession, broke him, sentenced him, and sent him off to labor camp. End of story. The Chinese viewed the confession as only the first step, and generally followed it not with punishment (per se) but with “re-education” in a group cell where cell-mates “struggled” the prisoner to the point that he seemed genuinely changed. Then the pressures were eased (though sometimes people were cured to death).”

Regarding the perpetual touting of the Soviet “paper tiger,” Collins (1988) states:

“It does not even matter, to the (MKULTRA Director) Gottliebs of the world, that the perception of Soviet threat that laid the groundwork for the cold war was stage-managed by key members of the OSS: that Allen Dulles, a deeply conservative man who was to become director of the CIA in the fifties, was in Switzerland and Germany recruiting Fascist intelligence agents for the new war against Communism before the old war was even over. Out of fear, ambition, and who knows what else, the rise of the CIA was intimately tied to cold-war terms: fear-mongering and empire-building were one and the same thing.”

We know now that the mind control research in America built directly on the “research” conducted at the Nazi concentration camps rather than on Soviet or Chinese brainwashing programs. Indeed, the MK prefix of MKULTRA, MKSEARCH, MKDELTA, etc. is an abbreviation for words “mind control” in German. As indicted above, after World War II, and extending at least until 1973, American intelligence officers smuggled some 1600 Nazi German “mind scientists” and their assistants into the Western Hemisphere and placed them at top universities and defense contractors through Operation PAPERCLIP (Hunt, 1990). Hunt (1990) states:

“Dachau’s Experimental Block number 5 was where Nazi scientists conducted medical experiments on the camp’s defenseless prisoners. U.S. soldiers of the 363rd Medical Battalion were overwhelmed by the stench when they walked into the building. Parts of human bodies- arms, legs, organs of every type-were lying everywhere. Hundreds of innocent people had been murdered there in the name of science. And some of the men who conducted these experiments were the same respected scientists, university professors, and doctors that AAF teams would later hire to work under Paperclip.

Among the imported Nazi “scientists” was the infamous Dr. Josef Mengele (aka “The Auschwitz Angel of Death”) and others who had done extensive experimentation on the Nazi death camp prisoners. The documentary record reveals that BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA were essentially a direct continuation of Nazi “research,” and indeed, much of it was initially carried out by the ex-Nazi “doctors” themselves. These and related programs were devised to control human behavior through psychedelic and hallucinogenic drugs (including LSD, mescaline and many others), electroshock, radiation, magnetic fields, sound waves, sleep deprivation, parapsychology, psychological/sociological/anthropological methods, harassment substances, paramilitary devices and materials, and many other methods. A special procedure, designated MKDELTA, was established to govern the use of MKULTRA techniques that would be used for harassment, discrediting or disabling purposes in other countries. Operation OFTEN attempted to harness the power of occultic forces.”

Dr. Colin A. Ross, Canadian psychiatrist and past president of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, stated in his book, “Bluebird, The Deliberate Creation of Multiple Personality by Psychiatrists” (2000):

“The major goal of the Cold War mind control programs was to create dissociative symptoms and disorders, including full multiple personality disorder. The Manchurian Candidate is fact, not fiction, and was created by the CIA in the 1950’s under BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE mind controlled programs. Experiments with LSD, sensory deprivation, electro-convulsive treatment, brain electrode implants and hypnosis were designed to create amnesia, de-personalization, changes in identify and altered states of consciousness… Experiments to create Manchurian Candidate “super spies” must be understood in their social and historical context, which is one of pervasive, systematic mind control experimentation, not by a few isolated renegade doctors, but by the leaders of the psychiatry and the major medical schools….

According to my definition, the Manchurian Candidate is an experimentally-created dissociative identity disorder that meets the following four criteria:

1) Created deliberately
2) A new identity is implanted
3) Amnesia barriers are created
4) Used in simulated or actual operations

The mind control experiments were interwoven with radiation experiments, and research on chemical and biological weapons. The mind control work was funded by the CIA, Army, Navy, and Air Force, and concurrently by other agencies including the Public Health Service and the Scottish Rite Foundation…. Mind control contractors with TOP SECRET clearance included the American Psychological Association and the Society for Biological Psychiatry, and psychiatrists who have received awards from the American Psychiatric Association and the American Psychological Association…. Clinical responsibility for the mind control experiments lies with the doctors, who should have been constrained by the Hippocratic Oath…..

Subjects did not give meaningful informed consent. As was true of mind control and biological weapons research, radiation experiments were conducted on children and unwitting civilians… The work was conducted in the absence of any public discussion and without guidelines or monitoring from professional associations. Informed consent was not obtained, funding sources were not revealed, and subjects were given disinformation about the intent of the experiments by doctors…

The experiments began during World War II and at least some elements of the programs, such as non-lethal weapons, have continued up to the present. Paranormal experiments under STARGATE continued until 1984, and Army doctors were actively involved in LSD testing at least until the late 1970’s. Subjects of LSD experiments included children as young as five years old, and brain electrodes were implanted in children as young as eleven years of age. Four of the CIA’s (150) MKULTRA Subprojects were on children….

All psychiatrists and medical schools are implicated because the network is so extensive. Responsibility for the unethical experiments lies first with the individual doctors, but also collectively with the medical profession as a whole, and with academia as a whole.”

As noted, MKULTRA ran between 1953 and 1976 and involved human experimentation, using drugs (including LSD), brainwashing, sensory deprivation, hypnosis, and psychological means to control human behavior for counter-intelligence and covert operations. In some of these experiments, termed “terminal experiments,” subjects, often referred to as HP or “human products” were killed. MKULTRA documents frankly discuss “disposal of subjects.” Morse Allen, head of PROJECT ARTICHOKE in 1951, justified killing innocent people because only the testing of subjects “for whom much is at stake (perhaps life and death)” would produce meaningful results. These “terminal experiments” were generally conducted on unwitting victims, that is, people who had no idea they were part of an experiment. This, of course, was a violation of the Nuremburg Code, which is still official US policy and which has been consistently violated from the very beginning of these programs. However, unbeknownst to most Americans, the U.S. government has a long and sordid history of experimenting on its own citizens (Appendix 2: America’s Long History of Human Experimentation).

Following are statements by CIA authorities, contracting psychiatrists, victims, investigative journalists, and psychiatrists that reveal the top-secret nature of these programs. A memo from Richard Helms, Acting Deputy Director (Plans) to Allen Dulles, Director of the CIA, April 3, 1953 stated:

“Two Extremely Sensitive Research Programs (MKULTRA and MKDELTA) include the statement that, “even internally in CIA, as few individuals as possible should be aware of our interest in these fields and of the identify of those who are working for us. At present this results in ridiculous contracts, often with cut-outs, which do not spell out the scope or intent of the work and which contain terms which the cut-out cannot incorporate in his contract with the researcher without revealing Government interest. Complete Government audits of such contracts are impossible for the same reason.”

From the CIA Inspector General:

“Precautions must be taken not only to protect operations from exposure to enemy forces but also to conceal these activities from the American public in general. The knowledge that the Agency is engaging in unethical and illicit activities would have serious repercussions in political and diplomatic circles and would be detrimental to the accomplishment of its mission.”

Document CIA Mori ID 149463 (11/26/51):

“It would be necessary to be exceedingly careful about thorough cloaking of the undertaking. I would not want anyone here in the (deleted) except (deleted) and myself to know about….. Funds necessary for the support of the work would carry no identification and raise no questions.

Every effort should be made never to identify members of the Artichoke team by their true names in the presence of or in the hearing of the subject. Artichoke team members will use fictitious names in carrying out the Artichoke technique.”

This de-classified CIA document from 1951 sets the tenor of some of the “research”:

“On 2 July 1951 approximately 1:00 pm, the instruction began with (deleted) relating to the student some of his sexual experiences. (Deleted) stated that he had constantly used hypnotism as a means of inducing young girls to engage in sexual intercourse with him. (Deleted) a performer in (deleted) orchestra was forced to engage in sexual intercourse with (deleted) while under the influence of hypnotism. (Deleted) further stated that many times while going home on (deleted), he would use hypnotic suggestion to have a girl turn around and talk to him and suggest sexual intercourse to him, and that as a result of these suggestions induced by him he spent approximately five nights a week away from home engaging in sexual intercourse.”

Other recovered documents indicate that other “researchers” also genuinely loved their work. In a letter to Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, head of MKULTRA, Col. George Hunter White stated:

“I toiled wholeheartedly in the vineyards because it was fun, fun, fun.… Where else could a red-blooded American boy lie, kill, cheat, steal, rape and pillage with the sanction and blessing of the all-highest.”

George White had come to the CIA from the OSS, America’s wartime intelligence agency. For years, White was in charge of MKULTRA’s Operation Midnight Climax, a project set up to study the effects of LSD on sex. CIA-run brothels were maintained in San Francisco, New York and Marin County. The CIA paid drug-addicted prostitutes $100 a night to bring their “johns” to these “safehouses,” where, unbeknownst to them, their drinks were spiked with LSD. CIA personnel watched the action from behind one-way mirrors. The “johns,” or subjects, were never told they had been unwitting subjects in drug studies. White received CIA funding for MKULTRA Subprojects 3, 14, 16, and 42 (Ross, 2000).

In “MKULTRA: CIA Mind Control,” Jon Elliston states:

One Senate committee put it this way in 1975:

“From its beginning in the early 1950s until its termination in 1963, the program of surreptitious administration of LSD to unwitting non-volunteer human subjects demonstrates a failure of the CIA’s leadership to pay adequate attention to the rights of individuals and to provide effective guidance to CIA employees. Though it was known that the testing was dangerous, the lives of subjects were placed in jeopardy and were ignored…. Although it was clear that the laws of the United States were being violated, the testing continued.”

history-of-mind-control_clip_image002_0000history-of-mind-control_clip_image004_0000history-of-mind-control_clip_image006
history-of-mind-control_clip_image008history-of-mind-control_clip_image009history-of-mind-control_clip_image011Figure 3. MKULTRA principles: from upper left: CIA Director Allen Dulles (1953-1961), Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, head of MKULTRA and MKSEARCH (1953-1973), CIA Director Richard Helms (1966-1973), bottom left: Dr. George Estabrooks, Harvard graduate, Rhodes scholar, and 32nd degree Mason, Chairman of Psychology Department, Colgate University, pioneer in military uses of hypnosis, bottom right: Dr. Louis Jolyon West, UCLA Psychologist and MKULTRA subcontractor, founder and director of False Memory Syndrome Foundation (FMSF), George White (alias Morgan Hall), overseer of Operation Midnight Climax.

D. MKULTRA’s Institutional Connections

MKULTRA and related projects funded a broad range of exploratory research into mind control-related techniques (Ross, 2000). The two main subheadings of MKULTRA research were: a) chemical and biological methods, and b) electronic or psychotronic methods of mind control. MKULTRA contractors and funding connections are shown in the following diagram (from Ross, 2000):

history-of-mind-control_clip_image013

Figure 4. Funding fronts and key individuals associated with CIA MKULTRA projects (from Ross, 2000).

Ross (2000) summarizes the scope of MKULTRA research as follows:

“A large number of Subprojects were for the procurement of drugs, chemicals, and biological weapons, or for research directly related to field applications of the above. (Ross lists 26 subprojects associated with research into drugs, chemical and biological weapons). The investigators for most of these projects are unknown (that is, whited- out in documents)….. Much of the MKULTRA money went to research that was practical and designed for immediate operational use by the CIA. Another group of Subprojects involved the development and testing of mind control drugs (LSD, etc.). The goal of these Subprojects was to identify compounds, used singly or in combination, which would assist in interrogation and in the creation of amnesia. This group of Subprojects overlaps with those on chemical warfare… A third group of Subprojects consists of experiments and research on non-chemical mind control or psychological warfare techniques. These include studies of social psychology, group psychology, psychotherapy, hypnosis, sudden religious conversion and sleep and sensory deprivation. This group of Subprojects is about one quarter of the total (149) MKULTRA Subprojects. It involves most of the contractors with unwitting status. Unwitting contractors are ones who do not realize that the research money is from the CIA because it has been funneled through a cutout or front organization…

The remaining quarter of the MKULTRA Subprojects were miscellaneous in nature…. (But included) the funding of the construction of the Gorman Annex at Georgetown University Hospital in Washington, D.C. ($375,000 which was matched by federal funds.) The money was funneled through Geschickter Foundation. Dr. Charles Geschickter, head of the Geschickter Foundation, conducted research on amnesia-producing drugs at Georgetown University Hospital under MKSEARCH through July, 1967. The total budget for the Annex of $1.25 million was to provide a hospital safe house for mind control research. Some subjects were terminal cancer patients. One sixth of the space was set aside for the CIA, which placed three biochemists there under cover.

In his testimony in’ Human Drug Testing by the CIA,’ 1977, Dr. Geschickter states that over thirteen years his foundation funded $1,030,000.00 of research at Georgetown and $2,088,600.00 at other universities. CIA money included the $375,000 for MKULTRA Subproject 35 and $535,000 for MKULTR Subproject 45, meaning that most of the money awarded for research at Georgetown, if not all, was CIA money. Dr. Geschicter’s testimony to the Senate Committee is a study in evasiveness, forgetfulness, doublespeak, and implausible denial. He claimed not to remember many details he obviously would not have forgotten.

Recall that we are summarizing the contents here only of the 10 boxes of MKULTRA documents that escaped the shredder. On reviewing the 149 MKULTRA and MKSEARCH Subprojects listed in Ross (2000), I note four studies related to hypnosis, several related to radiation experiments, some related to ESP (extra-sensory perception), and one (Subproject 58) that funded an expedition to Mexico to identify and collect hallucinogenic mushrooms. Six subprojects related to electrical stimulation of the brain (ESB) had titles such as; “Techniques of activation of the human organism by remote electronic means,” “bioelectric response patterns,” “electronic stimulation of the brain in cold blooded animals,” “remote control of animal behavior,” “stimulation of monkey’s brains by radio frequencies.”

Figure 5, below, identifies key individuals and institutions involved in brain electrode research.

Figure 5, below, identifies key individuals and institutions involved in brain electrode research.
history-of-mind-control_clip_image015

Figure 5. Some key individuals and institutions involved in brain electrode research (from Ross, 2000).

The network of reputable psychologists, universities, hospitals, and scientific journals involved in the MKULTRA research is so extensive that Ross (2000) concludes that all universities and the entire medical profession are implicated in the crimes committed during this research (Figure 6).

Marks (1979) identifies the following institutions as participants in MKULTRA programs: University of California at Berkeley; Sandoz, Swiss pharmaceutical firm (source for CIA LSD and for Prozac); City College of New York; Boston Psychopathic Hospital (Dr. Robert Hyde); Mt. Sinai Hospital NY (Dr. Harold Abramson); Columbia University NY; University of Illinois Medical School (Dr. Carl Pfeiffer); NIMH-sponsored Addiction Research Center, Lexington KY; University of Rochester NY (Dr. Harold Hodge); University of Oklahoma (Dr. Louis Jolyon West); Josia Macy, Jr. Foundation; Geschickter Fund for Medical Research, Washington D.C.; Missouri Institute of Psychiatry; Harvard University (Dr. Henry Beecher); Massachusetts General Hospital; University of Maryland Medical School; Baylor University (Dr. Neil Burch); New York State Psychiatric Institute (Drs. Paul Hoch and James Cattell); University of Washington (Dr. James Dille); University of Wisconsin (Frank Olson); University of Delaware; Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto CA; Rockefeller Foundation; Allan Memorial Institute – McGill University, Montreal (Dr. Ewen Cameron); National Institutes of Health, Washington D.C.; Society for the Investigation of Human Ecology; University of Nijmegen, Netherlands; Ionia State Hospital MI; University of London; University of Minnesota (Dr. Alden Sears); University of Houston TX; California [Prison] Medical Facility, Vacaville; Emory University; Bordentown NJ Reformatory and Lincoln Technical Institute, East Windsor CT; Holmesburg Prison, Holmesburg, PA.

history-of-mind-control_clip_image017

Figure 6. Some key universities, institutions and individuals associated with creating as well as denying the existence of Manchurian Candidates (from Ross, 2000). The single most potent institution wielded to deny the existence of Manchurian candidates has been the False Memory Syndrome Foundation (FMSF), directed by many of the MKULTRA mind control contractors themselves, including Drs. Jolyon West, Margaret Singer, Martin Orne, among others.

Ross (2000) concludes:

“The medical profession and the leading academic institutions where mind control research was done have not yet provided a meaningful public accounting, financial or ethical, of this experimentation. This is one of the reasons that the entire medical profession is implicated in the story.”

E. Operational “Fruits” of BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, and MKULTRA: Government-sponsored Assassinations of our Own Leaders

According to Ross (2000) and others (Lawrence, 1967; Bowart, 1978), the government did create real life “Manchurian Candidates.” These include Lee Harvey Oswald, Jack Ruby, Sirhan Sirhan, Mark David Chapman, Patty Hearst, and Candy Jones. The implications are obvious: The assassinations of JFK, RFK, MLK, and the attempted assassination of President Reagan, amongst others, were stage managed by our own intelligence services using mind-controlled technologies developed in this country with tax-payer money. This conclusion is reinforced by Marks’ (1979) comment that New York psychologist, CIA subcontractor and “hypnosis expert, Dr. Milton Kline, says he could create a patsy in three months; an assassin would take him six.”

F. Project MONARCH

Project MONARCH is a program that operationalized the “research findings” of MKULTRA and other experimental mind control programs. In “Project MONARCH: Nazi Mind Control” (1999), Ron Patton states:

“Of the 149 subprojects under the umbrella of MKULTRA having been identified, Project MONARCH officially began by the U.S. Army in the early 1960’s (although unofficially implemented much earlier) appears to be the most prominent and is still classified as TOP SECRET for “National Security” reasons. MONARCH may have culminated from MKSEARCH subprojects, such as operation SPELLBINDER, which was set up to create “sleeper” assassins (i.e. “Manchurian Candidates”) who could be activated upon receiving a key word or phrase while in a post-hypnotic trance. Operation OFTEN, a study which attempted to harness the power of occultic forces, was possibly one of several cover programs to hide the insidious reality of Project MONARCH.

Monarch Program: Definition and Description

The name MONARCH is not necessarily defined within the context of royal nobility, but rather refers to the Monarch butterfly. When a person is undergoing trauma induced by electroshock, a feeling of light-headedness is evidenced; as if one is floating or fluttering like a butterfly. There is also a symbolic representation pertaining to the transformation or metamorphosis of this beautiful insect: from a caterpillar to a cocoon (dormancy; inactivity), to a butterfly (new creation) which will return to its point of origin. Such is the migratory pattern that makes this species unique.

Occultic symbolism may give additional insight into the true meaning. Psyche is the word for both “soul” and “butterfly,” coming from the belief that human souls become butterflies while searching for a new reincarnation.

Some ancient mystical groups, such as the Gnostics, saw the butterfly as a symbol of corrupt flesh. The “Angel of Death” (remember Mengele?) in Gnostic art works was portrayed crushing the butterfly. A marionette is a puppet that is attached to strings and is controlled by the puppet master, hence MONARCH programming is also referred to as the “Marionette Syndrome.” “Imperial Conditioning” is another term used, while some mental health therapists know it as “Conditioned Stimulus-Response Sequences.”

Project MONARCH could be best described as a form of trauma-structured dissociation and occultic integration in order to compartmentalize the mind into multiple personalities within a systematic framework. During the process, a Satanic ritual, usually including Cabalistic mysticism, is performed with the purpose of attaching a particular demon or group of demons to the corresponding alter(s). Of course, most [people] would view this as simply a means to enhance trauma within the victim negating irrational belief that demonic possession actually occurs.

Alters and Triggers

Another way of examining this convoluted victimization of body and soul is by looking at it as a complex computer program: A file (alter) is created through trauma, repetition and reinforcement. In order to activate (trigger) the file, a specific access code or password (cue or command) is required. The victim survivor is called a “slave” by the programmer/handler, who in turn is perceived as “master” or “god.” About 75% are female, since they possess a higher tolerance for pain and tend to dissociate easier than males. Subjects are used mainly for covert operations, prostitution and pornography; involvement in the entertainment industry is notable.

A former military officer connected to the DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency) told this writer, “In the ‘big picture’ these people [MONARCH victims] are in all walks of life, from the bum on the street to the white-collar guy.” In corroboration, a retired CIA agent vaguely discussed the use of such personnel to be used as “plants” or “chameleons” for the purpose of infiltrating a designated group, gathering information and/or injecting an ulterior agenda.

There are an inordinate amount of alters in the victim/survivor, with numerous back-up programs, mirrors and shadows. A division of light-side (good) and dark-side (bad) alters are interwoven in the mind and rotate on an axis. One of the main internal structures, (of which there are many) within the system is shaped like a double-helix, consisting of seven levels. Each system has an internal programmer who oversees the “gatekeepers” (demons?) who grant or deny entry into the different rooms. A few of the internal images predominately seen by victims/survivors are trees, the Cabalistic “Tree of Life,” with adjoining root systems, infinity loops, ancient symbols and letters, spider webs, mirrors or glass shattering, masks, castles, mazes, demons/monsters/aliens, sea shells, butterflies, snakes, ribbons, bows, flowers, hour glasses, clocks, robots, chain-of-command diagrams and/or schematics of computer circuitry boards.

Bloodlines and Twinning

A majority of the victims/survivors come from multi-generational Satanic families (bloodlines) and are ostensibly programmed “to fulfill their destiny as the chosen ones or chosen generations” (a term coined by Mengele at Auschwitz). Some are adopted out to families of similar origin. Others used in this neurological nightmare are deemed as the “expendable ones” (non-blood-liners), usually coming from orphanages, foster-care homes, or incestuous families with a long history of pedophilia. There also appears to be a pattern of family members affiliated with government or military intelligence agencies.

Many of the abused come from families who use Catholicism, Mormonism, or charismatic Christianity as a “front” for their abominable activities (though members of other religious groups are also involved). Victims/survivors generally respond more readily to a rigid religious (dogmatic, legalistic) hierarchical structure because it parallels their base programming. Authority usually goes unchallenged, as their will has been usurped through subjective and command-oriented conditioning.

The ultimate purpose of the sophisticated manipulation of these individuals may sound unrealistic, depending upon our interpretive understanding of the physical and spiritual realms. The deepest and darkest alters within blood-liners are purported to be dormant until the “Anti-Christ” is revealed. These “New World Order” alters supposedly contain call-back orders and instructions to train and/or initiate a large influx of people (possibly clones or “soulless ones”) thereby stimulating social control programs into the new millennium.

In order to keep MKULTRA from being easily detected, the CIA segmented its subprojects into specialized fields of research and development at universities, prisons, private laboratories and hospitals. Of course, they were rewarded generously with government grants and miscellaneous funding. The names and locations of some of the major institutions involved in MONARCH programming experimentation were/are: Cornell, Duke, Princeton, UCLA, University of Rochester, MIT, Georgetown University Hospital, Maimonides Medical Center, St Elizabeth’s Hospital (Washington, D.C.), Bell Laboratories, Stanford Research Institute, Westinghouse Friendship Laboratories, General Electric, ARCO and Manking Research Unlimited.

The “final product” was/is usually created on military installations and bases, where maximum security is required. Referred to as (re) programming centers or near-death trauma centers, the most heavily identified are: China Lake Naval Weapons Center, The Presidio, Ft. Dietrick, Ft. Campbell, Ft. Lewis, Ft. Hood, Redstone Arsenal, Offutt AFB, Patrick AFB, McClellan AFB, MacGill AFB, Kirkland AFB, Nellis AFB, Homestead AFB, Grissom AFB, Maxwell AFB and Tinker AFB. Other places recognized as major programming sites are Langley Research Center, Los Alamos National Laboratories, Tavistock Institute and areas in or by Mt. Shasta, CA, Lampe, MO and Las Vegas, NV.”

Numerous books and websites purport to identify the often highly visible victims of the MKULTRA/MONARCH programming. In this regard, Springmeier’s books and various websites, including http://intheknow7.wordpress.com/ , make for very interesting reading. Among the very public figures purported to be victims of Monarch programming are President Barack Obama, (“Barack Obama, 3rd Generation Nazi MK ULTRA Puppet Care of East-West Institute,” forum.prisonplanet.com/index.php?topic=230343.0), Sarah Palin (Anatomy of Sarah L. Palin: Mind Kontrolled BETA Programmed Sex Kitten, http://intheknow7.wordpress.com/anatomy-of-sarah-l-palin/) and many celebrities such as Britney Spears, Michael Jackson, etc. etc.

G. Dr. Josef Mengele (aka the Auschwitz “Angel of Death”)

In A Nation Betrayed: The Chilling True Story of Secret Cold War Experiments Performed on Our Children and Other Innocent People (2001), Carol Ruiz, provides this background on Nazi “doctor,” Dr. Josef Mengele:

“Many survivors have identified Josef Mengele as using the aliases Dr. Green, Dr. Black, Dr. Swartz (black in German), Father Joseph, or Vaterchen (daddy) when he did their programming. The experiments and programming he used on us were of such a heinous nature, that they were not unlike some of those performed at Auschwitz. I have personally spoken and corresponded with many of these child Cold War survivors who have agreed to allow me to recount some of their mind control and brainwashing experiments by the man they believe to be Josef Mengele using one of the above aliases and other CIA or military doctors.

Josef Mengele attended Frankfurt Institute for Racial Hygiene doing his doctoral research on cleft palate. (He received his Ph.D. in anthropology). In 1937 he was appointed a research assistant at the Third Reich Institute for Heredity, Biology, and Racial Purity at the University of Frankfurt where he worked with Professor Otmar Freiherr von Vershuer and learned genetic manipulation. Mengele provided “experimental materials” to the Kaiser –Wilhelm Institute of Anthropology, from Twins including eyes, blood , and other body parts from Auschwitz. One of the victims of Mengele’s experimentswas quoted as saying, “It is imperative that the Kaiser-Wilhelm Institute be implicated as the initiator and recipient of the research data; it should not be able to get away from the ultimate responsibility of these horrors.”

In The Nazi Hunters, authors Ashman and Wagman report that von Verschuer gave Mengele his first assignment within weeks of his arrival at Auschwitz. When Allied doctors reviewed some of the results of his experiments on twins at Kaiser Wilhelm Institute after the war, they found that Mengele’s research was aimed at trying to establish a way of creating twins through genetic engineering….

Mengele fled Auschwitz in January 1945 before the Russians liberated the camp. Author Phillip Aziz says he went to his birthplace in Gunzburg, Bavaria after “a mysterious odyssey with Wilma through flaming Europe.” According to Gerald Posner’s account, Dr. Mengele’s young Jewish mistress Wilma had taken his research notes to Warsaw where he later retrieved them.” I can see where these notes would make him a valuable commodity to the CIA and the Agency….

John Loftus and Mark Aarons report that British records show a man named Mengele was in their custody in 1945 for interrogation concerning chemical weapons. They said there is circumstantial evidence of a deal between Mengele and the British for his nerve gas records….. French Government documents state that the Americans had captured Mengele in late 1946. According to the French, Mengele was known to be the “notorious camp doctor from Auschwitz, and released without explanation by the Americans on November 19, 1946. The French claimed that American authorities confirmed the Mengele arrest and release on Feb. 29, 1947…..”

He remained on the run until he sailed on the North King to Buenos Aires, Argentina in 1949. Mengele proceeded to set up a medical practice in a residential area in Buenos Aires. That same year (1949), Carmel Offie was working in Washington emmigrating former Nazis into the US through the CIA-funded OPC (Office of Policy Coordination) in the State Department.”

history-of-mind-control_clip_image002_0001history-of-mind-control_clip_image004_0001 history-of-mind-control_clip_image006_0000history-of-mind-control_clip_image008_0000
history-of-mind-control_clip_image010

Figure 7. Dr. Josef Mengele, the Auschwitz “Angel of Death.” Based on his successful “trauma bonding,” many of his victims referred to Mengele as “Daddy” throughout their lives. Some researchers believe Mengele is a Rothschild and an Illuminatus.

Carol Ruiz’s account of Dr. Mengele now takes on a more personal flavor:

“Offie, while still working for the OPC as liaison between the CIA and State Department, delivered me to Allen Dulles and Sidney Gottlieb for those first experiments in 1952 in which Dr. Black (Mengele) and others programmed me.

Using published accounts of various authors as well as accounts of numerous mind-control survivors, Ruiz traces Mengele’s activities to many nations, including the United States. Her research indicates Mengele was identified in Argentina in 1952, Aberdeen Proving Grounds in Maryland (1952), Washington, D.C. (1952), Germany (December, 1954), Paraguay (1954), Florida (1954), Nashville, Tennessee (1955), Switzerland (1956), 2-hour stop over in New York (1956), Santiago, Chile (1957), Augsburg, Germany and Camp Dora/Nordhausen Hartz Mountain area (1957), Raven Rock (an underground government facility in Pennsylvania, 1957), Montevideo, Uruguay (1958), Paraguay (1959), Detroit, Michigan (1959), a Catholic orphanage in Canada (three times a year for two weeks in 1959, 1960, 1961, and 1962), Montreal (1960), Kansas City (1960), Egypt (1961), Canada (1961), Vietnam/Laos (1961 and 1962), Canada (1962), Uruguay (1962), Washington, D.C. (Walter Reed Army Medical Center for programming, 1963), Albuquerque, New Mexico (1963 and 1964), New York World’s Fair (1964), Europe/Russia tour (November and December, 1964), Michigan (1965), Spain (1965), Paraguay (1966), Maine and Cleveland, Ohio (?) (1968), and Brazil (1970). Supposedly, Mengele drowned in Brazil in 1979. However, the Mengele family is reported to have bought a 400-acre farm in Indiana valued at $1.2 million in 1979. Police files in Chile and Brazil show Mengele there in 1983.”

Ruiz’s reconstruction of Mengele’s whereabouts between the time he left Germany and his supposed death is quite revealing. Based on the above “sightings,” Mengele appeared in at least 15 different locations in America and Canada between 1952 and 1968. These locations include American military bases, American underground government facilities, the Walter Reed Army Medical Center in Washington, D.C., and numerous American cities and states. Numerous mind-control survivors identify him as being one of their principle mind control programmers at these locales. Additionally, Mengele appeared three times a year, for two weeks at a time, during four consecutive years (1959-62) at a Catholic orphanage in Canada. Obviously, a Catholic orphanage could have provided Mengele with child subjects for mind-control programming/”experimentation.” Mengele also appeared on a ship near Vietnam/Laos in 1961 and 1962 during a time when the CIA was actively involved in that country. John McDermott, Former Associate Editor of Viet-Report, Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts, notes that:

“… from June, 1954 to June, 1963… the CIA was absolutely and exclusively dominant in creating and carrying out the policies which led eventually to the Vietnam War.

It seems that Mengele went where the CIA went. Finally, Mengele also appeared in several countries throughout Europe and South America during this time frame. Mengele is a particularly important character because his history is inexorably tied up with the history of both Nazi and CIA mind control experiments. Springmeier and Wheeler (1996) assert that Mengele was a member of the Rothschild family and an Illuminati.”

H. A “Victims’ View” of Dr. Mengele and MKULTRA/MONARCH Mind Control

Ruiz (2001) provides numerous survivors’ accounts of their personal encounters with Mengele and other mind control programmers:

Victim 1, a female survivor, reports being programmed by Mengele in Florida in 1954, several times in Tennessee in 1955, and another several times in Tennessee between April and September, 1956 (from Ruiz, 2001):

“As he got older and turned gray he (Mengele) called himself “Grandfather.” He used the movie Heidi with me, and became the “grandfather.” I think the insidious part of his work with me was the love thing. He would love me and torture me. Whatever he did had that element. He must have trained my father as well, because that is what my dad was told to do as well. One of Mengele’s favorite phrases was “Pain is pleasure, and pleasure is pain, my dear. I am here to make you very happy? You will love me forever!”

Earlier he had black hair (sort of FBI cut-longish on top and short on the sides), walked around in black boots and carried a riding crop that was really a cattle prod. He played the piano, violin, and liked Wagner and music of that sort. He used Handel’s Messiah on me often. I remember being on the floor with him playing piano in nothing but his boots and a tuxedo coat with tails, as he ordered the men working with him to shock me with cattle prods while he played. It was sort of like musical chairs- when he stopped playing, they stopped shocking; or when he played, they stopped, according to which rules he used that week! He liked the latter better because he wanted me to listen to him play and love it! He also did this playing his violin.

Mengele was part of an experiment on young men. They seemed to be training a set of men such that they would do anything they were told. I was the surprise element that they weren’t expecting. It was spring of 1955. He was the man with the clipboard in this experiment. There was also a colonel named Sandy, a red-haired square-jawed man, who was the local in charge. They were using military facilities for these experiments, and the men were brought from Ft. Campbell in Clarksville, Tennessee. They seemed to be some sort of Special Forces dudes who were being trained. This actually went on from the summer before 1954 until spring just before I was six in 1955.”
__________________________________________________________________________________________

Victim 2 is Carol Ruiz herself (Ruiz, 2001):

“…. I too was privy to Mengele’s torture in 1956 when I was almost nine years old….. (I) was taken by my Dad to a rural looking place with a winding road that led up to an airplane hanger…. Inside suspended from the rafters in the ceiling (operated by pulleys) were cages with naked kids in them… It seemed that most were younger than I. I was placed in one of these cages, and like the others deprived of food and water. I become very cold and continually hunched over to hide my nakedness. Every time I tried to sleep, someone with a cattle prod reached through the bars and poked me. He had very long nails and seemed to enjoy this torture. He was able to stand next to any cage by using something like the cages that we were in to reach us. When he wasn’t torturing one of us kids, he stood on the ground with Dr. Black (Mengele). They both smiled with evil grins, and our tears had absolutely no impact on them.

The purpose of all this torture was to prepare us for programming. There was a hospital where each of us was taken after the torture made us compliant. The training I had involved easels and blackboards. This was where I was taught about the meridians of the body, and shown how to run energy up and down these meridians. It was preparation for later experiments in which would use my mind to attempt to psychically kill. In another experiment an alter was created and made to memorize binary code. If this Robert alter did not completely and accurately repeat back what it had been taught, I was returned to the cage.

Trauma based programming was theoretically the reason for some of the torturous things perpetrated on survivors. It was the cruelest form of mental brainwashing, and left the child completely disassociated and open to programming. Josef Mengele was a master at this.

After an abortion was performed on me in Montreal, Canada, when I was twelve, Dr. Black (Mengele) harvested my eggs. I can only assume from what he showed me a years later, that he was playing God and tampering with genes to create a “Super Race.” He undoubtedly was doing test-tube fertilization with these eggs. Unfortunately, his early experiments produced children with grossly enlarged heads. He showed me two of these poor children when I was 16 years old and told me they were mine.”
___________________________________________________________________________________________

Victim 3 is a survivor of (Monarch) foundational programming with Mengele in Kansas City in 1960 (from Ruiz, 2001).

“By foundational programming I mean abuse to create many traumatized alters to use in programming more specific functions later on and in creating internal structure. There is a memory of him creating specific trauma bonding. He split the alters so that one would remember him being very loving, but it included a lot of sexual abuse and other parts would experience terror at his cruelty. With the first one, he somehow created the experience that he was inside our mind being very nurturing and teaching her that she will always want only him. Then later he abandoned her abruptly, and made her feel worthless and cast-off. With another alter he was mean, creating a rape alter by killing a little boy she had felt bonded with as her little protector. In a different memory some alters call “the white room,” he did electroshock with drugging and some kind of rotating equipment ot create even more helpless feelings and confusion. It was blinding white light that was overwhelming, whether or not our eyes were open or closed. This abuse resulted in three “adult” alters that reinforced internal loyalty programming. If they tried to stray from it, they always started to experience intense pain from the first part of the white room abuse, so they always baked off and got back in place. He also did some internal structure and programming on a Kabala theme, locking different alters and alter pairs into various parts of the structure by separate abuse incidents.”
_______________________________________________________________________________________

Victim 4 (from Ruiz, 2001):

“Dr. Black talked about how Hitler had not died but had ascended to a god-state. He didn’t seem to worship Hitler, but seemed to honor the perfect idea of the man. None of them worshipped him that I could tell, because they were too absorbed with the idea of also becoming gods. Gods don’t worship gods. They talked about getting rid of the “impurities” that had been gotten through intermarriage with mongrels, etc. Mengele said that they needed to “remember who we are.””
_________________________________________________________________________________________

Victim 5 is Claudia Mullen, a client of Dr. Valerie Wolf. Mullins stated in a report to the Presidential Commission (from The CIA, Mind Control & Children: A Talk by John Rappoport):

Between the years of 1957 and 1984 I became a pawn in a government scheme whose ultimate goal was mind control and to create the perfect spy. All through the use of chemicals, radiation, electroshock, hypnosis, drugs, isolation in tubs of water, sleep deprivation, brainwashing, and verbal, physical, emotional and sexual abuse. I was exploited unwittingly for nearly three decades of my life, and the only explanation given to me was that ‘the end justifies the means’ and I was serving my country in their bold effort to fight communism. I can only summarize my circumstances by saying they took an already abused 7 year-old child and compounded my suffering beyond belief. In 1958 I was to be tested, they told me, by some important doctors coming from a place called The Society [… that’s the Human Ecology Society, a known CIA front]. I was told to cooperate, answer any of their questions, then since the tests might hurt, I would be given shots, x-rays, and jolts of electricity. I was also instructed not to look in anyone’s face too hard and to ignore names, as this was a very secret project … but to be brave and all those things would help me forget. Naturally as most children do, I did the opposite, and remembered as much as I could. A Dr. John Gittinger [Rapaport: these people in the testimony named names, they did not screw around …] tested me and Dr. Cameron gave me the shocks, and Dr. Green (Mengele), the x-rays. Then I was told by Sid Gottlieb I was right for the Big A … meaning Artichoke.”
______________________________________________________________________________________

Although many doctors and scientists were involved in various MKULTRA projects, I begin with victim’s accounts of the controversial Mengele because he is such a pivotal figure. Some may claim that this is disinformation and that Mengele never came to America. However, the above accounts of victims seem to indicate beyond a reasonable doubt that Mengele, the infamous Auschwitz “Angel of Death,” did continue his horrific Nazi mind-control programming and experiments under the CIA’s MKULTRA program from about 1952 to as recently as 1968. Like many other CIA-sponsored doctors, Mengele programmed both children and adults using mescaline, electroshock therapy, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, torture, rape (sodomy), starvation, and trauma bonding.

Ruiz (2001) adds:

“In 1998 Congress passed a law requiring declassification of Nazi war criminals’ files held by U.S. intelligence agencies. The CIA had refused to acknowledge the existence of these records up until that time, not unlike their continued denial of many other things until they are faced with irrefutable evidence from outside sources. 10,000 pages of declassified CIA files were released on April 27, 2001, detailing working relationships with some of the same Nazi’s that were wanted for war crimes.”

I. Dr. Ewen Cameron and the “Canadian Contribution” to Mind Control and Torture

In a chapter entitled, “Dr. Cameron’s Chamber of Horrors,” Jim Keith (1999) states:

“In an effort to escape problems having to do with jurisdiction, much CIA experimentation during the MKULTRA era was conducted in Canada and in other foreign countries. Early funding of Canadian experimentation went to James Tyurst, who in 1951 had been part of a committee providing oversight on Projects ARTICHOKE and BLUEBIRD. The Canadian Defense Research Board also provided money to Tyhurst, who did research on the effects of LSD on over 300 patients at Hollywood Hospital in Vancouver. CIA-funded research into LSD was also done in Saskatchewan, by Abram Hoffer and Humphrey Osmond….

One of the most macabre series of experiments outside of the Inquisition was funded by the CIA and conducted by Dr. Donald Ewen Cameron, with funds also coming from the Canadian government, the Rockefeller Foundation, and the Gershicker Foundation. Cameron had studied at the Royal Mental Hospital in Glasgow, Scotland, under the tutelage of eugenicist, Sir David Henderson. He later took over the psychiatric division of the Allen Memorial Institute at McGill University in Montreal, which had been founded with Rockefeller monies. CIA director Allen Dulles called Allen Memorial “a good source for human guinea pigs.”

During the 1950’s Cameron was anything but a rogue researcher; he was one of the most influential shrinks on the planet, founding the Canadian division of the World Federation of Mental Health with his friend Tavistock’s Brigadier General John Rawlings Reese. Cameron became president of many major psychiatric organizations, including the Canadian, American, and World Psychiatric Organizations.

The CIA funded Cameron’s work through a cover organization called the Society for the Investigation of Human Ecology in New York. Human Ecology was founded by Cornell University neurologist Dr. Harold Wolff and funded by Geschickter Foundation for Medical Research and the Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation, both with direct connections to the Rockefeller Foundation. As a front for the CIA’s MKULTRA programs, the Society for the Investigation of Human Ecology also provided grants to eight other institutions.”

history-of-mind-control_clip_image012 history-of-mind-control_clip_image014history-of-mind-control_clip_image016

Figure 8. Dr. Donald Ewen Cameron, head of Allen Memorial Institute for Psychiatry at McGill University (1943-1964), President of American, Canadian and World Psychiatric Associations, the American Psychopathological Association, and the Society for Biological Psychiatry.

Cameron’s goals, among others, were to erase the memory of his patients and re-build their minds with new identities and personalities. Cameron referred to his experimental techniques as “de-patterning” and “psychic driving.” For “de-patterning,” Cameron subjected his patients to heavy doses of “behavior influencing” drugs (including LSD, PCP angel dust, thorazine, bubutal, seconal, and amphetamines) combined with unheard of large doses of electric shock treatment, technically known as Electro-Convulsive Therapy (ECT). However, whereas in standard professional ECT, patients were given a single dose of 110 volts lasting a fraction of a second, Cameron used dosages twenty to forty times more intense, two to three times a day, and with the power turned up to 150V.

Cameron combined the massive electro-shock with drug cocktails and prolonged sensory deprivation in a sealed environment that lasted for up to 65 days. He drugged his patients into a comatose sleep, sometimes for weeks on end, for as long as 90 days. At the end of the “de-patterning” phase, the patient’s mind was intended to be “more or less in a childlike and unconcerned state.” In fact, Dr. Cameron regressed unwitting victims into vegetable status and into zombies.

In the next phase of his therapy, termed “psychic driving,” Cameron attempted to reprogram his victims’ “erased” minds. For the “psychic driving” part of his “treatment,” Cameron relied upon the aid of his assistant, Leonard Rubenstein, an electronics technician, vegetarian, practical joker, and Orthodox Jew with no medical training whatsoever. Rubenstein prepared taped messages that were incessantly repeated thousands of times on tape recorders and in headphones installed in football helmets worn by the patients. Usually ten days of “negative signals,” stressing the patient’s presumed inadequacies, were followed by ten days of “positive” messages, which encouraged the desired, changed behavior. A scholarly article by Cameron indicates that patients would hear the same message in “250,000 to 500,000 repetitions over a period which averages 20 days,” up to 16 hours per day (Cameron et al., 1961).

Typically, Cameron’s test subjects were patients who came to him with fairly minor problems. In violation of the Nuremburg Code, Cameron’s patients were not informed of Cameron’s real intentions.

From Lacter (2007):

“Electroshock, according to Dr. Cameron’s protocol would do the following (Emery, 1977):

▪ First Stage: In the First Stage of electroshock amnesia, the subject loses much of her recent memory, “yet she still knew where she was, why she was there, and who the people were who treated her.” (J. Marks, 1979, p. 135). That is called keeping your “space-time image.”
The subject knows where she is, why she is there, and recognizes familiar faces. Names are harder.

▪ Second Stage: In the Second Electroshock Amnesia Stage, the subject loses that space-time image and is aware of the loss. That awareness causes extreme anxiety. The subject wants to remember. At his stage the subject asks repeatedly, ‘Where am I?’, ‘How did I get here?’, ‘What am I here for?’

▪ Third Stage: In this final stage, the subject becomes bizarrely calm. All the previous anxiety is gone. At this point the patient was moved back to their room where a speakerphone had been placed under their pillow, a tape recorder with a continuous loop played repeating the same command over and over again. While in this state, patients showed incontinence of both urine and feces.

Much of these inhumane “treatments” appear to have originated 50 years earlier in Pavlov’s abusive experiments with dogs.”

Ross (2000) states:

“If such procedures were carried out under third world dictators, they would be denounced as human rights violations by American and Canadian psychiatry, and would be called brainwashing.

The CIA supported Cameron’s work between 1957 to 1962 with grants totaling $84,820. The “psychic driving” portion of the research was code-named MKULTRA Subproject 68. The frequent screams of patients that echoed through the Allen Memorial hospital did not deter Cameron and his associates in their attempts to completely “de-pattern” their subjects. Despite the fact that these inhuman “experiments” amounted to little more than torture and reduced many of his patients to vegetable status, Cameron was elected chairman of the American Psychiatric Association in 1952 and later became the founding chairman of the World Psychiatric Association. In 1966, he was awarded the Canadian Mental Health Award for his services to the profession.”

Ross (2000), concludes:

“Medical experimentation by the Department of Psychiatry at McGill resulted in death, psychosis, vegetable states, organic brain damage, and permanent loss of memory among other damages. It resulted in the creation of amnesia, identity disturbance and depersonalization among other dissociative symptoms. Dr. Ewen Cameron was the main figure in these activities….

Throughout the twentieth century, academic psychiatry provided no public commentary, ethical guidance, peer review, or moral oversight of any kind concerning mind control experimentation, despite the fact that the leading psychiatrists and medical schools were well funded by the CIA and military for mind control research. Mental patients, cancer patients, prisoners and unwitting citizens were experimented on by mind-control doctors at Yale, Harvard, McGill, Stanford, UCLA, and the other major universities.

These human guinea pigs were never told that they were subjects in military and CIA mind control experiments, and they never gave informed consent. They received no systematical follow-up to document the harm done to them. The welfare of “human subjects” was not a relevant variable in the academic equation. What counted for psychiatrists, I think was money, power, perks, academic advancement, and the thrill of being a spy doctor….

The fact that Dr. Cameron’s unethical, inhumane, and grossly damaging experiments were published in the psychiatric literature is a condemnation of the editorial standards of the journals….”

Dr. Cameron’s “Nazi connections”

In 1945, Dr. Ewen Cameron was part of the American psychiatric team that assessed and tried Nazi War criminals at the Nuremburg Tribunal. Thus, Cameron was certainly well aware that the Nuremburg Code which sprang from the Nuremburg trials states that it is unlawful to perform medical experiments on unwitting patients. Cameron’s experiments certainly violated the informed consent provisions of this Nuremburg Code. Ross (2000) deduces that Cameron must have had a security clearance with the U.S. government and must have also been privy to the Nazi research on mescaline at their death camps. For indeed, he himself instituted similar work at McGill when he experimented with LSD. Ross concludes that Cameron is also “a leading candidate for involvement in the recruitment and placement of PAPERCLIP (German) psychiatrists.”

Lee and Shlain summarize this era of criminal conduct by “experts” as follows in Acid Dreams: The Complete Social History of LSD: The CIA, the Sixties, and Beyond [1994):

“The CIA violated the Nuremberg Code for medical ethics by sponsoring experiments on unwitting subjects. Ironically, Dr. Cameron was a member of the Nuremberg tribunal that heard the case against Nazi war criminals who committed atrocities during World War II. Like the Nazi doctors at Dachau, the CIA victimized certain groups of people who were unable to resist: prisoners, mental patients, foreigners, the terminally ill, sexual deviants, ethnic minorities.”

As noted, some 1600 German mind control doctors were covertly smuggled into North America via the CIA’s Operation PAPERCLIP (Hunt, 1990). These German doctors, including Dr. Josef Mengele (above), then continued their mind control experiments at some of the most reputable institutions in North America. Ross (2000) notes that another German psychiatrist, Dr. Werner Kohlmeyer, was recruited to the Allen Memorial Institute at McGill University, where he did post-graduate training between 1951 and 1954. Dr. Kohlmeyer then became a Psychiatry professor at Johns Hopkins School of Medicine in 1958.

What is “the Canadian contribution” to mind control? Dr. Cameron succeeded in “erasing” some of his patients’ minds, at least partially. In a lecture to the Ninth Annual Western Clinical Conference on Trauma and Dissociation (1996), Dr. Colin A. Ross gave a clinical example of Cameron’s success in this regard:

“(Linda MacDonald) was 25-years old when she went to McGill (University) to be treated for relatively mild post-partem depression. She turned 26 during her hospitalization from March to early September, 1963. During the course of her hospitalization, she received 102 ECT (electro-convulsive therapy) treatments, using the Paige-Russelll technique, in which the button is pushed six times per treatment instead of one time. She also received about 80 days of barbiturate and neuroleptic-induced sleep. During the course of her hospitalization- now, I have not only her own testimony, I also have the actual medical record, with all of the nursing notes documenting this and Ewen Cameron’s signature in the chart- so this is not rumor or patient distortion, this is the actual record. And this is work that has been settled out of court by the CIA. She comes in a normal, depressed person…. She gets regressed back to incontinent of urine, incontinent of feces, totally disoriented, unable to state her own name, year, where she is, recognize her children, recognize her husband. She gradually comes out of this. At the time of the discharge she is sent home to live with her husband and children, resume normal sexual relations with her husband- she doesn’t know how to drive a car, read, cook, use a toilet. Not only does she not know exactly what sex is all about, and she’s not exactly sure who her husband is, she doesn’t know what the concept of a husband is.”

Ross (2000) continues the story:

“Linda MacDonald has had complete amnesia for her life before age twenty-six ever since she was de-patterned by MKULTRA contractor, Dr. Ewen Cameron…. Linda MacDonald’s “treatment” at the Allen Memorial Institute involved intensive application of three of these brainwashing techniques; drug disinhibition, prolonged sleep treatment, and prolonged psychological isolation. These were combined with the electrical equivalent of 612 conventional ECT treatments. The amount of electricity introduced into Linda MacDonald’s brain exceed by 76.5 times the maximum amount recommended in the ECT Guidelines of the American Psychiatric Association. … Dr. Cameron’s de-patterning technique resulted in permanent and complete amnesia.

To this day, Linda MacDonald is unable to remember anything from her birth to the time she entered the Allan Memorial Institute in 1963. Dr. Cameron created a type of dissociative disorder in Linda MacDonald. He demonstrated what was considered to be in doubt in the BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE documents; he proved that doctors skilled in the right procedures can erase a subject’s memory….

As recorded by the nurses in her chart, Linda was reduced to a vegetable state by de-patterning…. After destroying Linda MacDonald’s identity and memory, Dr. Cameron allowed a new identity to evolve spontaneously, outside the walls of his institution.”

How were subjects chosen for these kinds of experiments? Ross (2000) speculates that Linda may have been chosen for Cameron’s experiments, in part, due the fact that she had a dissociative disorder prior to her treatment with him.

Judging by things her relatives have told her, and by the medical record, it appears that Linda also had a dissociative disorder prior to March 28, 1963. She had gone into a strange state several times in which she didn’t recognize people and couldn’t talk, and she heard a voice talking in her head….. Linda also had a cult background. Her mother belonged to a group called Moral Disarmament, also called the Oxford Group. The cult had its headquarters in Switzerland. Its doctrine was one of absolute purity, honesty, love and unselfishness. Full-time members lived communally in big houses which the children visited…..

On June 1, 1951, Dr. James Tyhurst attended a CIA meeting at the Ritz-Carlton Hotel in Montreal to discuss brainwashing….. The problem being discussed at the CIA meeting was how to change people’s attitudes, beliefs, and identities. Experiments to achieve this goal were conducted under BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, and MKULTRA and at McGill by Drs. Cameron, Hebb and Azima. Is it a coincidence that the CIA was interested in the mind control methods of the Oxford Group, to which Linda MacDonald belonged? Did her membership in the Oxford Group result in her being selected for de-patterning? There is now no way to know.

In the 1980’s, nine Canadian victims of Cameron’s MKULTRA experiments brought a class action suit against the CIA for Dr. Cameron’s MKULTRA experiments. The case was settled out of court in 1988 and the plaintiff’s were awarded $750,000, divided amongst the nine plaintiffs. Because the Canadian government had taken over the funding of Cameron’s “experiments” by 1963, Linda MacDonald also became a plaintiff in a class action lawsuit against the Canadian government and was awarded $100,000 plus legal fees. As part of her settlement, Linda agreed never to sue the Allen Memorial Institute.

Another of Dr. Cameron’s victims was “Mary.” Keith (1999) relates:

“(“Mary,” born in 1947) recalls being taken from her home on a number of occasions for mind control experimentation. These experiments, she believes, took place in upper New York state and at the Uplands Canadian Forces base near Ottawa, Canada. She says that these procedures took place in a building called “the Playhouse.” Here, Mary says, in a room with walls but without a ceiling, she received an electronic mind control implant through her nostril that was fixed behind her eyeball. She also recalls being suspended in mid-air, with electric current flowing through her, causing her to make jerking inadvertent body movements. “It was horrible, because my head was conscious, but they made my body do things, and I couldn’t stop it. It was like being a robot.”

Mary also remembers having electroshock, being subjected to sensory deprivation experiments, being drugged, and being abused sexually. She says that the experimentation ruined her life. A marriage at age twenty fell apart, and she has not been able to sustain a stable relationship since that time. In 1986 she suffered a complete nervous breakdown. In the 1990’s bits and pieces of memory involving hospitals and electroshock came to the surface and encouraged Mary to investigate what had happened to her in her childhood. She went to the local library and checked out a book about the MKULTRA experiments that included pictures of Ewen Cameron. When she saw a photo of Cameron a flood of memories of her mind control ordeal burst forth. She became hysterical and thought she was going to die.”

Dr. Ewen Cameron, Operation OFTEN, and the Occult

In his book Journey Into Madness: The True Story of Secret CIA Mind Control and Medical Abuse (1989), Gordon Thomas relates:

“Operation OFTEN’s roots could be traced by to the research Dr. Cameron had approved in trying to establish links between eye coloring, soil conditions, and mental illness. (MKULTRA director) Dr. Gottlieb… was again struck that, as in so many areas of interest to the Agency, Dr. Cameron could have been on the verge of a breakthrough in exploring the paranormal. Operation OFTEN was intended to take over the unfinished work, and go beyond- to explore the world of black magic and the supernatural.

The ORD team first tried to create a super virus by exposing a range of already deadly bacteria to ultraviolet light- a logical extension of the soil experiments conducted at Allen Memorial Institute. While that work continued- and looked promising- ORD psychiatrists and behaviorists had set out across the country, visiting palmist parlors, fairground fortune-teller booths, and in the larger cities, the well-appointed offices of the psychics who served the rich and powerful…. By May, 1971, Operation Often had on its payroll three professional astrologers…..

Operation OFTEN went deeper into demonology. In April, 1972, an oblique approach was made to the monsignor in charge of exorcisms for the Catholic archdiocese of New York. He flatly refused to cooperate. Undaunted, the Agency behaviorists approached Sybil Leek, a Houston sorceress, who cast spells with the help of a pet jackdaw called Hotfoot Jackson. With the bird perched on her shoulder, Mrs. Leek gave the “two very nice gentlemen” from Washington a fast course on the current state of black magic in the United States: four hundred regular covens operated by five thousand initiated witches and warlocks, who formed the low-profile apex of a prediction industry that supported 10,000 full-time fortune-tellers and 200,000 part timers, as well as a growing publishing business in tarot cards and factories that produced a widening range of anti-Christian tokens. Satan was not only alive, but thriving in the United States.

To corner him for the Agency, it was recognized at Langley that the Devil must be made respectable. Working through conduits, the (CIA cutout) Scientific Engineering Institute helped fund a course in sorcery at the University of South Carolina…

Concurrent with those investigations, ORD had taken up the challenge of brain implants.”

Cameron, Torture, Terrorism, the “Shock Doctrine,” “the Chicago School,” and other “real-world” MKULTRA Applications

Another aspect of the “Canadian contribution” concerns the torture techniques refined at McGill University in Cameron’s “experiments.” Indeed, some of Cameron’s techniques later showed up in CIA torture manuals and have been used widely in Southeast Asia, Central America, Iraq (Abu Ghraib), Afghanistan, Guantanamo Bay, and at secret black torture and detention sites globally. The principle techniques described in the torture manual are sensory deprivation followed by sensory overload.

In The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism, fellow Canadian, Klein (2007) further details the importance of Cameron’s experiments:

“In a 1960 paper, Cameron said there are “two major factors” that allow us to “maintain a time and space image’- that allow us, in other words, to know where we are and who we are. Those two forces are “a) our continued sensory input, and b) our memory.” With electroshock, Cameron annihilated memory, and with his isolation boxes, he annihilated sensory input…..

In 1988, the New York Times reported about U.S. involvement in torture and assassination in Honduras… The revelations led to hearings of the Senate’s Select Committee on Intelligence….. (After initially refusing to comply), the CIA finally produced their handbook on torture,… dated to 1963, two years after Cameron’s CIA-funded experiments came to a close.

Alfred W. McCoy, a historian at the University of Wisconsin, who documented the evolution of torture techniques since the Inquisition in his book A Question of Torture: CIA Interrogation from the Cold War to the War on Terror, describes the (CIA’s) Kubark manual’s shock-inducing formula to sensory deprivation followed by sensory overload as “the first real revolution in the cruel science of pain in more than three centuries.” And according to McCoy, it couldn’t have happened without the McGill experiments in the 1950’s. Stripped of its bizarre excesses, Dr. Cameron’s experiments…. laid the scientific foundation for the CIA’s two-stage psychological torture method.”

Klein also draws parallels between the mind-control techniques applied in individual torture, as devised by Cameron and MKULTRA, and the trauma-based mass mind control techniques applied on the public mind, as occurred, for instance, on Sept. 11, 2001. In addition to 9/11, Klein identifies the 2004 tsunami in Indonesia, Hurricane Katrina, and the Sept. 11, 1973 coup d’etat in Chile, as examples of the “Shock Doctrine,” or mass-mind control via staged-trauma events. She notes that University of Chicago economics professor Milton Friedman and his “Chicago school” gave intellectual support and legitimacy to this “shock doctrine.” Indeed, they advocate the systematic use of this technique on whole societies in order to force desired economic changes upon those societies.

Thus, the basic premise of the governmental/economic practitioners of “disaster capitalism” is essentially the same used in Cameron’s experiments and by Tavistock social scientists! First, the “controllers” deliberately destroy and erase the existing structures of the individual (or public) mind or the (individual or public) economy of a society by imposing massive stress or trauma. Then, after re-engineering a “blank slate,” the “controllers” are able to reconstruct the individual mind, the group mind, or the economic system, as they please.

In his book, Journey Into Madness, The True Story of Secret CIA Mind Control and Medical Abuse (1989), Thomas documents the ways in which the power and knowledge of doctors, from South Africa to South America and from Moscow to Beruit, have been bought and harnessed by governments and terrorist groups for their own cruel purposes. All doctors who engage in such practices violate the Hippocratic Oath, which they have sworn to uphold.

J. MKULTRA Subproject 94- Remote Control of Humans; Hypnosis, ESB, RHIC, and EDOM

Although hypnosis has undoubtedly been used in mind control for many centuries, our discussion of the military and intelligence uses of hypnosis should probably begin with Dr. George H. Estabrooks (Figures 3 and 9). Estabrooks was prominent in the American hypnosis scene from the 1920’s to the 1970’s and was head of Colgate University’s Department of Psychology. Notably, Estabrooks “is the only mind control doctor who has publically acknowledged the building of Manchurian Candidates” (Ross, 2000). Born in Canada, Estabrooks was a Rhodes Scholar at Oxford and Exeter from 1921 to 1924, and received his Ph.D. in psychology at Harvard in 1926. He was also a 32nd degree Knight Templar Mason. Estabrooks left behind a voluminous record of his correspondence, research, and professional activities at the Estabrooks Archives at Colgate College in Hamilton, New York. He published over 60 articles and several books on hypnosis, including Man- the Mechanical Misfit (1941), Hypnotism (1943), Spiritism (1947), and The Future of the Human Mind (1961).

history-of-mind-control_clip_image008history-of-mind-control_clip_image004_0002history-of-mind-control_clip_image006_0001Figure 9. MKULTRA contractors in hypnosis research. Dr. George Estabrooks, Dr. Martin Orne, professor of psychiatry and psychology at the University of Pennsylvania, who established and directed the Unit for Experimental Psychiatry in the School of Medicine, and Dr. Louis Jolyon (“Jolly”) West, UCLA, famous for killing a bull elephant by overdosing it on LSD.

In his book, Hypnotism, Estabrooks stated his belief that creation of experimental multiple personality for operational use in “super spies” is ethical because of the demands of war: “War is the end of all law.” In 1954, Estabrooks wrote to the CIA requesting funding so that he could experimentally create “hypnotic messengers” who could be controlled in such a way that they would be made to deliver a message without ever remembering having done so. In a 1971 Science Digest article, Estabrooks claimed he had created hypnotic couriers and counterintelligence agents that were used operationally during World War II. In this article, Estabrooks revealed that by World War II, the technology of clinical creation of multiple personality via hypnosis was already decades old:

“By the 1920’s, they (clinical hypnotists) had learned how to split certain complex individuals into multiple personalities like Jekyll-Hydes.”

According to Ross (2000), Estabrooks was “accepted as a contractor by the War Department on February 20, 1942.” The Estabrooks Archives includes correspondence he exchanged with the Military Intelligence Division, dating back to 1924, with Col. William Donovan, the Coordinator of Information (COI) in 1942, with FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover between 1936 and 1962, and with many, many other governmental departments including the Office of Indian Affairs. Estabrooks also exchanged letters with Winston Churchill and Aldous and Julian Huxley in England. (Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World, of course, described a future world in which citizens are controlled by the drug, soma.) On June 8, 1936, Estabrooks wrote to J. Edgar Hoover about the possibility of combining drugs with hypnosis. A couple decades later (1955), TOP SECRET MKULTRA Subproject 39, conducted on Ohio prison inmates, involved experiments combining the use of drugs, interrogation, and hypnosis.

The record shows that Estabrooks conducted experiments on children at the Rome State School (for the mentally retarded, a state-run facility in Rome, New York, as well as St. John’s Orphan Asylum for Boys and the House of the Good Sheperd in Utica, New York. Ross (2000) concludes:

“Given the military intelligence and academic connections of Dr. Estabrooks, and the fact that all his techniques and results were achieved in real-life simulations under BLUEBIRD and ARCHICHOKE, it is probable that his claims to have created and handled Manchurian Candidates during World War II are accurate and factual. His experimentation on children raises the possibility that he or other investigators have attempted to create Manchurian Candidates on children. Such a possibility might seem far-fetched until one considers the LSD, biological, and radiation experiments conducted on children, the effects on children of the Tuskeegee Syphilis Study, the fact that four of the MKULTRA Subprojects were on children, and the fact that hypnotic subjects described in BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE documents include girls nineteen years of age.”

Another leading expert on hypnosis is Dr. Martin Orne. Orne published many papers relating to the creation of amnesia and Manchurian Candidates, including, “Can a hypnotized subject be compelled to carry out otherwise unacceptable behavior?” (1972), “Restricted use of success cues in retrieval during posthypnotic amnesia” (1981), and “Hypnotically-induced hallucinations” (1962). Ross (2000) writes:

Dr. Martin Orne is one of two psychiatrists professionally active into the late 1960’s who is a documented CIA-mind control contractor, along with Dr. Louis Jolyon West. Both men are life-long students of dissociation, amnesia, coercive persuasion, hypnosis and other topics at the core of BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE, and both receiving funding from numerous military sources and the CIA. Both men are therefore central to the history of psychiatric participation in mind control.

Orne and his wife, Emily Farrell Carota, are both on the advisory board of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation (FMSF), a CIA-front that debunks testimony from victims of MKULTRA experiments; experiments that these very psychiatrists conducted! Other MKULTRA contractors on the FMSF Advisory board have included Dr. Jolyon West and Dr. Margaret Singer.

K. Drugs and Hypnosis (Narco-Hypnosis)

In Operation Mind Control: The CIA’s Plot Against America (1978), Walter Bowart quotes a 1951 statement by a former naval officer that reveals that the military/intelligence use of narco-hypnosis was widespread at that time. (The Navy had begun their mind control experiments in Operation CHATTER in 1947). The naval officer was L. Ron Hubbard, founder of the cult of Scientology:

“… “a secret” (of certain military and intelligence organizations) called “Pain-Drug-Hypnosis”…. “is a vicious war weapon and may be of considerably more use in conquering a society than the atom bomb. This is no exaggeration. The extensiveness of the use of this form of hypnotism in espionage work is now so widespread that it is long past the time when people should have become alarmed about it….. Pain-Drug-Hypnosis is a wicked extension of narcosynthesis, the drug hypnosis used in America only during and since the last war…”

Bowart notes that in the early 1950’s, the top priority for government researchers testing in mind control (in BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA) was to evaluate the drugs which best helped to induce hypnosis. Bowart (1978):

“The administration and effects of barbiturates, amobarbital, secobarbital, pentothal, and sodium amytal were studied. Nonbarbiturate sedatives and calmatives such as ethchlorvynol, glutethimidide, methyprylon, methylparafynol, captodramin, and oxanamide were also tested. A whole range of amphetamines and their derivatives were discussed as good tools to produce a push- and outpouring of ideas, emotions, memories, and so forth. New drugs such as ritalin, masilid, and mescaline were thought to hold great promise for mind-control applications. Perhaps the most promising of this last group was a “consciousness-expanding” drug called LSD-25.

Scientists who carried out TOP SECRET MKULTRA experiments to determine the military applications of LSD between 1953 and 1955 include Dr. Harold A. Abramson, Dr. Robert Hyde, Dr. Harold Lodge, and Dr. Carl Pfieffer. Abramson worked on the staff of Mount Sinai Hospital in New York City where he conducted experiments under MKULTRA Subprojects 7, 27, 33, and 40 (1953-1955). In 1967, he published a book entitled The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism, which included 36 papers from the Second International Conference on The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism. Indeed, Abramson was an organizer of six international LSD conferences, the first of which was held in 1956. Abramson was the attending physician for the U.S. government chemist, Dr. Frank Olson, who allegedly died of suicide after having been secretly given LSD by MKULTRA director Dr. Sidney Gottlieb. (In fact, exhumation of Olson’s body years later indicated that he had been bludgeoned with a hammer, Albarelli, 2009.)

One TOP SECRET MKULTRA Subproject 2, conducted at Stanford University by Dr. James Hamilton, was on “Possible synergistic action of drugs which may be appropriate for use in abolishing consciousness.” Subproject 39 was a TOP SECRET project carried out at Ionia State Hospital Psychopathic Clinic in Detroit, Michigan, on “Drug testing on prisoners/sexual psychopaths including interrogation with hypnosis, LSD, and marijuana.””

Dr. Louis Jolyon “Jolly” West (Figures 3 and 9) served in the U.S. Army during WWII and received his M.D. from the University of Minnesota in 1948, prior to obtaining MKULTRA contracts to carry out research on LSD. He did his psychiatry residency from 1949 to 1952 at Cornell University, an MKULTRA Institution and the site of the MKULTRA cut-out, The Human Ecology Foundation. West had TOP SECRET clearance from the CIA in order to carry out MKULTRA Subproject 43 (“studies of dissociative states”) at the University of Oklahoma in 1956. In his MKULTRA Subproject 43 proposal, Dr. West described a research plan that involved many mind control techniques used in Communist China and by what he termed “destructive cults.” In part, this proposal reads:

“It is proposed that the experiments begun during 1955-56 involving hypnotizability, suggestibility, and the role of certain drugs in altering these attributes, be continued and extended during 1956-57….. Experiments involving altered personality function as a result of environmental manipulation (chiefly sensory isolation) have yielded promising leads in terms of suggestibility and production of trance-like states. There is reason to believe that environmental manipulations can affect the tendencies for dissociative mental manipulations to occur. Isolation, in particular, can markedly change the individual’s response…. All the above recommended experimental procedures will require special equipment, special methodologies, and special skills… a unique laboratory must be organized and constructed. This laboratory will include a special chamber, in which all psychologically significant aspects of the environment can be controlled. In this setting the various hypnotic, pharmacological, and sensory-environmental variables will be manipulated in a controlled fashion and quantitative recording of the reactions of the experimental subjects will be made (from Ross, 2000).”

The above paragraph makes it clear that “suggestability,” trance-like states” and “altered personality function” are the desired ends. These ends are to be achieved by “environmental manipulations,” “certain drugs,” and “dissociative mental manipulations” in a laboratory with “special chamber” that facilitates control of “hypnotic, pharmacological, and sensory-environment variables.” Some Dr. West’s professional papers include: “Sleep deprivation” (Brauchi and West, 1959), “Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD): It’s effects on the male Asiatic elephant” (West, et al., 1962), “Brainwashing” (West, et al., 1963), “Hypnosis and experimental psychopathology” (Deckert and West, 1963), “Sensory isolation” (1963), “Monkeys and brainwashing” (West, 1964), “Psychiatry, brainwashing, and the American character” (West, 1964), “Dissociative reactions” (West, 1967), “Hallucinogens, flight from violence: Hippies and the green rebellion” (Allen and West, 1968), “Hippie culture” (West and Allen, 1968), “Campus unrest and the counter culture” (West, 1970), “Contemporary cults: Utopian images, internal reality” (1982), “Cults, liberty, and mind control” (1982), and “Persuasive techniques in contemporary cults” (West, 1989).

Ross (2000) concludes:

“Dr. West devoted four decades to study, writing, and experimenting on dissociation, hypnosis, Communist mind control, hallocinogens, sensory deprivation, and methods of social influence; he concluded that the methods used by destructive cults result in the creation of new identities and dissociated states (West and Martin, 1994). The same methods, when applied to experimental subjects under BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE and MKULTRA, also resulted in the creation of amnesia, new identities, and dissociated states. This was the Manchurian Candidate program.”

Let’s see….. West concludes that the “methods used by destructive cults result in the creation of new identities and dissociated states”…. If I recall, this was Cameron’s goal too in his “depatterning” and “psychic driving” “experiments,” wasn’t it?….. First, you erase or “de-pattern” the mind and then you create new identities….. Look Ma, now we’re playing god! Might “the creation of new identities and dissociated states” in “destructive cults” also be among the principle goals of the program’s now being implemented in Crestone/Baca? This will be the subject of the next and final segment of this investigative series.

L. Drugs in Mind Control

When the CIA had difficulties finding the ideal truth drug, agents were sent out around the world to gather samples of rare herbs and botanicals. One cocaine derivative, procaine, was injected into the frontal lobes the brain via trephine holes drilled through the skulls of mental patients. However, the repeated failure of cocaine and its derivatives to accomplish Agency objectives led the Agency to look into heroin as a possible mind control drug. According to a CIA document dated April 26th 1952, heroin was “frequently used by police and intelligence officers on a routine basis in interrogation.”

A primary focus of MKULTRA from its inception in 1953 was the covert study of the hallucinogenic drug lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) for military or intelligence purposes as either a weapon or as a tool for brainwashing. The CIA funded many individuals in the private sector on LSD research. Drs. Max Rinkel, Paul Hoch, Louis Jolyon West, Harris Isbell and Carl Pfeiffer worked as contract employees for the Agency in this sphere. Like the Nazi doctors at Dachau, these and other CIA-funded psychiatrists victimized groups of people who were unable to resist: especially prisoners, mental patients, foreigners, the terminally ill, sexual deviants and ethnic minorities.

Swiss chemist Albert Hofmann supposedly discovered the hallucinogenic effects of LSD in 1947, later recalling:

“I suddenly became strangely inebriated. The external world became changed as in a dream. Objects appeared to gain in relief; they assumed unusual dimensions; and colors became more glowing. Even self-perception and the sense of time were changed. When the eyes were closed, colored pictures flashed past in a quickly changing kaleidoscope. After a few hours, the not unpleasant inebriation, which had been experienced whilst I was fully conscious, disappeared. What had caused this condition?”

MKULTRA research on LSD was conducted at 44 colleges and universities in the United States in the mid-1950s. Students from Harvard and other Boston area universities were among those who were given doses of LSD through the MKULTRA program at the Boston Psychopathic Hospital, now the Massachusetts Mental Health Center.

Almost twenty years after the introduction of LSD, and countless psychological casualties later, a study by the Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs reported that LSD’s early use by the American public began:

“… among small groups of intellectuals at large eastern and western coast universities soon spread to undergraduate students, then to other campuses. Most often, users were introduced to the drug by persons of higher status. Teachers have influenced students; upperclassmen have influenced lowerclassmen.

But the really heavy experimental doses were given to the “expendables.” One CIA document describes experiments conducted by Dr. Harris Isbell at the Addiction Research Center of the U.S. Public Health Service Hospital in Lexington, Kentucky. In this experiment, certain patients, nearly all black inmates, were given “double, triple, quadruple doses” of LSD for seventy-seven consecutive days!”

In Acid Dreams: The Complete Social History of LSD: The CIA, the Sixties, and Beyond (1985), Lee and Shlain state:

“Beautific, oceanic, redemptive- these words have been used to describe the peak of an LSD trip. But there is another side to it. To be cast about as flotsam in the power draughts of the universe can be a hellish as well as a heavenly ordeal. Both possibilities are rooted in the experience of depersonalization or ego loss. The CIA was not interested in the therapeutic applications of LSD. On the contrary, the men of ARTICHOKE and MK-ULTRA defined the drug as an anxiety-producing agent, and they realized it be relatively easy to “break” a person who was exposed to highly stressful stimuli while high on acid. As one CIA document instructed: “Whatever reduces integrative capacity may serve to increase the possibility of an individual being overwhelmed by frustrations and conflicts hitherto managed successfully.” The powerful ego-shattering effects of LSD were ideally suited for this purpose. CIA and military interrogators proceeded to utilize the drug as an instrument of psychological torture.

In 1953, the CIA made plans to purchase ten kilograms of LSD for use in “drug experiments with animals and human beings.” Since there are 10,000 doses in a single gram of LSD, the CIA was asking for 100 million doses! The CIA’s goal was obviously to corner the market on LSD to determine the potential for “LSD warfare.” Between 1953 and the mid-60’s, the CIA and DOD continued to order great quantities of LSD. During the 1960’s, even after extensive testing had shown that LSD produces psychosis, the CIA, in partnership with mafia distributers, dumped enormous quantities of LSD on the American public.”

Lee and Schlain (1985) continue:

“No doubt about it- LSD was a devastating weapon. Richard Helms, CIA director during the late 1960’s and early 1970’s, had once described the drug as “dynamite….” As men of science and espionage they were obliged to consider every permutation of havoc that acid might wreak upon a generation of restless juveniles. If LSD makes a person insane- and surely that was what the tests had shown- then would a collective mass not suffer a similar crippling departure from the psychic status quo?

One way or another, something very strange was going on behind the scenes. Rumors of conspiracy circulated among the street people. “The CIA is poisoning the acid these days to make everyone go on bad trips,” complained one LSD user.”

Lee and Schlain (1985) conclude:

“Yes, a lot of weird drugs were floating around Haight-Ashbury. The neighborhood was clotted with youngsters whose minds had been jerked around ruthlessly by chemicals touted for their euphoric properties. Much of the LSD turning up on the street was fortified with some sort of additive, usually speed or strychnine*, or in some cases, insecticide.

(* Strychnine, a poison that is lethal in sufficient quantities, was listed in an inventory of biochemical agents stockpiled by the CIA. Other drugs in the CIA’s medicine chest included tachrin (a vomit-inducing agent), 2,4, pyrolo (“causes temporary amnesia”), M-246 (“produces paralysis”), neurokinin (“produces severe pain”), digitoxin (for inducing a heart attack) and seven BZ homologues.)

And what was the CIA up to while its perennial partner of convenience, Organized crime, was dumping bad acid on the black market? According to a former CIA contract employee, Agency personnel helped underground chemists set up LSD laboratories in the Bay Area during the Summer of Love to “monitor” events in the acid ghetto. But why, if this assertion is true, would the CIA be interested in keeping tabs on the hippie population? Law enforcement is not a plausible explanation, for there were already enough narcs operating in the Haight. Then what was the motive? A CIA agent who claims to have infiltrated the covert LSD network provides a clue when he referred to Haight-Ashbury as a “human guinea pig farm.””

Were there other motives for the CIA activities? Lee and Schlain continue:

“…..Reflecting upon the sixties, a surprising number of counterculture veterans endorsed the notion that the CIA disseminated street acid en masse so as to deflate the political potency of the youth rebellion….. Nearly a decade before (Ken) Kesey was introduced to psychedelics as part of a government-funded drug study in Palo Alto, the CIA embarked upon a major effort to develop LSD into an effective mind control weapon. The CIA’s behavior modification programs were geared toward domestic as well as foreign populations; targets included selected individuals and large groups of people.”

Ex-Harvard professor and self-proclaimed guru of the LSD movement, Dr. Timothy Leary, acknowledged with a grin:

“The LSD movement was started by the CIA. I wouldn’t be here without the foresight of the CIA scientists….. It was all planned and scripted by the Central Intelligence, and I’m all in favor of Central Intelligence.”

Dr. Albert Hoffman, the inventor of LSD, expressed a slightly different view:

“I had perfected LSD for medical use, not as a weapon. It can make you insane or even kill you if it is not properly used under medical supervision. In any case, the research should be done by medical people and not by soldiers and intelligence agencies.”

Of course, LSD was not the only drug being imported into America en masse. Albarelli (2009) states:

Historian Alfred W. McCoy was perhaps the first to pin down the CIA’s early and close alliance with foreign drug traffickers. McCoy describes his troubling discoveries:

To an average American who witnesses the dismal spectacle of the narcotic’s traffic at the street level, it must seem inconceivable that the government could be implicated in the international drug trade. Unfortunately, American diplomats and CIA agents have been involved in the narcotics trade at three levels: 1) coincidental complicity by allying with groups actively engaged in the drug traffic; 2) support of the traffic by covering up for known heroin traffickers and condoning their involvement, and 3) active engagement in the transport of opium and heroin.

It is ironic, to say the least, that America’s heroin plague is of its own making…. The CIA’s protected covert action assets have included Marseille’s Corsican criminals, national Chinese opium warlords, the Thai military’s opium overlord, Laotian heroin merchants, Afghan heroin manufacturers, and Pakistan’s leading drug lords.”

(ETK speaking: Having attended college in America from 1967 to 1971 and having witnessed many of my friends become casualties of the 60’s drug counter culture, I now conclude that the CIA and its overseers (Tavistock social engineers, etc.) tried to destroy America in the late 1960’s. Flooding the country with illicit drugs was just one of the many strategies employed. Other strategies included the many covert mind control programs described herein, the deliberate creation of numerous cults, and the creation and cooption of popular music and culture of the so-called “hippie movement,” as we shall soon see. This very sad conclusion is, unfortunately, the most logical conclusion.)

Lee and Schlain (1985) recount testimony that occurred at a Senate Subcommittee on Juvenile Delinquency in the spring of 1966. A southern Senator asked Arthur Kleps, found of the “Neo-American Boo-Hoo Church:

“Would you mind telling me if you are really called Chief Boohoo?”

“I’m afraid so (Kleps replied….). It is difficult for us to imagine what it is like to have been born in 1948, but it is very much like being born into an insane asylum.”

It is now well documented that the events and popular movements that comprised the so-called counter-culture “insanity” were deliberately contrived by American intelligence agencies working for the Tavistock Institute. In this context, I remind the reader of Tavistock objectives summarized at the beginning of this article:

“Dr. Fred Emery, senior “behavioral scientist” at Tavistock, outlined three phases of “social environmental turbulence” that are contrived and implemented against target populations by Tavistock’s social engineers. These include:

a) superficiality, in which the threatened population adopts shallow sloganeering in place of ideals,
b) fragmentation and panic, in which “social cohesion” falls apart,
c) passive maladaption, in which victims take “fantasy trips of internal migration, introspection and obsession with self.” This last phase is referred to as disassociation and self-realization.

Tavistock continuously monitors Americans’ responses to its constant stream of external (political and cultural) manipulations at a number of Tavistock spin-off institutions such as the Stanford Research Institute (SRI). The mind-control techniques applied by Tavistock-trained social engineers on target populations, including the American people, are designed to bring about incremental, “cyclical collapse” of society. Hence, they constitute a form of covert, “low-intensity warfare” on the civilian population, i.e., by definition, “terrorism.” Chaitkin (2002) underscored the historic role of Britain in organizing the mind control research: ……the overall project, including MK-Ultra, has been foreign-sponsored and anti-American in its purposes.”

L. Electronic Mind Control

“In the 1977 Senate hearings, former CIA director Admiral Stansfield Turner stated that…. “MKULTRA Subproject 119 was the foundation of all non-lethal weapons programs currently active and included a summary of five areas, one of which is entitled “Techniques of activation of the human organism by remote electronic means.” This memo was dated August 17, 1960 and when viewed with other evidence that was not destroyed, shows significant interest in radio frequency (RF) weapons and direct control of human behavior at a distance. By 1960 the CIA dropped emphasis on the use of LSD in favor of electronic influence. This aspect of the research is where the greatest emphasis has been, rather than chemical or biological agents, both of which violate existing treaties and leave physical traces.” (Thomas, 2007)

“By 1952, Project BLUEBIRD doctors were funded to develop “neurosurgical techniques” (presumably lobotomy connected) to find out about such techniques as ultra-sonics, vibrations, concussions, high and low pressure, uses of various gases in airtight chambers, diet variations, caffeine, fatigue, radiation, heat and cold, and changing light (and many others)…” In 1953, Dr. John Lilly turned down a request by the National Institute of Mental Health (a regular CIA-funding conduit) to brief the CIA, FBI, NSA and military intelligence on his work to use electrodes to stimulate pain and pleasure centers of the brain, stating:

“Dr. Antoine Redmond, using our techniques in Paris, has demonstrated that this method of stimulation of the brain (by electrodes) can be applied to the human without the help of the neurosurgeon; he is doing it in his office in Paris without neurosurgical supervision. This means that anybody with the proper apparatus can carry this out on a person covertly, with no external signs that electrodes have been used on that person. I feel that if this technique got into the hands of a secret agency, they would have total control over a human being and be able to change his beliefs extremely quickly, leaving little evidence of what they had done.” (from Marks, 1979)

Over the past 6 or 7 decades, many fronts and cutouts have been used to conceal the vast research into electronic warfare and pyschotronic mind control. One important early front was the Scientific Engineering Institute (SEI). Thomas continues:

“Dr. Stephen Aldrich took control of the Office of Research and Development (ORD) in 1962 from Gottlieb. Aldrich started Operation OFTEN, an investigation into the occult with the help of Houston sorceress Sybil Leek. CIA behaviorists carefully studied every aspect of the occult underground. The Scientific Engineering Institute (SEI) was a CIA cutout that had been set up in 1956 to study radar. In 1962 SEI set up a lab to study the effects of electrodes deep in the brain. In 1972, SEI sponsored a course at the University of South Carolina in rituals of demonology and voodoo. Dr. Aldrich was an MKULTRA programmer who focused on remote brain manipulation and the occult, the twin threads that run through SEI. In 1963 a CIA manual focused on Radio-Hypnotic Intracerebral Control (RHIC) that was developed by the Pentagon. Another term, Electronic Dissolution of Memory (EDOM) refers to the ability to erase memory at a distance.

Another early reference to remotely-applied electronic stimulation of the brain (ESB) is a 1959 document pertaining to MKULTRA Sub-project 94. This document shows that a great deal of research had already been carried out in this area. A 350-page CIA manual dating from 1963 (the year is important!) asserted that the Agency had then mastered a technology called RHIC-EDOM (Radio Hypnotic Intra-cerebral Control and Electronic Dissolution of Memory). These techniques can remotely induce hypnotic trance, deliver suggestions to the subject, erase all memory for both the instruction period and the act which the subject is asked to perform… and, in short, create the “Manchurian Candidate” electronically.”

R.H.I.C. and E.D.O.M.

In Were We Controlled? The Assassination of President Kennedy (1967), Lincoln Lawrence (a pseudonym) observed that although the general public was ignorant about advances in electronic mind control, the United Nations was well aware of these developments. The International Brain Research Organization (IBRO), formed by UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization), held its first formal meeting in Paris in October of 1960. According to Lawrence, the research in thought control was undoubtedly under UN observation. The groundwork for the field of radio control of the brain was laid as early as 1934 when E.L. Chaffee and R.U. Ligit published a paper called “A Method for the Remote Control of the Electrical Stimulation of the Nervous System.”

Lawrence (1967) described the “Wall Street Rumor:” that JFK was controlled and then killed via mind-control technologies, including R.H.I.C. and E.D.O.M., developed in the CIA programs between 1950 and 1963. Recall that in his book, The Search for the Manchurian Candidate: The CIA and Mind Control (1979), Marks stated:

“(MKULTRA) hypnosis expert Milton Kline says he could create a patsy in three months; an assassin would take him six.”

Obviously, a closer look at RHIC and EDOM are warranted:

R.H.I.C. (Radio Hypnotic Intra-cerebral Control) is as a tool for control of individual human behavior that involves the application of post-hypnotic-suggestion triggered by radio transmission (Lawrence, 1967). It refers to a recurring hypnotic state, re-induced automatically at intervals by radio control. An individual is first placed under hypnosis, either with his knowledge or without it, by use of narco-hypnosis which can be brought into play under many guises. He is then programmed to perform certain actions and maintain certain attitudes upon radio signal. The signal is practiced while he is under hypnosis to “teach” him how to respond. Certain behavior can therefore be “played” (to use Dr. Delgado’s term) over a period of days or even months. Re-introduction can be instituted by the same procedure to continue the control for an unlimited time.

E.D.O.M., or Electronic Dissolution of Memory, enables “controllers” to cause an illusionary distortion of memory that destroys ones’ time orientation. Here’s how E.D.O.M. works: The basis of stored memory is the presence of a neural transmitter substance, aceylocholine, at a synapse which separates one nerve cell from another. E.D.O.M., through the use of radio-waves and ultra-sonic signal tones, suddenly builds up an excess of the transmitter substance so that it cannot transfer excitation from one cell to another. In effect, it blocks the memory of the moment, which is our feeling of momentary time. Thus, it seems to stop time for as long as it is placed in use! E.D.O.M. could therefore be used for a period of several minutes, effectively “erasing” those minutes from the victim’s memory.

In his 1965 paper at the Berkeley Meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, Professor J. Anthony Deutsch described his work in this field, apparently without awareness of its connection to E.D.O.M. In his talk, “Anti-cholinesterase and Dissolution of Memory,” Deutsch described the loss of memory that occurs due to the administration of a drug which raises acetylcholine levels:

Too much transmitter, like too many cars on a highway, causes a jam and so stops transmission…. An excess of acetylcholine stops transmission across a synapse.”

Even in the early 1960’s, small E.D.O.M. generator-transmitters could be concealed on a person. Contact with this person then, a casual handshake or even just a touch, could transmit a tiny electronic charge plus an ultra-sonic signal tone which for a short while would disturb the time orientation of the persons affected.”

With that as technological background, the so-called “Wall Street Rumor,” then, was as follows: On November 22, 1963, Lee Oswald, Jack Ruby and key figures in the commodities market were victims of advanced “remote” techniques of behavior control, including R.H.I.C. and E.D.O.M. Without their knowledge, these individuals were used as the human tools by which planned end results would be achieved. Lee Oswald was utilized as an R.H.I.C.-controlled “patsy,” somewhat like a mechanical toy. Like a toy he was, in a sense, wound up and made to perform acts without any possibility of the controller ever being detected. Under R.H.I.C. control, indeed, a “sleeper” can be used years later with no realization that he (the “sleeper”) has been controlled! With E.D.O.M., he can be made to perform acts that he will have no memory of ever having carried out. The other aspect of the crime was that, according to Lawrence (1967): “More money was to be accrued from one single crime than ever before in history!” This aspect of the rumor pertains to a complex rigging of the commodities market that occurred simultaneously with JFK’s assassination. The reader can investigate this portion of this “perfect crime” on their own! But please recall that enormous profits were also made by insiders during the 911 operation!

In support of “The Rumor,” Lawrence notes Oswald’s CIA connections and that official Russian records show that Lee Harvey Oswald was admitted to a hospital in Minsk, Soviet Union, at 10:00 am, March 30, 1961. He was hospitalized eleven days for a routine “adenoid” operation that should have been taken less than a day. Oswald never knew what really happened on that operating table. But Lawrence postulates that after Oswald was placed under anesthesia, advanced techniques were employed to implant a miniaturized radio receiver which would produce a muscular reaction in his cerebral region.

In a rare and astonishing admission, also in 1963, Dr. George Estabrooks, revealed that he had conducted extensive hypnosis work on behalf of the CIA, FBI and military intelligence. He stated that “the key to creating an effective spy or assassin rests in… creating a multiple personality with the aid of hypnosis,” a process which he described as “child’s play.” In that same year (the year of President Kennedy’s assassination), Estabrooks offered the suggestion that Lee Harvey Oswald and Jack Ruby “could very well have been performing through hypnosis.”

Some fourteen years later, during the 1977 Senate hearings on CIA drug testing, MKULTRA director, Sidney Gottlieb, admitted the possibility of Agency research involving hypnosis using radio beams and the use of microwaves to erase memory, alter brain functions, and disrupt behavior patterns.

Dr. Jose Delgado

Dr. Jose Delgado (Figure 10) was Director of Neuropsychiatry at Yale University Medical School, inventor of the “stimoceiver” (brain implant), and author of Physical Control of the Mind: Toward a Psycho-Civilized Society (1969). Speaking in 1966, Delgado asserted that his experiments:

“…support the distasteful conclusion that motion, emotion and behavior can be directed by electrical forces and that humans can be controlled like robots by push buttons.”

history-of-mind-control_clip_image002_0003history-of-mind-control_clip_image004_0003history-of-mind-control_clip_image006_0002history-of-mind-control_clip_image008_0001

Figure 10. Yale University’s Dr. Jose Delgado at left, Delgado controls an angry bull by electronic stimulation of the brain (ESB), far right; Dr. Robert Heath of Tulane University.

At a 1974 Congressional hearing, Delgado further stated:

“The individual may think that the most important reality is his own existence, but this is only his personal point of view. This lacks historical perspective. Man does not have the right to develop his own mind. This kind of liberal orientation has great appeal. We must electronically control the brain. Someday armies and generals will be controlled by electric stimulation of the brain.”

Dr. José Delgado, Congressional Record, No. 26, Vol. 118, February 24, 1974

Delgado began his investigation into electrically stimulated pain and pleasure in Spain during the 1930s. He later became Director of Neuropsychiatry at Yale University Medical School, where he refined the design of his remote-controlled “transdermal stimulator.” Dr. Delgado discovered that a whole range of emotions and behaviors can be electrically orchestrated in humans and non-human animals alike and that the individual has no capacity to resist such control. In one famous experiment conducted in Spain, Dr. Delgado is said to have confronted a charging 1,000-pound bull. Supposedly, as the bull lunged towards him, Dr Delgado used a radio signal to activate an electrode implanted deep in the bull’s brain. The bull was brought to a halt at Delgado’s feet. Dr. Delgado admitted:

“These weapons are more dangerous than atomic destruction. With knowledge of the brain, we may transform, we may shape, direct, roboticize man. I think the great danger of the future is that we will have roboticized human beings who are not aware that they have been roboticized.”

More at EndtheLie.com – http://EndtheLie.com/documentaries-and-informative-videos/more-educational-films/monarch-the-new-phoenix-program/#ixzz2F3tIkBJI

Former BBC producer, foreign correspondent and investigative journalist, Gordon Thomas (1989) relates:

“Dr. Gottlieb and behaviorists of ORD [Office of Research and Development, CIA, Central Intelligence Agency] shared [Dr.] José Delgado’s views that the day must come when the technique would be perfected for making not only animals but humans respond to electrically transmitted signals…

Like Dr. Delgado, the neurosurgeon (Dr. Heath of Tulane University) concluded that ESB [electronic stimulation of the brain] could control memory, impulses, feelings and could evoke hallucinations as well as fear and pleasure. It could literally manipulate the human will – at will.”

M. A Case Study in Mind Control and “Social Engineering:” Laurel Canyon in the 60’s

An interesting case study in mind control, the occult, and cultural manipulation has recently surfaced on the web. Here, I summarize some of the information provided in David McGowan series, “Inside The LC: The Strange but Mostly True Story of Laurel Canyon and the Birth of the Hippie Generation” (2008) (www.davesweb.cnchost.com/nwsltr93.html):

According to McGowan, Laurel Canyon, a small, picturesque suburb of Los Angeles, California, was the birthplace of the hippie movement. It was home to a surprising number of famous rock bands in the middle 1960’s through the 1970’s. These included the Byrds, the Beach Boys, the Doors, Buffalo Springfield, the Monkees, Mamas and the Papas, Love, The Mothers of Invention, The Eagles, Crosby, Stills and Nash, The Turtles, and many others. Of course, it was also home to the new rock superstars who comprised those bands. McGowan documents that nearly all these musicians were/are sons and daughters of career military-intelligence officers. And a very large percentage of these superstars were from the Washington, D.C. area.

Here are some interesting connections: The father of Jim Morrison (lead singer of The Doors), for example, was U.S. Navy Admiral George Stephen Morrison, head of the Pacific Fleet during the Gulf of Tonkin incident. This non-incident never actually occurred, but nonetheless was used to justify America’s full-scale war on Vietnam). Frank Zappa (The Mothers of Invention) was son of a military career chemist who worked at the top secret Edgewood Arsenal chemical warfare laboratory. Frank grew up on the Edgewood Arsenal Military base. Zappa’s manager, Herb Cohen, was a former U.S. Marine who was in the Congo when the CIA tortured and killed Prime Minister Patrice Lumumba. John Phillips’ (Mamas and the Papas) entire family was military. John was educated on military bases and at military academies and just happened to be in Cuba during the Cuban Revolution. Steven Stills told many stories of having served in Vietnam in the early 60’s. McGowan speculates he must have been in CIA/Special Forces. David Crosby’s (the Byrds, Crosby, Stills and Nash) father served in military intelligence during WW II and his family tree includes many US Senators, Supreme Court justices, high-ranking Masons, and even two founding fathers, Alexander Hamilton and John Jay. Jackson Browne’s father served in the OSS (precursor to the CIA) during WWII, etc. and Jackson grew up on a military base in Heidelberg, Germany. Jimi Hendrix himself served in an elite 101st Airborne Army Battalion. This is a very small sampling of the familial connections that McGowan makes.

Curiously, some of the musicians, such as Jim Morrison, had no musical experience whatsoever before they were catapulted onto the national stage.

Another mainstay in the LC scene at that time was a group of actors, known as the “Young Turks.” Again, most of these screen stars also had fathers who worked in military/intelligence. McGowan summarizes:

“…. The nucleus of the 1960’s clique known as the Young Turks (and Turkettes) was composed of the following individuals; the son of a Bonesman; the son of an OSS officer; the son of a Naval intelligence officer; the daughter of that same Naval intelligence officer; the daughter of an Army intelligence officer; the daughter of a guy who openly associated with prominent gangsters throughout his life; the son of a probable spychologist; and a guy whose early years are so shrouded in mystery that he may or may not exist.”

It gets darker: An inordinately high number of these famous musicians and actors died at very young ages; Jim Morrison at 27, Mama Cass Elliot at 32, Jimi Hendrix at 27, Graham Parsons at 26, Janis Joplin at 27, Phil Ochs at 35; Tim Buckley at 28, James Dean at 24, Nick Adams at 36, Natalie Wood at 43, and Sal Mineo at 37, etc., etc. etc. There are many more examples. Most of these premature deaths were under suspicious circumstances; many were ruled suicides or drug overdoses. For the much more complete and much longer “Laurel Canyon Death List,” see www.whale.to/b/laurel_canyon_death_list.html.

It seems many of these individuals were born between 1942 and 1951, and hence would have been children between the ages of 0 and 6 during the early mind control programs BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA, etc. immediately following WWII……

The case of Phil Ochs seems especially revealing. According to McGowan:

“Phil Ochs, folk singer/songwriter and political activist, was found hanged in his sister’s house in Far Rockaway, New York on April 9, 1976. Throughout his life, Ochs was one of the most overtly political of the 1960’s rock and folk music stars. A regular attendee at anti-war, civil rights, and labor rallies, Ochs appeared to be, at all times, an unwavering political leftist. In early 1975, Phil Ochs’ public persona abruptly changed. Using the name John Butler Train, Ochs proclaimed himself a CIA operative and presented himself as a belligerent, right-wing thug… Also, in those final months of his life, Ochs began compiling curious lists, with entries that clearly were references to US biological warfare research: “shellfish toxin, Fort Dietrich, cobra venom, Chantilly Race Track, hollow silver dollars, New York Cornell Hospital…”

I can think of several possible explanations for the extremely high percentage of youthful deaths amongst these stars. Coincidence is not one of them. McGowan offers this possible explanation:

“Many years before Ochs’ metamorphosis, in an interesting bit of foreshadowing, psychological warfare operative George Estabrooks explained how US intelligence agencies could create the perfect spy:

“We start with an excellent subject…. we need a man or woman who is highly intelligent and physically tough. Then we start to develop a case of multiple personality through hypnotism. In his normal waking state, which we will call Personality A, or PA, this individual will become a rabid communist. He will join the party, follow the party line and make himself as objectionable as possible to the authorities. Note that he will be acting in good faith. Then we develop Personality B, or PB, the secondary personality, the unconscious personality, if you wish. This personality is rabidly American and anti-communist.”

Estabrooks never explained what would happen if the programming were to go haywire and Personality B were to become the conscious personality, but my guess is that such a person would be considered a severe liability and would be treated accordingly. They might even find themselves swinging from the end of a rope. Phil Ochs was 35 at the time of his death.”

So McGowan poses some questions:

“What if the musicians themselves (and various other leaders and founders of the “movement”) were every bit as much a part of the intelligence community as the people who were supposedly harassing them? What if, in other words, the entire youth culture of the 1960’s was created not as a grass-roots challenge to the status quo, but as a cynical exercise in discrediting and marginalizing the budding anti-war movement and creating a fake opposition that could be easily controlled and led astray?

There is considerably more strangeness in LC: In the middle of Laurel Canyon, there was a top-secret, classified, and hidden military facility known as Lookout Mountain Laboratory. This facility was the only complete, self-sufficient film laboratory in the country at that time. It was better equipped than any Hollywood studio and, over its lifetime, produced 19,000 classified motion pictures- more than all the Hollywood studios combined. This facility processed all the films of the atomic tests in Nevada and is also thought to have processed the Apollo Moon landing movies. Some of the biggest Hollywood stars, including John Wayne, Ronald Reagan, Walt Disney, Bing Crosby, John Ford, Marilyn Monroe, and Jimmy Stewart, worked there covertly and never spoke about their work at the clandestine studio. Also working at the facility were some 250 civilian and military personnel, all with top security clearances.”

McGowan observes:

“So what, if anything, have we learned today?…. We have learned that spooks posing as entertainers have been part of the canyon scene since the earliest days. And we have learned that spooks who didn’t even bother to pose as entertainers were streaming into the canyon to report to work at Lookout Mountain Laboratory for at least twenty years before the first rock star set foot there.”

It gets much weirder and darker yet: Over the years, from its early history in the 20s and 30’s, there were also an inordinate number of famous, horrendous, violent, and sometimes ritualistic murders in Laurel Canyon. At least two cults operating there in the mid-60’s. One was under the leadership of Charles Manson, who was a good friend and fellow musician of the above superstars. The other was led by an enigmatic artist in his fifties named Vito Paulekas. Vito presided over a troupe of a couple dozen nubile young dancers dressed in outrageous costumes and danced, generally stoned, at the concerts of above mentioned groups, with outrageous new kinds of free-form gyrations. In fact, even the musicians later admitted that most of their early audiences came not to hear their music but rather to watch “Vito and the Freaks” perform this new kind of dancing. “Vito and the Freaks” were the “first hippies,” according to McGowan.

McGowan draws these parallels between the Paulekas’ and Manson’s cults. Both Paulekas and Manson: “1) spent a good portion of younger years in prison or reform schools, 2) considered themselves artists and poets, 3) took on the role of “guru” 4) surrounded themselves with a flock of very young (often underage) women), 5) were considerably older than their followers, 6) wore black (satanic) capes on occasion, 7) had insatiable libidos, 8) had their flocks adopt nicknames to aid in the depersonalization process, 9) introduced children to sexuality at a very young age, 10) staged live, ritualistic sex shows for their followers, often involving very young children, and 11) encouraged their followers to drug themselves while they abstained or limited their own intake.”

Might these cult activities also have been related to mind control programs? Recall that in Operation OFTEN, the CIA explored occult aspects of mind control!

McGowan reveals other unexpected aspects of LC: A male prostitution ring operated there whose high-level clients included public figures such as J. Edgar Hoover. Also, the RAND Corporation think tank, a spin-off of the Tavistock Institute, had its origins in Laurel Canyon. Some of RAND’s more famous attendees included Richard Perle, Paul Wolfowitz, Zlmay Khaliilzad, and Andrew Marshall (who promoted the high-tech “Revolution in Military Affairs” in Donald Rumsfeld’s Defense Department and was dubbed the Pentagon’s “Yoda”). These are the core of the so-called “neo-conservatives,” a group of Zionist war-mongers who guided the George W. Bush administration and gave us our nation 911 and the wars in Iraq (2003-present) and Afghanistan (2001-present) among other policy intitiatives.

McGowan states:

“Now we know that, in addition to hosting both a secret military/intelligence facility and a call boy/kiddy porn operation servicing prominent public figures, Laurel Canyon was also the birthplace and meeting place of what we now know as the “neocon/PNAC crowd, as well as home base of the guiding light of the Rand Corporation.”

Back to LC: McGowan notes it was also home to perhaps the premier acid pusher of the 1960’s; an intelligence officer who went by the name of Owsley. McGowan relates:

“As was the custom with big events in the mid to late-1960s, particularly in the northern California area, Altamont (rock festival) was drenched in acid. And as was also the custom at that time, that acid was provided free-of-charge by Mr. Augustus Owsley Stanley III, also known as The Bear. At the so-called “Human Be-In” staged in January of 1967, for example, Owsley had kindly distributed 10,000 tabs of potent LSD. For the Monterey Pop Festival just five months later, he had cooked up and distributed 14,000 tabs. For Altamont, he did likewise.

No one – not Ken Kesey, not even Timothy Leary – did more to ‘turn on’ the youth of the 1960s than Owsley. Leary and his cohorts may have captured the national media spotlight and created public awareness, but it was Owsley who flooded the streets of San Francisco and elsewhere with consistently high quality, inexpensive, readily available acid. By most accounts, he was never in it for the money and he routinely gave away more of his product than he sold. What then was his motive? According to Martin Lee and Bruce Shlain, writing in Acid Dreams, “Owsley cultivated an image as a wizard-alchemist whose intentions with LSD were priestly and magical.”

To be sure, Owsley is revered by many as something of an icon of the 1960s counterculture – a man motivated by nothing more than an altruistic desire to ‘turn on’ the world. But then again, the trio listed in the preceding paragraph are revered by many as well, so you’ll excuse me if I’m a bit hesitant to embrace Owsley as some sort of anti-hero – especially given his rather provocative background and family history.

Augustus Owsley Stanley III is the son, naturally enough, of Augustus Owsley Stanley II, who served as a military officer during World War II aboard the USS Lexington and thereafter found work in Washington, D.C. as a government attorney. He raised his son primarily in – where else? – Arlington, Virginia. Young Owsley’s grandfather was Augustus Owsley Stanley, who served as a member of the U.S. House of Representatives from 1903 through 1915, as the Governor of Kentucky from 1915 through 1919, and as a U.S. Senator from 1919 through 1925. Senator Stanley’s father, a minister with the Disciples of Christ, served as a judge advocate with the Confederate Army. His mother was a niece of William Owsley, who also served as a Governor of Kentucky, from 1844 through 1848, and who lent his name to Owsley County, Kentucky.

During Owsley III’s formative years, he attended the prestigious Charlotte Hall Military Academy in Maryland, but was reportedly tossed out in the ninth grade for being intoxicated. Not long after that, at the tender age of fifteen, Owsley voluntarily committed himself to St. Elizabeth’s Hospital in Washington, D.C. St. Elizabeth’s, it should be noted, had a far more sinister name upon its founding in 1855: the Government Hospital for the Insane. He remained confined there for, uhmm, ‘treatment’ for the next fifteen months. During that time, his mother, in keeping with one of the recurrent themes of this saga, passed away.

Owsley apparently resumed his education following his curious confinement, but he had reportedly dropped out of school by the age of eighteen. Nevertheless, he apparently had no trouble at all gaining acceptance to the University of Virginia, which he attended for a time before enlisting in the U.S. Air Force in 1956, at the age of twenty-one. During his military service, Owsley was an electronics specialist, working in radio intelligence and radar.

After his stint in the Air Force, Owsley set up camp in the Los Angeles area, ostensibly to study ballet. During that same time, he also worked at Pasadena’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory, which was undoubtedly the primary reason for his move to LA. In 1963, Owsley moved once again, this time to Berkeley, California, which just happened to be ground-zero of the budding anti-war movement. He may or may not have briefly attended UC Berkeley, which is where he allegedly cribbed the recipe for LSD from the university library.

Owsley soon began cooking up both Methedrine and LSD in a makeshift bathroom lab near the campus of the university. On February 21, 1965, that lab was raided by state narcotics agents who seized all his lab equipment and charged Stanley with operating a meth lab. As Barry Miles recounted in Hippie, “Berkeley was awash with speed and Owsley was responsible for much of it.” Nevertheless, Owsley walked away from the raid unscathed, and, with the help of his attorney, who happened to be the vice-mayor of Berkeley, he even successfully sued to have all his lab equipment returned. He quickly put that equipment to work producing some 4,000,000 tabs of nearly pure LSD in the mid-1960s.

Also in February of 1965, Owsley and his frequent sidekicks, the Grateful Dead, moved down to the Watts area of Los Angeles, of all places, to ostensibly conduct ‘acid tests.’ The group rented a house that was conveniently located right next door to a brothel, curiously paralleling the modus operandi of various intelligence operatives who were (or had been) involved in conducting their own ‘acid tests.’ The band departed the communal dwelling in April 1965, just a few months before Watts exploded in violence that left thirty-four corpses littering the streets.

Owsley had been with the Dead from the band’s earliest days, as both a financial backer and as their sound engineer. He is credited with numerous electronic innovations that changed the way that live rock music was presented to the masses – and likely not in a good way, given that his work as a sound technician undoubtedly drew heavily upon his military training.

In 1967, Owsley unleashed on the Haight a particularly nasty hallucinogen known as STP. Developed by the friendly folks at Dow Chemical, STP had been tested extensively at the Edgewood Arsenal as a possible biowarfare agent before being distributed to hippies as a recreational drug. Owsley reportedly obtained the recipe from Alexander Shulgin, a former Harvard man who developed a keen interest in psychopharmacology while serving in the U.S. Navy. Shulgin worked for many years as a senior research chemist at Dow, and later worked very closely with the DEA.

In 1970, Owsley began serving time after a conviction on drug charges. That time was served, appropriately enough, at Terminal Island Federal Correctional Institution, the very same prison that had, just a few years earlier, housed both Charlie Manson and Phil Kaufman. A few years later, it would also be home to both Timothy Leary and his alleged (but not actual) nemesis, G. Gordon Liddy. After his release, Owsley continued to work as a sound technician, eventually graduating to a new medium: television.”

Obviously, Owsley was a U.S. government spy or operative who was manipulating the popular culture in a manner destructive to the interests of the people of the United States. In this regard, Owsley has had a lot of company then, as now. I suspect that this kind of domestic spy, “agentur,” or “change agent,” is also very common in the Crestone/Baca area today. The connections that McGowan reveals are truly mind-boggling. Of one LC star, Gram Parson, McGowan states:

Most of the classic elements are present and accounted for: the royal bloodlines, the not-so-well-hidden intelligence connections, the occult overtones, the extravagantly wealthy family background, an incinerated house or two, and of course, a whole lot of curious deaths.

But the most astonishing aspect of the entire story, to me, is that it took nearly 35 years for someone to figure out the true significance of the Laurel Canyon 60’s scene!

McGowan’s writing is clever, coy, and sarcastic. He connects many hitherto unconnected dots. In his LC series and in various radio interviews that are posted on utube, he ventures the following conclusions: 1) The creation of the rock scene and the hippie movement in LC were covert intelligence operations. 2) In addition to intelligence activity, there was a large amount occult activity, 3) Then, as today, the fields of acting, music, athletics, etc. were packed with a large number mind-controlled individuals programmed in MKULTRA, MONARCH, and other government programs, 4) The large-scale electric rock concerts that emerged during 1960’s with mind-controlled performers and drugged out audiences who were sleep deprived and placed in oppressive, crowded, squalid conditions…. were perhaps somewhat like giant MKULTRA experiments, and 5) Staged public events such as the Kennedy assassination designed to traumatize the entire nation utilized many of the mind control techniques honed in the MKULTRA experiments.

The Satan Connection

In his article, “Satanism, Rock Music and MK Ultra Mind Control” (2009) (enjoyingthejourney.blogspot.com/2009/01/satanism-rock-music-and-mk-ultra-mind.html), Donald Phau offers these additional insights to the 60’s rock story. Perhaps the goal of the infiltration and mind control of American youth culture during the 1960’s had goals even far-reaching than simply the destruction of a nation…..

Modern electronic-rock music, inaugurated in the early 1960’s is, and always has been, a joint enterprise of British military intelligence and Satanic cults. On the one side, the Satanists control the major rock groups through drugs, sex, threats of violence, and even murder. On the other side, publicity, tours, and recordings are financed by record companies connected with British military circles. Both sides are intimately entwined with the biggest business in the world, the international drug trade.

The so-called “rock stars” are pathetic puppets caught in a much larger scheme. From the moment they receive their first recording royalties, the groups are heavily immersed in drugs….. The “rock stars” are also totally artificial media creations. Their public image, as well as their music, is fabricated from behind the scenes by controllers. The money of the 1960’s rock groups, which in some cases mounted to hundreds of millions of dollars, was also totally under the control of mob-connected promoters. From 1963 to 1970, the Rolling Stones made over $200 million, yet the group’s members were all nearly bankrupt. None of them had any idea of where their money went.

Between 1963 and 1964 the Beatles and the Rolling Stones laid siege to Western European and American culture. (Shades of the Frankfurt School!). This two-pronged invasion from England was well-planned and well-timed. America had just suffered the shock of the assassination of President John Kennedy, while in the streets the mass-based civil rights movement had just held a Washington, D.C. rally, led by Martin Luther King, of 500,000 people. The rock counterculture would be used as a weapon to destroy such political movements.

Later in 1968 and 1969, years which saw a mass strike of students and workers in the United States and Europe, huge, open-air rock concerts were used to head off the growing discontent of the population. The rock concerts were devised as a means for mass recruitment to the drug-saturated, free-sex counterculture (remember Tavistock’s consistent emphasis on use of drugs?). For the millions who came to these concerts, thousands of tablets of the hallucinogenic drug, LSD, were made freely available. These drugs were secretly placed in drinks such as Coca-Cola, turning thousands of unsuspecting victims into raving psychotics. Many committed suicide.

Phau then describes the deliberate creation of the Beatles, the Rolling Stones, and covert creation of the huge rock concerts, etc. By 1966 and 1967, the Beatles and Rolling Stones had been recruited by the Process Church, a Satanic Cult involved in the Manson murders…. in Laurel Canyon! Meanwhile, Britain’s largest producer of military electronics in the mid-1960’s was EMI (Electrical and Mechanical Instruments). EMI’s music division, by the mid-60’s, had 74,321 employees and annual sales of $3.2 billion! Phau continues:

The plan was now to use both the Beatles and the Rolling Stones as the means to transform an entire generation into heathen followers of the New Age, followers which could mold into the future cadre of a Satanic movement and then deploy into our schools, law enforcement agencies and political leadership.

Enter Satan

In his book, The Ultimate Evil, investigator-author Maury Terry writes that between 1966 and 1967, the Satanic cult, the Process Church, “sought to recruit the Rolling Stones and the Beatles.” During this period, Terry reports that a photo of Rolling Stones leader Mick Jagger’s longtime girlfriend, Marianne Faithfull, appeared in an issue of The Process Magazine. The picture shows her supine, as if dead, clutching a rose. Terry’s book goes on to implicate the Process Church cult in the Charles Manson and Son of Sam multiple murders.

A key link between the Rolling Stones and the Process Church is Kenneth Anger, a follower of the “founding father” of modern Satanism, Aleister Crowley. Anger, born in 1930, and a child Hollywood movie star, became a devoted disciple of Crowley.

Crowley was born in 1875 and was called the “Great Beast.” He was known to practice ritual child sacrifice regularly, in his role as Satan’s high priest or “Magus.” Crowley died in 1947 due to complications of his huge heroin addiction. Before dying, he succeeded in establishing Satanic covens in many U.S. cities including Hollywood. Anger, like Crowley, is a Magus, and appears to be the heir to Crowley.

Anger was seventeen years old when Crowley died. In that same year, 1947, Anger was already producing and directing films which, even by today’s standards, reek of pure evil. During 1966-1967, when the Process Church is reported to be recruiting in London, Anger was also on the scene. Author Tony Sanchez describes that Rolling Stones’ Mick Jagger and Keith Richard, and their girlfriends Marianne Faithfull and Anita Pallenburg, “listened spellbound as Anger turned them on to Crowley’s powers and ideas.”

While in England, Anger worked on a film dedicated to Aleister Crowley, called Lucifer Rising. The film brought together the Process Church, the Manson Family cult, and the Rolling Stones. The music for the film was composed by Mick Jagger. Process Church follower Marianne Faithfull went all the way to Egypt to participate in the film’s depiction of a Black Mass. The part of Lucifer was played by a guitarist of a California rock group, Bobby Beausoleil. Beausoleil was a member of the Manson Family, and Anger’s homosexual lover.

A few months after filming under Anger’s direction in England, Beausoleil returned to California to commit the first of the Manson family’s series of gruesome murders. Beausoleil was later arrested and is now serving a life sentence in prison along with Manson. Having lost his star performer, Anger then asked Mick Jagger to play Lucifer. He finally settled upon Anton La Vey, author of The Satanic Bible and head of the First Church of Satan, to play the part. The film was released in 1969 with the title Invocation To My Demon Brother.

These activities, of course, tie-in directly with the Laurel Canyon story, through, among other threads, the Charles Manson and Vito Paulekas’ cults, the Process Church, various rock stars in Laurel Canyon, etc. According to McGowan, Paulekas’ group was also involved in making the film “Lucifer Rising.” In his subheading “Creating the Counterculture,” Phau continues:

“The year 1967 marked a significant escalation in open cultural warfare against the youth of the United States. The year saw the beginning of mass, open-air rock concerts. In the two years that followed, over 4 million young people attended a series of nearly a dozen of these “festivals,” becoming victims of planned, wide-scale drug experimentation. Mind destroying hallucinogenic drugs such as PCP, STP, and the Beatles-promoted LSD, were freely distributed at these concerts. These millions of attendees would afterward return to their homes to become the messengers and promoters of the new drug culture, or what came to be called the “New Age.””

Now, finally, we understand what really happened in the 1960’s in the United States of America! The vision was formulated by intellectuals within the German (Jewish) Frankfurt School and the British Tavistock Institute to destroy America from within and has been covertly implemented by British Intelligence, the CIA, and various satanic cults. Now we see that the assassinations of Kennedy, Kennedy, and King, the creation of the 60’s counterculture, and the execution of nearly countless contrived, trauma-producing events (that continue today) have all been to create “social environmental turbulence” designed to traumatize the public mind and destroy this country. The Frankfurt/Tavistock intelligencia also realized that the demise of America would require that it first be destroyed spiritually. The targeting of my generation, then, was meant to be the prelude to the complete transformation of America from a free society comprised of a well-educated and responsible citizenry into a New Age, satanic, feudal, slave state comprised of compliant zombies.

P. Monarch, Microwaves, and an American Phoenix Program?

The foregoing discussion of mind control provides answers to a surprising number of questions and resolves a surprising number of previously unsolved crimes… En route to discovering the nature of mind control, we have solved the Kennedy, Kennedy, and King assassination murder mystery as well as many others. The reader may now be tempted to throw in the towel in disgust, as am I. However, please hang in there for just another page or two, for knowledge is power. And for the sake of our own self-defense, we need to understand a little about electromagnetic radiation.

Electromagnetic radiation, of course, permeates the universe. It is energy that we mostly cannot see. Nonetheless, the various wavelengths and frequencies of electromagnetic energy can be manipulated for many purposes, as the military knows all too well. Many of the secret weapons possessed by our military are based on the genius of inventor Nikola Tesla. For this reason, I provide a very basic discussion of Tesla’s contributions in Appendix 3.

Electromagnetic weapons can be used as potent weapons of war. And these weapons can be covertly directed at civilian populations. Marshall Thomas’ book Monarch: The New Phoenix Program (2007) draws rather startling connections between the Phoenix Program of the Vietnam War and current governmental programs to quell domestic dissent with electronic weapons (http://www.monarchnewphoenix.com/):

“The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected Viet Cong sympathizers in a systematic manner, worked well during the Vietnam War and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the Mind War paper written by NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image.”

More at EndtheLie.com – http://EndtheLie.com/documentaries-and-informative-videos/more-educational-films/monarch-the-new-phoenix-program/#ixzz2F3u3oPoS

Back to the basic science involved: Early work by microwave scientist, Allan H. Frey, demonstrated that perception of sound can be induced in normal and clinically deaf humans by irradiation of the head with low-density, pulse-modulated ultra-high frequency (UHF) electromagnetic radiation – a type of radio wave. It had previously been shown that UHF wavelengths smaller than 10 cm could produce a heating of the skin and even cause severe burning. Since then, work by Frey and others has shown that this same microwave energy is capable of producing selective tachycardia (a speeding-up of the heart beat) and brachycardia (slowing down of the heart beat). A U.S. State Department report by G.W. Biles in 1976 suggested that it is quite possible to induce a heart attack in a person from a distance with radar, since radar uses the same pulse-modulated UHF energy that Frey had used in some of his early experiments.

In 1961, Frey showed that the effect and range of auditory response to radio frequency (RF) energy could reach thousands of feet. Using a pulse-modulated transmitter, all types of biological effects could be induced on the targeted subject, including dizziness, nausea and vomiting. Words could even be sent to the brain, independent of the tympanic membrane of the ear. Thus, a new form of communications, with immense implications for the military and security services, was discovered: direct communication to the brain by radio waves. An intelligence asset, programmed by remote hypnosis, could be activated by RF means to carry out orders bypassing his or her consciousness (“Manchurian Candidate”). And the hypnotic command that the target obeyed would be considered his own idea.

Such operations could be carried out on the basis of a “timed hypnotic command.” Using RF means, certain information could be made to appear in the target’s mind at a given time in the future. A similar effect could be produced when the hypnotic suggestion is designed to be triggered by a word, a picture or other signal. The means of inducing amnesia to block the target’s access to retrieve information were also discovered. Thus, it is possible to disrupt, inhibit and reconnect his or her conscious (mental) linkages at will, and produce contrasting effects for later hypnotic commands.

Similar research by Dr. W. Ross Adey at the University of Southern California showed that simply by placing subjects in an electromagnetic field, their behavior could be altered. By directing a carrier frequency to stimulate the brain and using amplitude modulation to “shape” the wave into a mimicry of a desired EEG frequency, the mind could be externally conditioned into aversive or docile states, for example. Ideas including names could be synchronized with the feelings that the fields induce. Such devices could also have a role in covert operations designed to drive a target crazy with “imaginary voices” or to deliver undetectable instructions to a programmed assassin. Adey compiled an entire library of frequencies and pulsation rates which could be used to affect the mind and nervous systems.

In 1967, the U.S. Air Force base at Montauk Point in New York’s Long Island was used for top secret experiments using a giant Sage radar that was capable of transmitting electromagnetic waves at frequencies of 425 to 450 Megahertz, the level at which it is possible to alter human thought. Some of the military technicians at the base had used the Sage radar earlier in the 1960s and noticed how it had been possible to change the mood of the personnel on the base by changing the frequency and pulse duration of the radar. Thus, mood-altering experiments began in earnest. One of the Montauk Project leaders, Al Bielek, later revealed that;

With no military or defense purposes to begin with, the project was only designed for controlling the minds of the population, in spite of Congress forbidding the project.”

At first, the focus of the experiments was restricted to a person sitting inside a shielded room. The radar reflector was angled down so that it focused on the room. The researchers observed that certain changes in frequencies and pulses “made a person sleep, cry, laugh, be agitated and so on.” The experiments were then expanded to include the base personnel, then to the townspeople in Montauk, Long Island, New Jersey, upstate New York and then Connecticut “just to see how far it could go.” A special chair was designed using technology that could display what a person was thinking. It would collect the electromagnetic impulses from that person, then translate them into an understandable form. Coils, which acted as sensors, were placed around the chair, along with three receivers, six channels and a computer which would display the person’s thoughts digitally on a screen.

By 1974, Lawrence Pinneo, a neurophysiologist and electronic engineer at Stanford Research Institute (SRI), had developed a computer system capable of reading a person’s mind. It correlated brain waves on an electroencephalograph with specific commands. Twenty years ago, the computer responded with a dot on a TV screen. Today, it can be the input to an EBB stimulator that uses radio frequencies. The concept of mind-reading computers is no longer science fiction.

A Freedom of Information request produced a 1970 NASA report on implantable biotelemetry systems, which describes the development of precisely these kinds of devices. “…. it is therefore possible that the biological application of radar could be used as a weapon on an individual basis for sociological or political purposes…..”

Funding “fronts” and official “cover stories” for electronic warfare research have included the governmental funding for the space program of the 60’s, the “Star Wars” research of the 80’s, and in the past few decades, the “man-caused global warming” fraud. In this way, tax monies allocated to these programs have been secretly diverted towards research in black budget electronic warfare and psychotronic mind control research and various other black military projects (Keith, 1999).

In his book, Project: Soul Catcher, Secrets of Cyber and Cybernetic Warfare Revealed, Duncan (2010) notes that there is about a 60 year gap between military and civilian technology in these areas. Duncan states:

“The mind has no firewall and no anti-virus software so the public has been left very vulnerable to these kinds of psychotronic attacks….

In a direct mind hack, spoofing is done with synthetic telepathy, a bio-communications technology. Sounds and voices can be forced into a target’s perception…. Due to religious beliefs systems, “the voice of god,” which the description of the technique implies, is believable by those who have never experienced bio-communication technology before.

Other successful spoofs include aliens because again the technology appears too advanced to be from Earth is the uneducated and immediate conclusion drawn by many.”

Q. Conclusions

Obviously, these topics are of the very highest importance for the future of humanity, our nation, and our world. Obviously, what I present here is just an introduction to these very complex topics. However, I think that herein we have exposed many of the most important aspects of mind control. In the next and final segment of this paper, I will explore the topic of the CIA and cults. This should allow me to complete this investigative series and bring the focus of our discussion to our little spiritual community in the Southern Rocky Mountains of Colorado, where consistently observe the “macrocosm” at work in the “microcosm.”

Throughout this series, I have done my best to expose the nature of the shadow government as well as it’s goals and methods. The U.S. government consists of two essential parts: 1) the duly-elected government which is owned and controlled by its citizenry 2) the shadow government, which is controlled by a very small international elite. Unfortunately, as we have seen, the shadow government is most persistent in its efforts to overthrow the duly-elected government through imposition of contrived chaos, “social environmental turbulence,” and mass trauma-based mind control, etc. One very important revelation of this series is that “they” are Nazi/Zionists and that these supposedly opposing factions work together with British and American elites to usher in their New World Order.

Recall Presidential advisor, Bzrezinski’s, statement:

“The new global consciousness will emerge out of fragmentation and chaos.”

In this segment of the series, especially, we have listened to testimony from all sectors of society, from victims to perpetrators. And we see that many different segments of society are able to identify the criminals of the global ruling elite. To conclude this segment, I quote from Thomas’ Monarch: The New Phoenix Program (2007), who, in turn, quotes Kay Griggs, the former wife of a government assassin (Col. George Griggs):

“My former husband, George, who is a trained assassin, calls the people he is involved with the members of The Firm or The Brotherhood. If you are in the clique, you are above the law and literally can get away with murder. For years, mostly when he was drinking, he told me how he and others in this elite military group would kill people,” said Griggs, as she mentioned name after high-powered name and story after-detailed story about sexual perversion, murder, military hit squads, brainwashing, and mind control—all activities sanctioned, participated in, and condoned by a group of military and political elite. “There were many other things and people he told me about which were startling, things I’ll tell you later. But George is like a robot, glazed eyes and all. While he drinks, he sort of comes alive. It is hard to explain unless you actually see him. He told me he was the No. 1 shooter for a long time for a group of powerful people at the top. If a guy is too honest, for example, they get rid of him.”

When asked how large an inside group it was and how she survived after going public with such damning information about so many high powered names, she added: “I just keep myself and my story in the public eye. I am a decent, honest person who believes in telling the truth. I have a deep, abiding faith and trust in God. I also come from a strong-minded, strong-willed family and I am not afraid of generals and admirals.“ As far as the sheer numbers of people involved in this Cap and Gown, Skull and Bones secret society, it’s hard to say. But it is based on old friendships, college and prep school relationships, covering up secrets, and sexual perversion. My husband told me about all the sexually perverted rituals, like anal and oral sex in coffins at drunken parties and running naked in the woods at Bohemian Grove. Then there was the last time I saw George, which was in 2001, and he was telling me to keep quiet, but I think he knows I will never stop telling the truth. During numerous drinking binges over many years, one of the main things that sticks out in Griggs’ mind was how easily her husband rationalized killing a small number of innocent people and how he was able to somehow justify the killings if it accomplished a strategic goal for the elite group involved.

“Who are these people?” Griggs repeated, after being asked the same direct question, “In general, they are first-generation German sons, mostly who run things in the military through tight friendships made in Europe and at war colleges. Psyops is a controlling group, and Paul Wolfowitz is a major player, as are the many Zionists on this side of the Atlantic. “Truth is light. And these guys are anxious to collect the global power now in the few hands of their Freemasonic (French Masons) brotherhood’s elite hands. It is a very, very small group and a rather homogenized group of global top-down existentialist Zionists and socialists—in short, Nazis who came to the US when Hitler, their boy, turned on them in1933. (ETK note: The “Frankfurt School” Jews left Germany in 1933). Griggs said other recognizable names and players she learned from her husband’s arrogant ramblings, besides Wolfowitz and other nondescript military and civilian names, involved in what she called a Zionist global takeover, included Donald Rumsfeld, George H.W. Bush, Dick Cheney, Henry Kissinger, and Andrew Fine, to name a few.

“After what I learned from George about ‘Rummy,’ as he called him and idolized him and the others, is that they all operate from this secret little sick society and are all basically cowards and bullies. And I don’t believe I should ever keep quiet about who they are because the only way we are going to change their behavior is to shed light on what they are doing and show how ludicrous, sick and inept their behavior really is. My husband, George, just idolized ‘Rummy,’ and thinks he is just wonderful when basically he is nothing more than an in the closet-Nazi. Also, George liked to brag how he and Wolfowitz were down in Indonesia in the 1970s, down there training young assassins. After what I heard all those years and now putting it into perspective after 9/11, I think they are trying to destroy America. Their whole game is all about war, selling weapons, and creating a militaristic society. I know firsthand from listening to my husband, they will do anything—I mean anything, including murder—to get what they want.”

Although Griggs said her husband never mentioned anything specific about 9/11 during their marriage, she claims he hinted several times that “war-gaming and airplane crashes” were necessary elements to control and manipulate the American population. I am sure 9-11 was a joint and combined military operation, using boys who were recruited via A.Q. Khan’s Israeli network in Pakistan and South Africa through Zionists in Hamburg. I believe that certain MI6 British Zionists with the Ian Goodwin-Peter, Goodwin-Basil, Cardinal Hume- Yorkshire network were also involved in funding and recruiting these guys. It was a large and ongoing operation to set up, and involved lots of CIA Zionists and lots of funny money.

Albert Pastore’s is right in his 2003 book, The Truth is Stranger Than Fiction, An Investigation Into the True Culprits Behind 911! The culprits behind this nefarious, satanic nonsense are Zionist Jews and their countless gentile fronts. A recent book by Bain (2012) maintains that 911 was a mass ritual murder carried out by these psychopaths.

References

Abramson, H. A., (Ed.), 1967, The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism, Second International Conference on the Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism, Bobbs-Merrill, 697 pp.

Albarelli, H.P., Jr., 2009, A Terrible Mistake; The Murder of Frank Olson and the CIA’s Secret Cold War Experiments, Trine Day LLC, Walterville, Oregon, 826 pp.

Bain, S.K., 2012, The Most Dangerous Book in the World: 9/11 As Mass Ritual, Trine Day LLC, Walterville, Oregon, 354 pp.

Begich, N., 2006, Controlling the Human Mind: The Technologies of Political Control or Tools for Peak Performance, Earthpulse Press Incorporated, Anchorage, AK, 256 pp.

Bowart, W., 1978, Operation Mind Control: The CIA’s Plot Against America, Fontana/Collins, Glascow, 317 pp.

Brzezinski, Z., 1970, Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era, Praeger, 334 pp.

Cameron, D.E., Levy, I., Ban, T., and Rubenstein, L., 1961, Repetition of verbal signals in therapy. In J.H. Masserman (Ed.), Current Psychiatric Therapies: 1961 (p. 100-111). New York: Grune & Stratton.

Chaitkin, A., 2002, British psychiatry: From Eugenics to Assassination, Executive Intelligence Review, V. 21, #40.

Coleman, J., 2006, The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations: Shaping the Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political, and Economic Decline of the United States of America, World in Review, Las Vegas, NV, 242 pp.

Collins, A., 1988, In the Sleep Room, The Story of the CIA Brainwashing Experiments in Canada, Key Porter Books Limited, Toronto, Ontario, 275 pp.

Condon, J., 1959, The Manchurian Candidate, Thunders Mouth Press (2003), 320 pp.

Constantine, A., 1995, Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A., Feral House, Los Angeles, CA, 221 pp.

Dante, A. 1314 (2004), The Inferno, Chronicle Books, 218 pp.

Delgado, J., 1969, Physical Control of the Mind: Toward a Psycho-Civilized Society, Harper Colophon Books, Harper and Row, New York, 288 pp.

Duncan, R. and the Mind-Hacking Group, 2010, Project: Soul Catcher Volume Two, Secrets of Cyber and Cybernetic Warfare Revealed, Higher Order Thinkers Publishing, Boise, Idaho, 306 pp.

Estabrooks , G. H., 1941, Man- the Mechanical Misfit, The Macmillan Company, New York, 251 pp.

_____, 1943, Hypnotism, E. P. Dutton, New York,

_____, 1947, Spiritism, E.P. Dutton, New York.

Estabrooks, G.H., and Gross, N.E., 1961, The Future of the Human Mind, E.P. Dutton, New York.

Elliston, J., MKULTRA: CIA Mind Control, all.net/journal/deception/MKULTRA/www.parascope…/mkultra0.htm

Hunt, L., 1990, Secret Agenda: The United States Government, Nazi Scientists, and Project Paperclip, 1945 to 1990, St. Martin’s Press, Thomas Dunne Books, 340 pp.

Keith, J., 1997, Mind Control World Control: The Encyclopaedia of Mind Control, Adventures Unlimited Press, Kempton, Illinois, 311 pp.

_____ , 1999, Mass Control: Engineering Human Consciousness, Adventures Unlimited Press, Kempton, IL, 253 pp.

Klein, N. 2007, The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism, Metropolitan Books, New York, 558 pp.

Lacter, E., 2007, Mind Control: Simple to Complex, http://endritualabuse.org/about/mind-control-simple-to-complex/.

Lawrence, L., 1967, Were We Controlled? The Assassination of President Kennedy, University Books Inc., New Hyde Park, N.Y., 173 pp.

Lee, M.A., and Shlain, B., 1994, Acid Dreams: The Complete Social History of LSD: The CIA, the Sixties, and Beyond, Grove Press, New York, 345 pp.

Makow, H., PhD, 2006, War on Terror is Elite Mind Control, www.savethemales.ca/001509.html

Marchetti, V., and Marks, J., 1974, The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence, Dell Publishing, New York, 365 pp.

Marks, J., 1976, In Search of the Manchurian Candidate, the CIA and Mind Control: the Secret History of the Behavioral Sciences, W.W. Norton & Company, New York, 264 pp.

McCoy, A.W., 2006, A Question of Torture: CIA Interrogation from the Cold War to the War on Terror, Henry Holt and Company, New York, 310 pp.

O’Brien, C. with Phillips, M., 2003, Trance Formation of America, Reality Marketing Inc., 266 pp.

Orwell, G., 1948, 1984,The New American Library of World Literature Inc., New York, 267 pp.

Pastore, A. D., 2003, Stranger Than Fiction: An Independent Investigation of the True Culprits Behind 9-11, A Dandelion Books Publication, Tempe, Arizona, 173 pp.

Patton, R.,1999, “Project Monarch: Nazi Mind Control,” www.whale.to/b/patton.html

Penre, W., 2008, How the CIA and military control the music industry, www.illuminati-news.com/00357.html

Jon Rappoport, The CIA, Mind Control, and Children, CKLN Mind Control Series- Part 10, FM 88.1, Ryerson Polytechnic University, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, International Connection (www.whale.to/b/rappoport_i.html):

Ross, A.C., 2000, Bluebird, The Deliberate Creation of Multiple Personality by Psychiatrists, Manitou Communications, Inc., Richardson, TX, 296 pp.

Ruiz, C., 2001, A Nation Betrayed: The Chilling Story of Secret Cold War Experiments on Our Children and Other Innocent Victims, Fidelity Publishing, Grass Lake, Michigan, 242 pp.

Sargent, W., 1957, Battle for the Mind: A Physiology of Conversion and Brain-Washing, Major Books, 332 pp.

Fritz Springmeier, The Illuminati Formula Appendix I: The Programmers , www.whale.to/b/sp/app1.html

Springmeier, F. and Wheeler, C., 1996, The Illuminati formula used to create an undetectable total mind controlled slave, 468 pp.

Terry, M., 2000, The Ultimate Evil, The Truth about the Cult Murders: Son of Sam and Beyond, Barnes and Noble, 538 pp.

Thomas, G., 1989; Journey Into Madness: The True Story of Secret CIA Mind Control and Medical Abuse, Bantam Books, New York, 388 pp.

Thomas, M., 2007, MONARCH: The New Phoenix Program, CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 268 pp.

Taylor, B., 1999, Thanks For The Memories … The Truth Has Set Me Free! The Memoirs of Bob Hope’s and Henry Kissinger’s Mind-Controlled Slave, Bryce Taylor Trust, 405 pp.

Part VII: Electronic Mind Control and Electronic Weapons

Is Crestone/Baca, Colorado, “The Vatican City of the New World Order?:” 

An Exposé of the “New World Religion”

Part VII.  Electronic Mind Control and Electronic Weapons

Dr. Eric Karlstrom, Emeritus Professor of Geography, CSUS

November, 2013

The individual may think that the most important reality is his own existence, but this is only his personal point of view.  This lacks historical perspective.  Man does not have the right to develop his own mind.  This kind of liberal orientation has great appeal.  We must electronically control the brain.  Someday armies and generals will be controlled by electric stimulation of the brain.”  

These weapons are more dangerous than atomic destruction.  With knowledge of the brain, we may transform, we may shape, direct, roboticize man.  I think the great danger of the future is that we will have roboticized human beings who are not aware that they have been roboticized.”

Dr José Delgado, Congressional Record, No. 26, Vol. 118, February 24, 1974

A.  Technological Background on ‘Psychotronics’

In Part V of this series we learned that 1) the focus of the ten Macy Conferences that occurred from 1946 and 1953 was mind control and cybernetics and 2) that the Macy Conferences grew out of a March, 1942 meeting on the topic of “Cerebral Inhibition.”   Wikipedia states:

This so-called “Cerebral Inhibition Meeting” was sponsored by the Josiah Macy Foundation and attended by scientists like Gregory Bateson, and Margaret Mead, and five others.  Together they would initiate the Cybernetics Group.  Among its members this group was called the “Man-Machine Project”. ….

It was one of the first organized studies of interdisciplinarity, spawning breakthroughs in systems theory and leading to the foundation of what later was to be known as cybernetics….

(The term) Cybernetics was borrowed by Norbert Wiener, in his book “Cybernetics”, to define the study of control and communication in the animal and the machine.

This field of research, along with others, has resulted in the creation of “cyborgs” (short for “cybernetic organisms”), or beings that combine biological and artificial (electronic, mechanical, or robotic) parts.  Philosophers have joined the fray to help explicate and legitimize the new field of “transhumanism.”  These “transhumanists” articulate a vision of a “post-human” world in which human abilities are artificially enhanced and aging is eliminated altogether.  From Wikipedia:

In 2002, the WTA (World Transhumanist Association) modified and adopted The Transhumanist Declaration. The Transhumanist FAQ gave this formal definition for transhumanism:

“The intellectual and cultural movement that affirms the possibility and desirability of fundamentally improving the human condition through applied reason, especially by developing and making widely available technologies to eliminate aging and to greatly enhance human intellectual, physical, and psychological capacities.”

Based on what we have learned in previous sections of this paper….. We are now in a position to speculate on some of the end goals of these kinds of research.  It would seem that the combined tools of “cybernetics” and philosophy of “transhumanism” may soon provide “the controllers” with the scientific powers to greatly increase their own life spans, perhaps, thereby achieving some sort of physical immortality.  And they believe they will have the ability to transform the rest of the human (and animal) population to robotized slaves. As it happens, these so-called scientific advances have largely been carried out and funded by we, citizen-scientists and citizen-taxpayers, i.e., their future slaves.  Good joke, no?

(However, as an Emeritus Professor of Geography, it is my educated opinion that the diabolical project of redesigning and replacing the natural ecosystems which took 4.6 billion years to evolve with artificial life forms and ecosystems is bound to fail, spectacularly.   The very idea is preposterous and idiotic, as shown by the failure of Biosphere II.  What is the phrase?:  “Pride cometh before the fall.”  So while our “controllers” may succeed, to some extent, in destroying the natural order, they will not succeed in replacing the natural order with a better system.)

But to resume our exploration of electronic mind control or “psychotronics:”  By 1974, Lawrence Pinneo, a neurophysiologist and electronic engineer at Stanford Research Institute (SRI, a premier Tavistock institution in America) had developed a computer system capable of reading a person’s mind.  It correlated brain waves on an electroencephalograph with specific commands.  Whereas twenty years ago, the computer responded with a dot on a TV screen, today, it can be the input to an EBB stimulator that uses radio frequencies.

Freedom of Information request produced a 1970 NASA report on implantable biotelemetry systems, which describes the development of this kind of device:

…. it is therefore possible that the biological application of radar could be used as a weapon on an individual basis for sociological or political purposes…..

 

1.  Tesla/HAARP/ENMOD

As noted previously, the discoveries of Nikola Tesla bear directly on mind control as well as many other topics, including ENMOD, or “environmental modification” (Appendix 4).  Here, I include more about of his still poorly understood innovations.  Those with the intellectual fortitude to read this section will be amply rewarded with a rudimentary understanding of how and why mind control technologies relate to technologies of weather manipulation and earthquake production, among others!  It seems Tesla was about 100 years ahead of everyone else in the field of electro-magnetism!

In “Total Population Control, 2000 ( http://educate-yourself.org/mc/mctotalcontrol12jul02.shtml ), Nicholas Jones states:

Earth is wrapped in a donut-shaped magnetic field.  Circular lines of magnetic flux continuously descend into the North Pole and emerge from the South Pole.  The ionosphere, an electromagnetic-wave conductor, 100 kilometers [62 miles] above the earth, consists of a layer of electrically-charged particles acting as a shield from solar winds.

Earth Resonant Frequency

Natural waves are created which result from electrical activity in the atmosphere.  They are thought to be caused by multiple lightning storms.  Collectively, these waves are called ‘The Schumann Resonance’, with the strongest current registering at 7.8 Hz.  These are quasi-standing [scalar], extremely low frequency (ELF) waves that naturally exist in the earth’s electromagnetic cavity, which is the space between ground and the ionosphere.  These ‘earth brainwaves’ are identical to the frequency spectrum of our human brainwaves.

Electromagnetic waves can be measured in three ways, wavelength, energy, and frequency:  The wavelength is the distance between two crests (or two troughs) of a wave.  The frequency refers to the number of waves that passes a given point in a second.

 [Frequency nomenclature:  1 hertz = 1 cycle per second (cps), 1 Khz = 1000 cps, 1 Mhz = 1 million cps.  Wavelength: A 1 Hertz wave has a wavelength that is 186,000 miles long, a 10 Hz wave is 18,600 miles long, etc.  All EM waves, including radio-waves, move at the speed of light (186,000 miles per second or299,792,458 meters per second).

image001

Figure 1.  The Electro-Magnetic Spectrum of wavelengths of electro-magnetic energy and their applications for humans.

The following terms are used to measure frequency:

1,000,000 cycles per second (cps) = Megahertz (MHz)

1,000 cycles per second = Kilohertz (KHz)

1 cycle per second = Hertz (Hz)

In measuring amplitude (distance from peak to peak of a wave) length of the waves is measured with kilometers, meters, and centimeters.  The very small waves are measured in angstroms, microns, and nanometers.  What is an angstrom?  It is 10-10 m or one 10 billionth of a meter.    A nanometer is one billionth of a meter…  A micron is one millionth (1/1,000,000) of a meter.)

The following terms are used to describe different frequencies:

Extremely High Frequency                EHF:     30,000 to 300,000 MHz

Superhigh Frequency            SHF:                   3,000 to 30,000 MHz

Ultrahigh Frequency              UHF:                  300 to 3,000 MHz

High Frequency                                        VHF:            30 to 300 MHz

Medium Frequency                  MF:                     300 to 3,000 KI-Iz

Low Frequency                          LF:                      30 to 300 KHz

Very Low Frequency                              VLF:              3 to30KHz

Extremely Low Frequency                  ELF:     Below 3 KHz to 1 Hz or less

BRAIN FREQUENCIES RELATE TO STATES OF ACTIVITY

The lower brain frequencies pertain to sleep and dream states. The middle brain frequencies pertain to normal wakeful activity.  The higher brain frequencies pertain to aroused, or concerned or states of anxiety.  No brain waves means a person is “brain dead”, even though some body functions may continue.  Naturally occurring phenomena, such as lightning in thunderstorms, or sunny days that soak a person with extra positive ions, can all affect the thinking of the brain.

THE FREQUENCY SCALE

These frequencies in Hertz, cycles per second, are important:

1                           Approximate beginning of brain wave activity

6.66                     Theta brain waves

7.85                     Alpha brain waves

15.7                     Beta brain waves

30-30.56           Government VLF stations

32-33                 Government VLF stations

34-42                 Government VLF stations

50                         Approximate upper limit of brain wave frequencies

60          Produces an audible sound

62-254.1           CTCSS (Continuous Tone Coded Squelch Systems).

CTCSS tones are broadcast continually interspersed on a frequency, which allows several different users to broadcast separately on the same frequency and only pick up the message that has their CTCSS tone.   For example, Post Office tones are 82.5, 91.5, 97.4. & 100.9, U.S. Customs & border patrol is 100 Hz. U.S. Secret Service is 103.5 Hz., EPA is 114.8., etc.

HAARP

The Creator designed living beings to resonate to the natural Schumann Resonance frequency pulsation in order to evolve harmoniously.  The ionosphere is being manipulated by U.S. government scientists using the Alaskan transmitter called HAARP (High-Frequency Active Auroral Research Program), which sends focused radiated power to heat up sections of the ionosphere, which bounces power down again.  ELF waves produced from HAARP, when targeted on selected areas, can weather-engineer and create mood changes affecting millions of people.  The intended wattage is 1,700 billion watts of power.

“Electron Cyclotron Resonance Heating Method” is now being used to alter the earth’s magnetic field—in order to modify weather, create or trigger earthquakes and volcanoes, spread viruses, create the phenomenon known as ‘electromagnetic pulse”, and, to modify/control behavior amongst the populous.  The HAARP transmitter site, located northeast of Gukona, AK, is large enough to cover most of the Northern Hemisphere.  It is however but one of (numerous) other such sites (known as “Ionospheric Research Instruments” or “Ionospheric Heaters”) scattered around the world.  And, many of them here in the U.S. are able to tie into the much smaller GWEN (i.e. Ground Wave Emergency Network) remotely-controlled transmitter sites that have been built all over the U.S. in a grid pattern, with their antennas spaced about every 200 miles or so.

The original research concerning the “Electron Cyclotron Resonance Heating Method” was done by Nikola Tesla, and later expanded upon by not only Soviet scientists, but also by U.S. scientists, such as Bernard J. Eastland—a scientist who was associated with ARCO (Atlantic Richfield Oil Co.).  ARCO has traditionally been controlled by members of the CFR (Council on Foreign Relations).  Eastland  transferred the patent rights to APTI, Inc. (i.e. ARCO Power Technologies Industry, Inc.) in the late 1980s, which was a Los Angeles, CA subsidiary of ARCO.  APTI, Inc. then sold out to “E-Systems” on June 10, 1994, which company has pretty much, over the years, been under the control and influence of the CIA.  On April 3, 1995, “E-Systems” sold out to the still larger Raytheon Corp. 

The U.S. and the Soviet Union first began secret cooperation on world weather engineering in about 1971.  On July 4, 1976, the Soviets began generating powerful electromagnetic transmissions, that were dubbed “The Russian Woodpecker” by western ham radio operators.  On June 18, 1977, the US government OFFICIALLY became covert partners with the Soviets in these operations by sending them sophisticated scientific material and equipment for further research and development. The secret code name given U.S. operations was Project Woodpecker.  The Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory located at Livermore, CA was and is the main research center for U.S. development of the project.  Covert funding for the project was funneled through the CIA and the National Security Agency. The DOD and NASA have, of course, been cooperating in the Project from the beginning stages.

On Jan. 10, 1985 there was officially filed of record a Patent No. 4,686,605 entitled:  “A Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region in the Earth’s Atmosphere, Ionosphere, and/or Magnetosphere”.  The Patent was approved on Aug. 11, 1987. This patent explains and describes the “Electron Cyclotron Resonance Heating” method that is presently being covertly and cooperatively used by the two superpowers to help bring about their coveted NEW WORLD ORDER, which is a “One World Government”.

In 1993, researchers announced that they had discovered (back as early as perhaps 1985) a never-before seen network of rivers, some of which flow for thousands of miles ABOVE earths surface, that transport as much water in the form of vapor as the Amazon River.  Apparently, these narrow streams of ATMOSPHERIC rivers are transient, but at any given time, there are at least a few of them in the atmosphere, typically around five in each Hemisphere.  The longest of them runs for about 4800 miles. They are generally about 150 miles wide (the largest being almost 500 miles wide), and about a mile deep, with some 364 million pounds of water vapor flowing past a given spot each SECOND—which is comparable to an average flow of the Amazon River.  These atmospheric rivers are flowing at an altitude of no more than 1.9 miles above the earth’s surface, which makes them readily reachable by low pressure weather cells.  In general, the atmospheric rivers head for the poles, but on the way, they can get deflected by the earth’s jet stream.  Their flow originates from along the equator.  These vapor rivers sometimes get sucked into low pressure systems, and are the major sources of the massive flows of water that rains out of the storms and into the sky river’s counterparts on land.  U.S. and Soviet scientists are now cooperatively “tracking” these atmospheric rivers for use in covert activities of Project Woodpecker.

In order to fully understand how the conspirators are able to use high-powered radio frequency transmissions to trigger earthquakes and/or volcanoes, one must have some knowledge of the “principle of sympathetic vibratory resonance”.  Von Nostrand’s SCIENTIFIC ENCYCLOPEDIA (Seventh Edition) defined RESONANCE: “Every physical system (i.e. all bodies, structures, mediums, etc.) has one or more NATURAL (or Fundamental) VIBRATION FREQUENCIES, characteristic of the system itself and determined by constants pertaining to the system.  If such a system is given impulses with some arbitrary frequency, it will necessarily vibrate with that frequency, even though it is not one of those NATURAL to it.”  These “forced vibrations” may be very feeble, but if the impressed frequency is varied, the response becomes rapidly more vigorous whenever any one of the NATURAL (i.e. Fundamental or a harmonic of that Fundamental) frequencies is approached.  Its amplitude often increasing many-fold as an exact synchronism (i.e. or at a harmonic of the NATURAL) frequency is reached.  This effect is known as RESONANCE.  The greatest vibration will be induced in a system at its NATURAL or FUNDAMENTAL frequency (or at a harmonic thereof).

The Earth’s NATURAL (or Fundamental) frequency (also sometimes referred to as the Schumann Resonance) is around 8 Hz. This appears to be the Resonant Frequency of our Galaxy, so, all bodies, structures, mediums, RESONANT at either this Natural frequency or around 10 Hz, or at a harmonic thereof.

In the triggering of earthquakes or volcanoes, the trick is in determining the unique resonant frequency of the earth’s mantle AT THAT PARTICULAR SPOT (or target!) ON THE EARTH.  Once the conspirators determine this, they can unleash an ELF carrier frequency through the earth, and then SUPERIMPOSE the harmonic frequency of the “target zone” using a second set of transmitters.  This might be called: “Selective Targeting”.  Of course, the conspirators will also have predetermined that the target zone will have built up enough stress within the zone to be “ripe” for activation.

This system of using ELF radio waves as a technique has many other applications.  Not only is it being used to artificially trigger earthquakes and volcanoes, to develop high and low pressure weather cells that are used to steer the Jet Streams, to transport and deposit microscopic entities such as viruses and chemical agents, but, they are able to create a phenomenon known as an earth damaging “electromagnetic pulse” (EMP).

But how is the HAARP facility related to mind control?   From “Mind Control and the Intelligence Services,” (www.declarepeace.org.uk/…inc/…/mindcontrol-intelligence-services.htm‎), we read:

During the 1970s, when he was living in Mexico, Uri Geller was asked by the CIA to psychically eavesdrop on the Soviet embassy. The Agency asked Geller to describe the interior of the building, erase the computer tapes there, read the numbers of a combination lock, name the ranks and duties of visiting personnel, crack codes, predict espionage drops and describe the papers in the diplomatic pouches. Another of the tasks that Geller was asked to do for the Agency was to influence the mind of incoming U.S. President Jimmy Carter at his presidential inauguration on January 20th, 1977.

By 1975, Harold Puthoff and Russell Targ reported that the development of Remote Viewing at SRI “has evolved to the point where visiting CIA personnel with no previous exposure to such concepts have performed well under controlled laboratory conditions… generating target descriptions of sufficiently high quality to permit matching of descriptions by independent judges.”

Advances in the 1980’s

According to Ken Lawrence’s testimony before Congress in 1985 on the issue of CIA campus activity, a revival of the MKULTRA program exists at the University of Florida, where CIA-funded researchers have been carrying out “truth detector” experiments using a computer to read brain waves.  Major Edward Dames of Psi-Tech said in April 1995 on NBC’s ‘The Other Side’ program: “The U.S. government has an electronic device which could implant thoughts in people.”  Dames would not comment any further.

Psycho-kinesis or tele-kinesis (the use of the mind to move matter) is an area of major interest to the CIA.  A total of 281 laboratory experiments in psycho-kinesis were carried out over a ten-year period on behalf of the Agency.  SRI in particular conducted some extraordinary demonstrations of metal fork bending in front of generals and colonels and other highly-qualified witnesses.  In a 1995 television documentary, John Alexander revealed that “people would ask, are you going to bend tank barrels?  And no, that’s ridiculous.  But what we can do is impact electronics and things of that nature.  Rather than moving large amounts of physical matter, we’re talking about moving electrons.”

Anybody doubting that the U.S. military is not seriously involved in the area of psychic research should bear in mind the December, 1980, issue of the U.S. Army’s Military Review, whose cover story was entitled “The New Mental Battlefield,” complete with cover pictures of Kirlian photographs of the aura surrounding living organisms.  The article, written by John Alexander, related to the use of telepathy to interfere with the brain’s electrical activity.  This caught the attention of senior Army generals who encouraged him to pursue what they termed “soft option kill” technologies.

On November 30th and December 1st 1983, a symposium was held in Leesburg, Virginia, entitled “Applications of Anomalous Phenomena”.   It was organized by Kaman Tempo, a division of the Kaman Sciences think-tank in Santa Barbara, California, and its stated purpose was “to provide a venue where researchers could present government managers and scientists with details of their research on psychic phenomena, and an assessment of the potential of applications of this research.”  Subjects discussed ranged from telepathy, clairvoyance, precognition and psycho-kinesis to “human/equipment interaction systems” (eg. people affecting computers), “the continuity of life” and “the military applications of anomalous phenomena”.  There were nineteen speakers from all parts of the country, several of them heads of major university departments, and it should be noted that they were not asked to discuss the possible existence of psychic phenomena, but to describe what was being done with them.  The guests were described as “senior scientists and civilian and military managers.”  No guest list was published.

In 1983, John Alexander set up a course called Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP).  This presented to selected officers and Senior Executive Service members a set of techniques to modify behavior patterns.  Among the first generals to take the course was Lieutenant General Maxwell Thurman, who went on to become Vice Chief of Staff at the Army and Commander Southern Command.  Among other senior participants were Major General Stubblebine and no less than vice-president Al Gore, who still retains his friendship with Alexander.

Another of Alexander’s programs is the Jedi Project (taking its name from the Star Wars movies) which aims to “construct models of behavioral/ physical excellence using unconventional means” – in other words, paranormal methods of raising human performance to optimum levels and therefore producing an invincible warrior – a disquieting concept when one considers the sort of people employed by the intelligence agencies.

After retiring from the army in 1988, Alexander began working with Janet Morris, the Research Director of the U.S. Global Strategy Council (USGSC), chaired by Dr Ray Cline, former Deputy Director of the CIA.

The 1990’s: So-called “Non-Lethal Weapons”

Throughout 1990’s, the USGSC lobbied the main national laboratories, major defense contractors and industries and senior military and intelligence officers to develop what they termed “Non-Lethal Weapons (NLWs) for Disabling Measures.”  In her support of their doctrine for the use of such weapons by the U.S. “in crisis at home or abroad… by projecting power without indiscriminately taking lives or destroying property,” Janet Morris admitted that “casualties cannot be avoided.”  A senior Department of Defense official described the term “Non-Lethal Weapons” as “an almost obscene oxymoron.”

During the Gulf War in 1991, cruise missiles with Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) warheads were used against the Iraqis.  This information was released via the American military trade publication Defense News in April, 1992.  The same year, the UK Ministry of Defense confirmed the development of a British microwave bomb.  The EMP bomb works by “emitting a massive pulse of radio energy which would render humans unconscious by scrambling neural paths in the brain but would not cause lasting injury.”  In fact, evidence from research scientists exposed to EMP has shown that it can cause cancers such as myclogenous leukaemia, a fatal bone marrow disease.

The principal secret of secret intelligence is how to get someone to do your bidding…..  From its beginning in 1947, the CIA… has spent millions of dollars on major program of research to find drugs or other esoteric methods to bring ordinary people, willing and unwilling alike, under complete control- to act, to talk, to reveal the most precious secrets, even to forget on command. 

SOUND WARFARE

William Arkin, a U.S. consultant on the humanitarian impact of weapons and warfare, revealed in the journal, Medicine, in 1998 that the United States Army and Air Force were developing a new generation of acoustic weapons that rupture organs, inflict burns and create cavities in human tissues.  The research was so far advanced that deployment of the weapons was imminent.

Such weapons can radiate a directed energy beam with an intensity varying from a 90-120 decibel low-frequency sound-wave “to provide extreme levels of annoyance and distraction” through 140-150 decibels for “strong physical bodily trauma and damage to tissues”, up to “shockwave” levels of over 170 decibels, producing “instantaneous blastwave-type trauma” which could be lethal.

Abstracts from a U.S. Department of Defense program on the military’s acquisition of mind control technology described the use of “a system for altering the states of human consciousness” involving “the simultaneous application of multiple stimuli, preferably sounds, having different frequencies and wave forms…. Researchers have devised a variety of systems for stimulating the brain to exhibit specific brain wave rhythms and thereby alter the state of consciousness of an individual subject.”

Dr. Oliver Lowry, who has carried out several classified projects for the U.S. Government on what is termed by the military and intelligence services ‘Silent Sound Spread Spectrum’ (SSSS), sometimes called SQUAD, developed and patented a system which he described as “a silent communications system in which non-aural carriers, in the very high audio frequency range or in the adjacent ultrasonic frequency spectrum, are amplified or frequency modulated with the desired intelligence and propagated acoustically or vibrationally, for inducement into the brain.  The modulated carriers may be transmitted directly in real time or may be recorded and stored on mechanical, magnetic or optical media for delayed or repeated transmission to the listener.”

The first known military use of the system was against Iraq during the Gulf War.  Although completely silent to the human ear, the negative voice messages programmed by PsyOps psychologists were clearly perceived by the subconscious minds of Iraqi soldiers: “The silent sounds completely demoralized them and instilled a perpetual feeling of fear and hopelessness in their minds.”

In the course of the siege of General Noriega’s headquarters during the U.S. invasion of Panama, U.S. forces used psychological warfare techniques to drive Noriega out by playing extremely high volume Western rock music through loudspeakers.  Less publicized was the use of microwave beams and other experimental weapon systems against Noriega.

During the siege of Waco, Texas in 1993, the FBI blasted out tapes of the sounds of dentists’ drills and the squeals of rabbits being slaughtered to keep the cult leader, David Koresh, on edge. It has been speculated that microwaves and other non-conventional weapons may have been the cause of the ensuing fires which killed Koresh’s cult followers.

A series of ‘Anomalous Mental Phenomena’ programs were carried out at SRI from 1973 to 1989 and were continued at the Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC) from 1992 to 1994.  A technique known as ‘Sleep-Wake Hypnosis’ was developed, in which a hypnotist transferred hypnotic commands telepathically to a subject, whether they were a few feet or even a thousand miles away.  Psychics were trained to influence foreign leaders as they spoke to the public on the TV or radio.  Some of the experiments had highly negative effects on subjects, including sickness, nervous breakdowns and even insanity.  The ‘Sleep-Wake Hypnosis’ technique was recently demonstrated on Paul McKenna’s World of the Paranormal television program, when an Eastern European hypnotist telepathically raised and lowered the heartbeat of a subject in another room.

Stanford Research Institute – now named SRI International – termed their telepathy work Remote Viewing (RV), which involved a sender transmitting messages telepathically to a receiver.  Two of SRI’s most important projects were Grill Flame, a multi-million dollar psychic research and development program, started by the CIA in 1972, and now primarily run by the DIA; and SCANATE (SCANning by coordinATE), which started on May 29th 1973 and was completed in 1975.  Grill Flame produced telepathic information, later confirmed by satellite, about a very sensitive nuclear test site at Semipalatinsk in Soviet Kazakhstan and which led to the location of a crashed Soviet Tu-95 ‘Backfire’ bomber in Africa.  Little else is known at present about the project.

Major General Stubblebine stated that Remote Viewing practitioners tended to give more controlled readings than non-RV psychics, adding: “I can go anywhere on this Earth. I can go into any closet, I can go into any mind.  I can access that information at any location that I choose.”Stubblebine directed several operations employing psychics, including Project BLUEBIRD which targeted Libyan leader Colonel Qaddafi; Project LANDBROKER, which targeted Panamanian leader General Noriega; and Project ARROWSHOP, about which little is known.  A letter from U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command, signed by Deputy Commander Brigadier General Ira Owens, dated February 29th 1996, states:   “In 1983 this Headquarters initiated a project named Landbroker…. This was an offensive intelligence collection operation broken down into four parts, designed to collect information using psychic penetrations. Landbroker projects were always targeted against foreign nationals and never involved U.S. citizens.”  This last-sentence denial bears wary consideration.

The 2000’s

Today, U.S. military and intelligence have projects, identified only by numbers, which monitor the progress, research and development of psychic and paranormal research worldwide. Project 223310 also collates information on paranormal topics in relation to their use in psychic warfare.  This project has been ongoing for 25 years.  U.S. Air Force Project 140410 is similarly tasked.

One project currently being undertaken by the U.S. military, named SLEEPING BEAUTY, is directed towards the battlefield use of mind-altering electromagnetic weaponry.  Jack Verona, a highly placed, highly secretive DIA chief, heads this project. Verona’s associates include Major Edward Dames (ex-DIA), who recently founded a company called PSI-tech, which performs Remote Viewing experiments for both the government and corporate clients.

PSI-Tech’s company board includes now-retired Major General Stubblebine and Colonel John B. Alexander (who was a Commander of Green Beret Special Forces in Vietnam and Cambodia, and took part in a number of clandestine CIA operations including the mass-murder Phoenix program during the Vietnam War).  The company also employs Major David Morehouse (ex-82nd Airborne Division) and Ron Blackburn (a microwave scientist and a specialist at Kirkland Air Force Base).

There is a massive investment program in NLWs, about $1 billion over the next few years. The Army’s Training and Doctrine Command (TRADOC) is rewriting military strategy to account for the new weapons.  It states that “a wide range of disabling measures now exists.  This was not true ten years ago.”

John Alexander is currently involved in over 20 mind control and psychotronic projects at the Los Alamos National Laboratories, where he holds the post of Director of Non-Lethal Programs. Alexander and his team have been working with Dr. Igor Smirnov, a psychologist from the Moscow Institute of Psycho-corrections, who pioneered a technique to electronically analyze the human mind in order to influence it.  They input subliminal command messages using key words transmitted in “white noise” or music.  Using an infrasound very low frequency transmission, the acoustic psycho-correction message is transmitted via bone conduction – ear plugs would not restrict the message.  The subliminal messages by-pass the conscious level and are effective almost immediately.

A 1995 report by a task force, whose members included Richard Perle (the hard-line Jewish/Zionist Assistance Secretary of Defense under President Reagan) and John Alexander, sponsored by the Council on Foreign Relations, titled ‘Non-Lethal Technologies: Military Options and Implications,’ concluded that “a number of non-lethal technologies deserve serious consideration for future military contingencies.”

An ongoing top-secret CIA mind control program is called MONARCH, which apparently involves the deliberate creation of severe multiple personality disorder.  Little else of this project is confirmable at present, but its ramifications are said to be staggering.  Following the Irangate scandal, newly-appointed National Security Adviser (and former Deputy Director of the CIA) Frank Carlucci ordered the destruction of records of the Agency’s more exotic programs which might be prone to public scrutiny.  This included much of SRI’s paranormal work, and the motors of two paper-shredding machines were burned out in the process of destroying their records.  The remaining DIA Remote Viewing agents were moved from their posts at Fort Meade.  Their whereabouts and the future of the program are unknown.

Even though the world’s governments have yet to officially acknowledge the harmful effects of electromagnetic radiation and microwaves, the evidence available does clearly indicate that both within NATO and the former Warsaw Pact countries, electromagnetic and/or microwave weapons are now being used or field-tested.  Already police departments of some governments such as France have reportedly used powerful infrasound beam devices to control crowds and to make rioters lose control of their bowels.

The ability to modify human behavior with auditory-cortex stimuli, brain-rhythm modifications and many other biological applications of microwaves has been repeatedly shown since the I950s.  The radio wave energy used in most of the experiments is pulse-modulated or RF microwave energy.  It is the same type of RF used in radar techniques: radar equipment is used in almost all mind control experiments.  Radar range at 10 cm wavelength – the type used in most of the experiments – is over 25 miles.  A 1976 U.S. State Department Office of Security report stated:  “It is therefore possible that the biological applications of radar could be used as a weapon on an individual or mass basis for sociological or political purposes.”

The involvement of NASA in this field raises the sinister prospect of not just individuals being targeted by the new technologies of mind control, but of entire cities and larger areas of the population being affected via satellite transmissions.

2. Monarch, “non-lethal weapons,” and the New Phoenix Program

Clearly, mind control is a military weapon that can be directed at both foreign and domestic “enemies.”  In Monarch: The New Phoenix Program (2007), Thomas’ points out that modern invisible mind control weapons, including microwave (MW) and radio frequency radiation (RFR) weapons, are currently covertly being used against American dissidents.  This highly illegal “black op” uses modern electronic weapons to implement assassinations against American “political dissidents,” much as the U.S. military systematically targeted the civilian population of Vietnam in “The Phoenix Program.”  The Phoenix Program began in 1967 and targeted for assassination Vietnamese civilians such as tax collectors, supply officers, politicians, some local military officials, and “suspected communist sympathizers.”   Estimates of the number of Vietnamese civilians killed range between about 20,000 and 60,000. (“Blowtorch”) Robert William Komer was head of the Phoenix Program under President Lyndon Johnson.  Growing up in the Washington D.C. area was interesting…. I knew his kids.

The military’s motivation for assassinating loyal American opposition “stems from the perception of dissent against war as treason.”  This philosophy is clearly stated in the ‘Mind War’ paper (“From PSYOP to Mindwar: The Psychology of Victory”) written for the NSA (National Security Agency) by Col. P. E. Valley and Major Michael A. Aquino (pedophile and founder of the Temple of Set, a spin-off of Anton LeVey’s Church of Satan).  According to Thomas, the Defense Department is now using ionizing and non-ionizing radiation as “soft kill,” “slow kill,” and “silent kill” technologies to kill off American civilians.  Some have sarcastically noted that the use of these so-called “non-lethal weapons” results in “non-lethal death.”

Thomas states:

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated.  The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, and Casey have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with ‘Silent Kill’ technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image.  Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, slowly driving the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Cameron’s psychic driving technique used to break down the target’s personality.  The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. 

Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior.  This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation.  Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” also control Psi Tech.  Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates.  One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them.  As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. 

CIA-created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents.  In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings.  Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no different.  Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.  It is probable that the detention and debriefing of the heads of the DIA, NSA, INSCOM, and CIA (Maples, Alexander, Lacquement, Hayden) and their replacement with civilian reformers will end the current war crimes (against American civilians).  

B.  The Human Potential Foundation, Black Science, UFOs, and High-Tech Demonic Occultism

In “The Wycliffe Bible Translators, John Mott, and the Rockefeller Connection,” Dillen asserts that the horrific MK-ULTRA CIA mind-control experiments of the 50’s – 70’s were replaced by the work of groups such as the Human Potential Foundation and CSETI (Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence).  Post-MKULTRA mind control programming also was carried out by innumerable other cults, many of which were the creation of the CIA and other intelligence agencies.

Wikipedia states:  “The ‘human potential movement’ is sometimes categorized under the broader umbrella of the New Age movement.  Michael Murphy and Dick Price founded the Esalen Institute in 1962, primarily as a center for the study and development of human potential, and some people continue to regard Esalen as the geographical center of the movement.”  Aldous Huxley, author of Brave New World gave lectures on the “Human Potential” at Esalen in the early 1960s, and some people consider his ideas as fundamental to the movement.  Marilyn Ferguson, author of The Aquarian Conspiracy is also an important proponent of HPM.”

(Rockefeller-funded) CSETI, or Center for Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence, is all about UFOs, extraterrestrials, paranormal phenomena, multi-dimensional beings, etc.  Dr. Steven Greer, a medical doctor who practiced medicine for only one year, is the ‘ufologist’ who founded and leads the Orion Project and the Disclosure Project, the latter of which alleges that the U.S. Government has covered up information relating to UFOs.  Greer claims to be a UFO “contactee of the fifth kind,” that is, he claims to have initiated contact with aliens.

Apologies to the reader, but things start to get very, very weird here.  And we must understand that intelligence agencies and increasingly, the media and politicians that are their pawns, typically fabricate “cover stories” to conceal their real activities and goals.  For example, in Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A. (1995), Constantine asserts that “Star Wars was a superficial public relations effort conceived to obscure a massive military push into mind-control technology.”    Thus, he posits that ‘Star Wars’ research of the 1980’s was really a cover for radio-biological (or “psychic”) warfare,” i.e., “the brain-manipulating effects of gigahertz radiation on human subjects.”

Citing testimony by scientists at a Congressional hearing in 1993, Constantine documents that of the $40 billions in government spending earmarked for ‘Star Wars’ (or SDI, Strategic Defense Initiative) research, about half was secretly siphoned off to “Black Budget” projects.  He documents that “Star Wars officials falsified data” in order to keep Congress fooled and keep federal monies pouring into the usual defense contractors’ coffers (Martin Marietta, McDonnell Douglas, Tracor Aerospace, Northrup Grummon, Lockheed, Westinghouse, Boeing, Oak Ridge National Laboratories, etc.).  Broeder’s Zapping of America: Microwaves, Their Deadly Risk and coverup (1977, but currently unavailable) provides another good resource on these issues.

So what was all the federal “Star Wars” money really spent on?  Constantine continues:

Marconi and Thomson-CSF share a common interest in microwave communications.  Devices like the troposcatter are in the same technical genus as the Gyrotron resonance maser, a machine that talks to the brain… (A resonance maser)… surrounds and penetrates the entire body in an EM flux, and beams it into a microwave communications field.  A laser, like the needle of light on a compact disk, reads changes in electrons after passing through the body.   A computerized CAT scan sorts the frequencies of the brain and five senses.  The maser, with pulsed-power source, fits inside a truck.  With it, “special forces” trained in radio-biological warfare could wipe out entire officer corps, divisions, and battalions.

Masers, not lasers, are the hidden thrust of “Star Wars.”  The weapon is an extremely sophisticated mind and body machine capable of thought transfer, manipulation of emotions, and muscle control.  Images, even dreams, can be beamed to the subject.  A human or cybernetic controller can carry on a conversation telepathically, and at the same time instill physical sensations, subliminal commands, emotions and visual and aural hallucinations.  Computerized EM devices that talk and transmit images to the brain were current when Reagan delivered his first SDI pitch in 1983. 

The Microwave Mafia often rely on the implantation of miniaturized radio receivers.  The technique is known as intra-cerebral control and uses radio or ultra-sound.  It was developed by the CIA’s MK DRACO and HATTER brain-telemetry projects.  The implantation of a micro-receiver in the frontal or temporal lobes by trained teams of operatives is done with an “encaphalator,” usually through the sinuses of a drugged subject.

Alas, there’s much much more, of course.  There’s the “Electronic Brainblaster,” the “Cycle Slicer,” and more, all usually lumped under the deceptively benign-sounding umbrella of “non-lethal weapons.”

In Constantine’s Virtual Government: CIA Mind Control Operations in America, there is a chapter on “Alien abductions, Psychic Warfare, and Cult Programming:  Military, Corporate, Academic and Quasi-Religious Fronts for Mind Control Operations in America.”   Basically, Constantine asserts that intelligence agencies such as the CIA have been intertwined with the so-called “aliens” and occult societies for quite some time.  “The Army and DIA have elite “Psychic Espionage Units.”  Much of this “technology” has made its way into the private sector now.  “Psi-Tech” is a for-profit remote viewing service in California founded by former intelligence officers that provided services to the CIA, NSA, DIA, DEA, Navy and Air Force.

Constantine remains skeptical of all the “alien”/UFO activity in particular:

The paranormal activities spun by (Ed) Dames, a veteran of the CIA’s UFO “Working Group,” could be interpreted as a blind (or “cover”) for illegal mind control experimentation and the harassment of subjects or anyone falling into disfavor with the intelligence community.  In fact, the deep-history of Psi-Tech is a story of a much larger movement, one that thrives on the spread of religious programming, “alien” invasions and other forms of irrational belief.  The surface of the underground movement swarms with seemingly delusional quasi-mystical savants.  Beneath, (there is) a hidden world of terror- with origins in the waste of war-struck Europe and the beating hearts of some of Nazi Germany’s most ruthless military scientists.  From these cold chambers exploded many of the mysteries that have since riddled the postwar world.

One sector of the virtual government, the CIA-sponsored mind control and biocybernetics group, was born in academia.  The goal of the research:  to gain “control of an individual to the point where he will do our bidding against his will and even against such fundamental laws of human nature as self-preservation.”

Of course, all this military/intelligence/corporate/academic activity in the occult begs the question:  Are the “spirit guides” and other channeled entities real or not?  Opinions differ.  Rod Lewis, spokesman for the American Federation of Scientists, stated:  “They have no idea what they’re dealing with.  Of course, the immediate speculation is that they are dealing with the demonic realm.”  The other possibility is that many of the ‘voices of spirit beings’ heard by various New Age figures could be the voices of MKULTRA-type “spychiatrists” or their sponsors, electronically beamed into the head of the channeler

C.  ‘Psychic Warrior’ William Ross Dean’s story

In a series of fascinating and seemingly almost outrageous articles posted on the internet, veteran “psychic warrior” William Ross Dean claims direct personal experience with some of these high-tech psychotronics programs.  In “Riders in the Storm” (2000), Ross describes some of the extremely covert ‘black operations’ in which he participated.  Hang on, dear reader, now it gets really wild.  However, based on the background research we have done up to this point, many of the operations and themes he discusses very sound familiar.  In my opinion, this gives his accounts credibility.  Dean states:

In the United States Government’s Black Sciences Compartment of the Black Operations, there are two major divisions:

1. The electronics E.L.F. (Extremely-Low Frequency) mind control and hologram imaging known as “Project Blue Beam.”   Mind control radio waves are transmitted from man-made saucers to the targeted individual or group.  The so-called UFO has light-ray-bending capabilities to appear invisible or masked in a cloud.  These hovercraft were developed by forward-not reverse-engineering over 50 years ago.  Much of the hype about the crash at Roswell and the Alien Autopsy was fabricated because of the Cold War.  E.L.F. mind control, man-made flying saucers, cloning, the atomic bomb, the Philadelphia and Montauk Experiments were what World War II was really all about.

2. The earth energy and spirit-manipulating group.  This group uses a mixed bag of tricks combining occultism-black witchcraft with E.L.F. (extremely low frequency) radio-wave enhancement.  Groups making spirit or UFO contact come under the title “Falling Star” which symbolizes the effort to bring Lucifer to earth in the physical.  (An alien invasion of earth by the entire demonic realm and establishing a new high-tech Babylonian World Empire.)  (Author’s note:  Numerous authors refer to this event as the “Black Awakening,” including Dizdar, 2009, in his book, The Black Awakening: Rise of the Satanic Super Soldiers and the Coming Chaos).

Usually, corporate and college groups are totally mislead on what their Federal Grant projects are really about.  In the field, hidden intelligence teams monitor, document, manipulate and manage the naïve human ‘test rats.’   Many so-called investigative and recuperation organizations like the Human Potential Foundation are set up to accumulate data from the targeted victims.  In many cases, the so-called “concerned” organizational workers are mind-control or cult victims unknowingly doing intelligence retrieval for the C.I.A. or N.S.A.

In the Spring of 2000, I was contacted by “Cloud-Rider” of the UFO “Aviary”, Dick Farley, of the Human Potential Foundation, an organization that was supposed to be funded by Laurence Rockefeller and some European Royalty, but it was really financed and managed by the CIA via Senator Claiborne Pell…  Also, in the spring of 2000 according to neighbors – out here in farm country – black helicopters were dropping off and picking up men on the mountain behind me.  These soldiers were camouflaged and armed.  (This happened after I challenged some of the top New World Order “think-tank” personalities that hang out on the Internet websites connected to mind-control.)

The Human Potential Foundation President was C.B. Scott Jones, an ex-Naval Intelligence officer that worked with characters like the CIA’s godfather of mind control, Hal Puthoff.  The D.O.D.’s “doctor-of-death”, Col. John Alexander, of the so-called “non-lethal” microwave weapons program, and Puthoff worked on E.L.F. mind-control technology.  They are associated with Dr. Steve Greer, and Dr. Steve Bassett of the UFO CSETI programs.  Note that I was on one of their CSETI (Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence) projects called “Falling Star”.

In UFO seminar and conference circles, Alexander and Jones were known as “Penguin” and “Falcon.” “Falcon” has taught the world the profile of the aliens on various television shows –with his face masked and hid- standard mass mind control.  Recently, I had –after 25 years – recall of Scott Jones when I was in the Navy during the Vietnam War era.  I asked other veterans to try the recall process and they remember being pulled from their units and privately meeting in a building and going under hypnosis.  They also picked out the mug shot of C.B. Scott Jones!  They chose servicemen from West Virginia, Texas, Montana and a couple other states.  These states all by coincidence have the highest numbers of veterans of foreign wars and today’s Militias.  I wonder if the most patriotic are programmed to self-destruct in some way some day.

In 1992, Dr. Steve Greer was at the first CSETI-CIA-NAS-UFO alien contact meeting and they chose me to be the “Pointman” for E.T. contact.  I was told that the UFOs were ‘etheric’ and spiritual and no harm would come to me.  Both Greer and Jones at that time told us that the E.T.’s were inter-dimensional entities.  Now, today they are quoted in books like Dr. Lammer’s “MIL-LABS” supposedly changing their stories claiming that UFOs are all special military high-tech mind-control games through hologramic images; but, at the same time they still were organizing civilian CSETI contact teams at UFO seminars and preaching the spiritual etheric “Benevolent-Space-Brother “Ascended -Masters-Heaven’s-Gate-Gospel.”  A very strange contradiction of both their so-called beliefs and actions- to say the least.  Dr. Spaniol of State College and the D.O.D., Dr. Sutton, and Dr. Suffon of NASA all would duck and cringe when I would joke and call the Project the “Church of the UFO”. (A few years after I quit, an intelligence-agency-sponsored UFO Church called “Heaven’s Gate” committed mass suicide – supposedly!)

The book, “Mt. Shasta-Mystic Mountain,” by Emile A. Frank, tells the reader that many UFO communes – like” Heavens Gate”- have been around the boundaries of Shasta Mountain for years.  The author links the beliefs of the aliens as the same as the United Nations, globalist community, New World Order, the ultra-liberal Democrats and many popular New Age writers and cult/commune leaders like Ruth Montgomery and Elizabeth Clare Prophet.  The author also specifically points out that in order for the lords of the underworld to come forth and rule, a “cleansing” or mass genocide of people hanging onto traditional values – like the Constitution and Christianity- must take place first.  She makes no bones about it that the masses must die and then reincarnate back to here as Gods – like her New Ager-New World Order friends.

Hence, she believes the aliens are from the inner-earth (not outer space), exactly what CSETI and NASA told me in 1993.  Note that the Ascended Masters are the spirit-guides and are the E.T./Aliens.  Note that the E.T.s tell the psychics what to tell the occultists in the U.N. and in the C.I.A. and N.S.A. what to do next concerning worldly issues.

These are the same thoughts expressed in Alfred Webre’s Age of Cataclysm (written in 1974).  The Age of Cataclysm and Mt. Shasta the Mystic Mountain and the information written on the “Georgia Guidestones” cover the same material:  UFOs, abolishing the Bill Of Rights, and committing mass genocide to save nature.  You can find the “Guide Stones” by going to Elbert County, Georgia.  You will see on the stones the same message proclaimed from the secret societies in their pro-New World Order books.  They all call for the genocide of 70% to 90% of the world’s population to save nature (GAIA), abolishing the Senate, Congress, Bill of Rights and U.S. Constitution.  The agenda of the “Left-hand Path” is in what they call “THE PLAN”- setting up of a one-world electronic mind-control totalitarian police state system of slavery and tracking with a one-world religion offering ancient human sacrifices to their God – Lucifer.  Out of the Skia or Gaia will come the Ascended Masters – the UFOs.  This is the true Harmonic Convergence when man and demon are one again as in Genesis 6:1 of the Bible.  We are in for a new high-tech “Tower of Babel!”

The Masons, the Club of Rome, the Future World Society, the World Federalist Association, and many secret societies along with all intelligence agencies are pushing for it to happen before 2013.  Thirteen means the “Rebellion.”  

It is their hope to merge the seen and unseen world.   It is their goal to make sure we have a ‘oneness of mind’ and are spiritually harmonized to a frequency that will bring this about.  That is why many conservatives, Christians, Jews, Muslims, Buddhists are on the surveillance and extermination lists. 

In ‘The Hidden Evil Agenda’ (2000), Ross reveals more about the New Age “Plan.”  In my opinion (ETK now), this man has far too much insider information to be written off as crazy or deluded.  This information should therefore be carefully considered in light of other information presented here and elsewhere:

The One World Government and One World Religion will not succeed in forming as long as there are differences in thought.  All other political and religious belief systems must be eliminated by a variety of methods through the press, television, movies, and educational mediums.

The New World Order philosophy is to subdue passively in the beginning, but aggressively near the end.  It is now accepted because it appears to be for peace and prosperity.  Later, when the majority of political and military power-elite has accepted it, it will show itself for what it really is- very violent and aristocratic.

The New World Religion is pushing for the ‘hive mentality’ with the achieved collective consciousness, harmonic convergence of oneness of mind.  There will be no room for any personal opinion or individual thought process.  Persons that choose a separate route will be eliminated.

In 1989, when George Bush, Sr., and Mikhail Gorbachev shook hands, the nobility of Black Arts Occultism converged with Socialist “oneness of mind” and atheism.  This ‘Unity through Diversity’ doctrine was a must with our CSETI/NASA Group in Project Falling Star.  When the group was together and had an honest oneness of purpose, the UFOs would come to us.  I entered some sort of altered state of mind and UFOs would communicate with me by ESP.  I knew which mountain to go to and they would show up.

The New World Order is constructively socially engineering all societies on earth to meet this purpose.  The people that I was associated with have been working to achieve the New World Order for quite some time. Some of the spin-doctors have been under CIA pay and/or the training and dictates of the Tavistock and Stanford think-tanks.  One must wonder why a medical doctor like Steve Greer who has not practiced medicine very long, would be chasing UFOs and who is paying him?  Why is it Greer and Dr. Alfred Webre (lawyer and environmentalist) appear on the most popular UFO and Globalist shows like Art Bell’s, “Coast to Coast” and Jeff Rense’s “Sightings” and they have no evidence to prove their so-called experiences?

The majority of the media is dancing to the beat of the spin-doctors in radio, television, newspapers and movies.  Those people that were really on the inside of any Black Science or Black Operations projects are barred from the media until the World Federalists have eliminated them by death or imprisonment or have converted them to their agenda through a variety of mind control techniques.

Gorbachev and the Pope have been meeting for a decade with the men I mentioned in “Riders on the Storm” that are connected to CSETI.  The idea is to bring the UFOs and the Ascended Masters to earth for all of humanity to see and worship.  The project I was on was a “dry-run” for it.   Remember, Barb Hubbard’s ‘New Ninja Army’ are the ‘Riders on the Pale Horse’ (of the Book of Revelations) that are ordained to commit mass murder and genocide.

Emile Frank’s book, (Mt. Shasta-California’s Mystic Mountain) claims “walk-ins” are demonic-possession and her statements that the E.T.s are from the inner earth are identical to the Bible and Jewish Kabbala’s interpretation of the dwelling places of demons and evil spirits.  Hence, a demonically-possessed army will kill billions of people inspired by the evil spiritual fallen angels type of UFO’s….

Oh yes, a world being “spirit-guided” by Ascended Masters and Aliens via government-paid High Psychics.  Just take a surfing trip on some of the so-called UFO sites.  Many of them have little to do with UFOs, but a whole lot to do about the New World Religion.  You will also see that what the aliens want for us is exactly what the United Nations and Globalists want for us.  What a coincidence?  Confused?  Oh, but the E.T.’s tell the Psychics what to say at their trance channeling sessions and the psychics tell the leaders what to do!

Those conservatives, Christians, Muslims, Buddhists, etc., that do not go along with the New World Order Religion will be “cleansed” from the earth.

Yikes!  A world being “spirit-guided” by Ascended Masters and aliens via government-paid High Psychics!?  Barbara Marx Hubbard’s ‘New Ninja Army’ are the ‘Riders on the Pale Horse’ of the Book of Revelations?  Is this guy completely crazy?   “Walk-in” (spirits) as demonic possessionand Lords of the underworld appearing with (fake) UFO’s, manipulating spirits, electronics, E.L.F. mind control and hologram imaging, “Project Blue Beam,” man-made saucers, etheric space brothers, “Project Falling Star,” Church of UFOs, merging the seen and unseen worlds, high-tech Tower of Babel, and mass genocide?…..  And by the way, the “aliens” from the inner earth are the spirit guides who are the Ascended Masters?

Well, that certainly clears everything up, doesn’t it?  But wait?  Are ‘Project Bluebeam’ and ‘Project Falling Star’ actually high-tech mass mind-control strategies to implement Alice Bailey’s ‘Plan’ to externalize the hierarchy- that is, usher in the Kingdom of Lucifer on earth?  Are our leaders actually trying to help the Book of Revelations end-times scenario come true?  It sounds like a blockbuster Hollywood movie.  Or is it a high-tech hoax?  But since it seems that this (drama/hoax?/light show) is being orchestrated by essentially the same people that fooled us into fighting countless wars and revolutions, perhaps this is no joke.

Here’s what futurist Barbara Marx Hubbard, President of the Foundation for Conscious Evolution, leader of the “First Earth Battalion” and a member of Task Force Delta; a United States Army think tank predicts for our future inThe Book of Co-Creation:  (She is also former director of the Federal Union, founded by Fabian Socialist Rhodes Scholar Clarence Streit and supported by the Rockefeller Fund).

“Out of the full spectrum of human personality, one-fourth is electing to transcend …. One-fourth is destructive [and] they are defective seeds.  In the past they were permitted to die a ‘natural death.’ … Now as we approach the quantum shift from the creature-human to the co-creative human — the human who is an inheritor of god-like powers — the destructive one-fourth must be eliminated from the social body …. Fortunately, you are not responsible for this act.  We are. We are in charge of God’s selection process for planet Earth.  He selects, we destroy.  We are the riders of the pale horse, Death.   We come to bring death to those who are unable to know God (Lucifer?).   The riders of the pale horse are about to pass among you.   Grim reapers, they will separate the wheat from the chaff.   This is the most painful period in the history of humanity.

Here, Hubbard seems sanguine, even enthusiastic, about killing off that portion of humanity, about a fourth of us, who seem to have somehow missed out on acquiring god-like powers.  And she seems very confident that she and her New World Order cohorts are qualified to oversee “God’s” selection process.

But again, the $64,000 question is this:  Are Lucifer and the “spirit guides” real spirits or is this all just another staged, mind-boggling, huge hoax?   In “Catch a Falling Star” (2000), former intelligence officer William Dean Ross indicates that Lucifer and the “spirit guides” (demons) are real:

In Mount Shasta, California’s Mystic Mountain, Emile A. Frank (a UFO cult leader and Barb Hubbard fan) proves that the UFOs and E.T.s are from inner earth- not outer space.  She also clarifies that they are spiritual- not physical beings.  She demonstrates that almost all occultic organizations are Masonic and Luciferian.

So here it is.  Psychics (witches) telling world leaders to unite and exterminate the masses and enslave the survivors for a super-high-tech occultic Luciferian Age.  An endless network of paganists, masons, witches, and occultists in an alliance with Nazis hired by the CIA in Project Paperclip 50 years ago.  A secret government sworn by an oath to Satan itself to enslave the earth and destroy all those that do not worship him.  Their goal is to bring the King of the Ascended Masters to earth “in the physical” for all to see.  That is why they called the CSETI project “Falling Star!” 

The Alien Agenda is the same as the Ascended Master Agenda.  The Ascended Master Agenda is the same as the Psychics Agenda.  The Psychics Agenda is the same as the World Federalist Agenda.  The World Federalist Agenda is the same as the United Nations Agenda.  The United Nations Agenda is the same as the FEMA Agenda.  The FEMA Agenda is the same as the New Constitution of the United States Agenda.

Through massive electronic networking and artificial intelligence, the mind frequency and soul-spirit harmonics will be altered to allow a mass invasion of demonic “walk-ins.”  The world will explode with chaos and madness.  Remember the Masonic slogan is “Ordo Ab Chao”- out of chaos comes order and out of the ashes of the Phoenix, the Serpent rises to power.

The aliens are the archangels of hell.  The world leaders are taking orders from witches and demons from Hell!  This is exactly what is in the book of Revelations of the Bible.  Even the description of the evil spirits that bring the United Nations to the Battle of Armageddon appearing as frogs or alien reptoids is in Revelations 16:12-14 of the Bible.

The first wave of an alien invasion is out of hell.  The second wave of strange balls of fire and lights coming down in flashes of lightning east to west is out of Heaven –do not be deceived!  (Our covert government-sponsored black-budget geoengineering technologies at work no doubt.- ETK comment).

When the skies light up with an alien invasion – that will be Satan and 1/3 of the ex-arch–angels of heaven falling (materializing) on earth.  They will meet with the Illuminati Brotherhood for a Harmonic Convergence. The man-made police state hovercraft will come out of their secret underground bunkers and will hunt the majority of you down with these so-called non-lethal microwave weapons.  The television may call it the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and the Rapture or something to that equivalent.  Whether it is God’s Tribulation Period or just another man-made Armageddon instigated by cruel, lying utopianists, take my advice:  Do not go outside and try to….. “Catch A Falling Star!”

Finally, Ross relates that he managed to expose the “CIA-CSETI-PHSYIC-SATANIC-SCAM,” thus revealing that many of our high officials and intelligence services are actually “in league with the devil:”

(By making a fake film that fooled the so-called experts), I had proved the psychics and their space brother religion to be a lie.   I had proven that many of the abduction scenarios are created by both E.L.F. electronic mind control and also, demonic high-tech occultism enhanced by E.L.F.  Yes, it was a NASA-NSA-E.L.F. project but the New World Order/UN/World Federalist/CIA was trying to make a World Religion out of it.  It was a staged play and I was making the actors stumble and forgetting their lines.  It was the CIA-SETI-PSYCHIC-SATANIC-SCAM!!!!….

The spider web of Masonry and its great influence on NASA and the “intelligence agencies” is also pointed out in The Kundalini Tales, by Richard Sauder.  Your mind and your life are nothing to these Fascist Luciferians. We are all destined to be “test-rats” in their world of “Electronic-Witchcraft.”

In addition to these revelations, Ross reports the following:

1)    Intelligence agents “selling their souls to the Devil.”

2)    CIA volunteers contacting aliens through drugs and mental telepathy.

3)    UFO portal-vortex hot zones (Crestone?).

4)    Speaking to ghostly aliens in a strange language that the New Agers call “Enochian” (or Hebrew, the language of the Illuminati?)

5)    NASA Nazis wanted the ultimate “war machine”… They wanted one of “God’s Chariot’s of Fire.”  Why?  “With that type of technology they thought they could defeat any enemy, even the coming of Christ.”

6)    UFO groups directly linked to Barbara Marx Hubbard’s “First Earth Battalion” which is led by the California Church of Set’s satanic highest priest (now Gen. Michael Aquino, Head of the NSA).  Thus, Hubbard is instructing the U.N. to murder all Christians on earth and everyone else while they are at it.  She claims to be ordained to do it.

7)    Maurice Strong communicates with the Ascended Masters.  (In Enochian)?

It seems we have ventured (again!) into Dante’s 9th circle of hell.  Have we civilians become the targets of governmental “mind war” or “psychological warfare” programs?  Are we now the real enemy?  Do these various threads weave a deliberate, albeit, sinister plan for total world domination?   Or are Ross and others involved in some kind of “mindwar” against the American civilian population- a war that is fabricated and designed to confuse all those that might want to learn the truth?

In the next chapter, we will examine some of the many thousands of cults….. many of which indeed, have been created and controlled by intelligence agencies for various nefarious purposes.

As I noted earlier, had Dante known about mind-control and the machinations of our world elite, he might have added a “10th circle of Hell” to his classic poem, The Inferno.   In The Inferno, Hell includes nine circles of suffering. Upper Hell, or the first 5 Circles, is populated by individuals mired in the sins of self-indulgence.  Circles 6 and 7 are for those overcome by violent sins, with the inner ring of the 7th Circle populated by blasphemers, userers, and sodomites.  Circles 8 and 9 are for the malicious sins of fraud and treachery.  The 8th Circle includes those guilty of simony (buying or selling of something spiritual, such as spiritual offices) and sorcery as well as false prophets, corrupt politicians, and imposters.  At the center of the 9th Circle, populated by murders and traitors, is Satan himself, who is condemned for the ultimate sin of treachery against God.  Apparently, Dante was ignorant and innocent of the fact that for millennia, some individuals have assumed godlike powers over others, using systematic and even satanic rituals to torture and to deliberately destroy the souls, the free will, and the spiritual potential of other people.

References

Broeder, S., 1977, Zapping of America: Microwaves, Their Deadly Risk and Coverup, W.W. Norton and Co.,

Constantine, A., 1995, Virtual Government: CIA Mind Control Operations in America,

Disdair, R., 2009, The Black Awakening: Rise of the Satanic Super Soldiers and the Coming Chaos, Premption Book Publishing, 661 pp.

Dante,  The Divine Comedy; The Inferno,

Dillen, “The Wycliffe Bible Translators, John Mott, and the Rockefeller Connection,” http://www.seekgod.ca/rockefeller.htm

Frank, E.,A., 1998, Mt. Shasta: California’s Mystic Mountain, Photografix Publishing, 210 pp.

Hubbard, B. M., 1993, The Revelation: Our Crisis is a Birth (Book of Co-Creation), Foundation for Conscious Evolution, 363 pp.

Jones, N., 2000, Total Population Control, 2000 ( http://educate-yourself.org/mc/mctotalcontrol12jul02.shtml)

Ross, W. D., 2000, Catch a Falling Star, http://www.hiddenmysteries.org/themagazine/vol13/articles/falling-star.shtml

_____, 2000, Riders on the Storm, http://www.theforbiddenknowledge.com/staticwritings/riderstorm.htm

_____, 2000, The Hidden Evil Agenda,

www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_nwo17.htm

Thomas, W., 2007,  Monarch: The New Phoenix Program,

Victorian, A. (?), “Mind Control and the Intelligence Services,” (www.declarepeace.org.uk/…inc/…/mindcontrol-intelligence-services.htm‎ )

Part VIII: Cult Connections

Is Crestone/Baca, Colorado, “The Vatican City of the New World Order?:” 

An Exposé of the “New World Religion”

Part VIII.  Cult Connections  

Dr. Eric T. Karlstrom, Emeritus Professor of Geography, CSUS

November, 2013

Evil on this scale is impossible to comprehend.  To know who murdered JonBenet Ramsey is to know what world we live in.

                                                                          James R. Gaines, Time Magazine, 1997

Despite pronouncements to the contrary, the CIA is still very actively engaged in mind-control research.  Communities around the world have been converted to laboratories.  Cults in their midst are led by operatives practiced in the techniques and technology of behavior modification.  And media disinformation conceals the work of this mind control fraternity….

               Alex Constantine, Psychic Dictatorship in America (1995)

The United States of America has not openly declared war on private citizens.  But illicit human experimentation and vicious “non-lethal” radio frequency assaults have been carried out by agencies within a number of federal institutions for 50 years.

Alex Constantine (1997), Virtual Government: CIA Mind Control Operations in America

People should be reminded that the individual sovereignty, of our minds and bodies, is our most valuable possession.  We must educate the populace about the programs of control that have gone on for at least the latter half of this century.  We must expose mind control programs that are currently going on in the military, in religious cults, and in psychiatric experiments, in the media, and see to it that these operations are brought to an end.  Mind control fascism should be turned worldwide into a hot button topic so that at the mere mention of new incursions on our freedom, the public uproar will be overwhelming.

Jim Keith, Mass Control: Engineering Human Consciousness (2003)

A. Introduction

Mind control, ritual abuse, and destructive cults are vast and depressing topics indeed.  The “rabbit hole” seems to just keep expanding into larger and darker cavities.  As caveat, I come to these onerous subjects with no formal training in psychology but rather, simply as one who wants to learn and then share the truth.  I was baptized in the Lutheran church and raised as a Unitarian.  My search for “the Truth” began in earnest when I was in high school and college, during which time I read many religious classics and existentialist writers.  At various times in my life I have unofficially “signed up” for Christianity (Catholicism) and Tibetan Buddhism.  But most of my intellectual energy has been applied to my career as a physical geography professor.  Herein, I try to discern the general outlines of a huge puzzle picture based on examination of the many often contradictory puzzle pieces I find in written reports, books, internet articles, etc.  Readers who are willing and able to join me on this demanding journey are encouraged to evaluate the evidence  and come to their own conclusions.

In Part VI, we learned that systematic ritual torture, murder, and genocide of innocent children and adults has been and is being covertly committed by a Network (or networks) of individuals who have for the most part, not been held accountable.  This Network includes individuals highly placed within our own and other governments (DeCamp, 1996; McGowan, 2004).  Author Walter Bowart (1976) refers to this hidden ruling elite as the “cryptocracy” (‘rule by secrecy’).  David McGowan refers to this ruling elite as the “pedophocracy.”  (‘rule by pedophiles’, www.sott.net/article/242791-The-Pedophocracy).

After posting Part VI on my website (www.911nwo.com), I took a much needed respite from writing about this toxic topic.  I needed to refresh myself with nature, music, travel, and good people; to find reassurance that this is still a beautiful world.  It is.  Last spring, at a dulcimer shop in Mountain View, Arkansas, after a lady customer gave an excellent impromptu performance on the hammered-dulcimer, she smiled and said: “Your talent is God’s gift to you.  What you do with your talent is your gift to God.”  It seems God sometimes speaks to us through others.  I heed her words.  This past year, I recorded and produced a new CD, Paradise Divide, that features my banjo- and guitar-picking and bluegrass/folk-style singing (www.erickarlstrom.com).

What’s Tagore’s phrase?  “God respects me when I work, but he loves me when I sing.”  Greek philosophers and Catholic theologians  have referred to truth, beauty, and goodness as “transcendentals.” because they can lead us to the experience of infinite Truth, Beauty, and Goodness.  St. Bonaventure stated:

Our yearning for truth, goodness, beauty,

and happiness together with our awareness

of our own limitations cry out for the

existence of that Supreme Truth, Goodness,

and Beauty which is God.

By cultivating and pursuing these “transcendentals,” I believe we follow paths toward our highest calling; our true vocation.  Thus, I presently consider my pursuit of truth, in this investigative series and my websites, etc., and beauty, in my music, as important components of my spiritual practice.  But, you might argue, the truths presented in this series are so unbeautiful that they should not even be mentioned in polite company.  To that, I respond as follows:  First, John 8:32 states, “And ye shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free.”  (Interestingly, this is also the CIA’s motto).  Second, a hard truth is far preferable to a pleasant lie, particularly in situations where conflict is involved and crimes are being committed.  When under overt or covert attack, an accurate understanding of reality is required in order to devise appropriate defensive measures.  Finally, if, as the New Testament affirms, Christ came to destroy the works of the devil, Christians and decent people everywhere have the responsibility to oppose the diabolical mind control programs described in this and the previous section.  Indeed, these issues may quite possibly resolve into Biblical verities.  But for now, I prefer to follow traditional, academic methodologies and attempt to outline the scope of these issues via a review of the pertinent literature.

Even so, the information presented in this series (and on this website) indicates that, whether we like it or not, we are engaged in a war against covert, undeclared, and very organized enemies.  And it seems that this war is, to a certain extent, a spiritual war.  As St. Paul stated in Ephesians 6:12:

We wrestle not against flesh and blood but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.

Over the past year, I have continued to share my research in public radio interviews, mostly on the various topics related to my websites (www.naturalclimatechange.uswww.911nwo.com, and www.waterwatchalliance.us). These topics include mind control, the global warming fraud, and geo-engineering, which, like mind control, has been secretly developed by governments since WWII and provides a vast array of covert weapons that can be applied against civilians (see Part VII of this series).  I have continued to read widely on the topics of mind control and cults.  And I have been involved in some of our nearly non-stop Crestone/Baca/Saguache County political battles, which often seem to take on epic and very nasty proportions.  A number of my fellow Crestonians and I find it ironic that in this purportedly “love and light” “spiritual community,” a small cabal seems determined to control our town and county for its own ends, even to the point of steeling our elections (Appendix 5).  One foreigner here (British), who serves on various local boards, and who deports himself in the style of a “colonial master” like for instance, the British Raj, is said to have stated: “The important thing is to keep things stirred up.”   What’s going on here?   Has our community been “converted into a laboratory” with various “cults in our midst that are “managed by operatives practiced in the techniques and technology of behavior modification,” as Constantine states in the second quote above?   Is our community really meant to be the prototype of the New World Religion?  Obviously, I’m trying to answer these and other questions through writing this series.

Clues can be garnered simply by living here, however.  One friend exclaimed: “You can’t throw a stick around here without hitting a “change agent.”  I have also often had the impression that “change agents” (aka “spies”) come and go frequently here to fulfill various objectives and to spy on our community (see my Appendix 1: Crestone/Baca “Group Dynamics” http://waterwatchalliance.us/ch19.html).  The combination of aggressive “revolutionary local politics” and the presence of numerous, obvious “change agents” (spies) tends to render life in our “Shangri-la” a bit less than the peaceful, idyllic, utopia portrayed in magazines such as Crestone or films such as The Flame. One former neighbor of mine, a professional psychologist who recently left our community, concludes that we who live here are guinea pigs in some “cultish?” experiments.

Even so, this is still a spectacular place to live and I remain here and because I built my house here and because our U.S. Constitution guarantees that we American citizens are master, not servant, of our government.  Also, there are good people here, many of whom are genuinely dedicated to spiritual practice.  The fact that the various spiritual paths being pursued in this “Refuge of World Truths” entail radically different cultural values and worldviews does make life here somewhat schizophrenic.  Is this the crux of the experiment; to create a modern, syncretic, Tower of Babel and to induce “doublethink” via close juxtaposition of dissimilar worldviews?  I recall the scene at the end of Orwell’s 1984, after Winston Smith has been broken down by party leader O’Brien’s mind-control methods.  Winston is sitting alone at a table, staring blankly off into space.  Others in the room each sit at their own table and also stare blankly off into space.  Each has been reduced to zombie-like status and is soon going to be discarded (killed) by “the party,” aka “INGSOC,” a contraction for ENGLISH SOCIALISM.  But Winston finally loves “Big Brother.”  Actually, this scene does seem familiar; this is how people behave at silent Buddhist retreats.

B.  Headlines from Parts VI and VII

Parts VI mainly dealt with the top-secret, post-WWII mind control programs and experiments of the CIA and other government agencies that derived from earlier experimental programs conducted by Nazis, the British, the Russians, the Illuminati, etc.  Part VII introduced electronic forms of mind control and weaponry.  In Part VI, we read that Psychiatrist, Dr. A. Collin Ross (2000), summarized the goals of the government-sponsored programs as follows:

The major goal of the Cold War mind control programs was to create dissociative symptoms and disorders, including full multiple personality disorder (MPD).  The Manchurian Candidate is fact, not fiction, and was created by the CIA in the 1950’s under BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE mind control programs.  …… Manchurian Candidate is an experimentally-created dissociative identity disorder that meets the following four criteria:  1) Created deliberately, 2) A new identity is implanted, 3) Amnesia barriers are created, and 4) Used in simulated or actual operations.

The mind control experiments were interwoven with radiation experiments and research on chemical and biological weapons…. Subjects did not give meaningful informed consent.

(CIA contractor and UCLA psychiatrist) Dr. (Jolyon) West devoted four decades to study, writing, and experimenting on dissociation, hypnosis, Communist mind control, hallocinogens, sensory deprivation, and methods of social influence; he concluded that the methods used by destructive cults result in the creation of new identities and dissociated states (West and Martin, 1994).  The same methods, when applied to experimental subjects under BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE and MKULTRA, also resulted in the creation of amnesia, new identities, and dissociated states. 

Hence, the MKULTRA-related programs convinced elites that cults provide the kinds of closed, totalitarian systems in which mind control methodologies can be employed with minimal risk of public exposure.  Please let us never forget, however, that such activities, whether secretly conducted in hospitals, universities, military bases, or in cults, constitute crimes, treason, torture, and in many cases, mass murder of innocent citizens.  Non-consenting “human guinea pigs” who are the victims of these programs are the very citizens that our leaders are sworn to serve and protect.  Worse yet, the draconian techniques of mind control that are tested and refined on unwitting citizens are being covertly applied on other unsuspecting citizens at home and abroad.  The inescapable conclusion is that our government is controlled by those who view the American citizenry as enemy, for these are acts of covert warfare.  We can infer that the techniques and technologies of mind control are amongst the most potent weapons of the “secret government” (“crypotocracy”/pedophocracy) that manages the duly-constituted government.  I identified our would-be “controllers” in Part IV of this series.

In previous sections, we gleened that some of the elite regard themselves as gods.  One survivor of government-sponsored mind control programming, Carol Rutz, stated:

Dr. Black (aka Joseph Mengele, the Nazi “angel of death”) talked about how Hitler had not died but had ascended to a god-state.  He didn’t seem to worship Hitler, but seemed to honor the perfect idea of the man.  None of them worshipped him that I could tell, because they were too absorbed with the idea of also becoming gods.

Hence, apparently, elite psychopaths, who themselves could be victims of torture-based programming, inflict the same kinds of tortures on other innocent victims, thereby creating new psychopaths to help implement their “Plan.”  (Or, alternatively, does a “race” of “alien” psychopaths dwell amongst us and work covertly toward our destruction?  See Part IV).  Goals of the programming include creating mind-controlled slaves to perform various functions such as assassins, sex slaves, couriers, spies, etc.  Such “Manchurian Candidates”/” Montauk Boys,” etc. are fictionally portrayed in movies, including “The Manchurian Candidate” and the “The Borne Identity,” and in TV series such as “The Doll House.”

As noted previously, researchers estimate that some 2 to 10 million individuals in America, already programmed in this manner, are “sleepers” who can be triggered to perform various functions in the future.  Some authors refer to an immanent “Black Awakening,” in which “Satan’s Super Soldiers” could be activated to initiate war and chaos (Disdair, 2009).  Mind-control programs also seem to be related, in part, to Nazi, Illuminati, and/or Jewish concepts of “master race.”  Members of the “Satanic elite” are often referred to as “chosen ones” or the “chosen generation.”  Additionally, many sources distinguish “bloodline” from “non-bloodline” programmed slaves.  We may hypothesize that the “bloodline” slaves (the ones for whom both parents were involved in their programming), may be synonymous with the “chosen ones” or “master race.”

We have shown that the “Network” of elite psychopaths that apparently rules the world is international in scope.  Their power base has allowed such arch-criminals and mass-murderers as Nazi, Joseph Mengele, to conduct their “research” in secret, confident that “the system” would protect them.  Unfortunately, the “world system” does protect them.

Nonetheless, there is some hope on the horizon.  During the last several decades, legitimate, altruistically-motivated psychologists and psychiatrists, have developed methods to begin to “deprogram” victims and begin to recover their free will and their lives.  In the process of extended therapy, victims have identified their programmers and programs that were used on them.  I review some of this literature herein.

When one embarks upon a project of discovery like this, one often finds that in answering one question, new questions emerge.  Hence, this paper could now proceed in many different directions.  In my opinion, testing the hypothesis posed in the title of this series, (“Is Crestone/Baca the Vatican City of the New World Order?”) now requires a review of the literature on cults.  This topic is also vast, controversial, and possibly dangerous.  It is especially controversial because “one man’s cult is another man’s religion.”  And since people’s sense of identity is often wrapped up with their religious beliefs, they can be so fiercely attached to those beliefs that, for them, belief becomes “fact” and they may be willing to die to defend those beliefs.  This study demonstrates that by creating and/or infiltrating and controlling new belief systems (i.e., counterfeit, false religions or cults, aka “new religious movements”), elites have found potent means to manipulate individuals’ worldviews and behavior even to the point of changing their identities and deceiving them into performing acts they would otherwise never perform.  These, after all, have always been among the prime goals of the mind control programs.

Examination of these cults does offer some moments of comic relief, however, at least for those who find humor in the absurd.  Particularly outrageous and ludicrous examples of contrived cults include the “Neo-American Boohoo Church” and the “Church of the Living Swing,” which emerged in America in the 1960’s and 1940’s, respectively (Lee and Shlain, 1992).  Hundreds and even thousands of other cults (aka “new religious movements”) have appeared, whose members subscribe to belief systems that others might regard as “crazy” or even “insane.”  As I plow through the literature on some of these cults and “new religious movements,” I am reminded of these statements:

The Holocaust is not a religion for Jews.  It is a religion par excellence for goyim.

Israel Shamir, Israeli Journalist, in an email to Ingrid Rimland, Ernst Zundel’s wife

It is difficult for us to imagine what it is like to have been born in 1948, but it is very much like being born into an insane asylum.

Arthur Kleps, Chief Boohoo of the Neo-American Boohoo Church (from Lee and Shlain, 1992)

Falsifying religion

From Jones

C.  Forging Ahead

Most people hold some kind of religious belief.  Perhaps belief in the transcendent is “hard-wired” into human consciousness.  Other reasons why these topics are so daunting and complicated is that they relate to the very nature of knowing (consciousness) and reality itself (epistemology and ontology, respectively).  And, as noted above, cults are very often created and used as fronts for covert intelligence operations.  Because the subjects involved are so complex, I herein rely heavily on the work of others more qualified and experienced in these matters than me.  Review of pertinent literature here is intended to help answer the following questions:

1)    Could some of our 32 different spiritual groups in Crestone/Baca be considered cults or destructive cults?   If so, what cult behaviors are exhibited and what functions are being fulfilled, and are these functions related to the New World Order/One World Government agenda?

2)    Do the synergistic syncretism and/or political influence of spiritual groups cause our Crestone/Baca community itself to function somewhat like a cult?  If so, is this an intended or accidental effect of juxtaposing many spiritual traditions in a small community?

3)    Are intelligence agents and agencies and/or other political/economic entities involved in our community?  If so, are they involved in mind-control programming within some  spiritual groups (or undeclared groups) and/or in controlling our local politics/economics from behind the scenes, perhaps using spiritual groups as a front?

4)    If the answer to any of the above is yes, what goals are being pursued/accomplished/tested here in this “Refuge of World Truths?”  And why was Crestone/Baca chosen to accomplish these goals?

5)    Is it possible to identify and distinguish mind-controlled individuals and their handlers/programmers from “normal” people?

6)    Are the various religious leaders and practitioners being monitored by intelligence or psychiatric professionals?

7)    Is there evidence of “possession” of individuals in our community?  Is there evidence that rituals are followed that are meant to create possession states?

8)    Some researchers assert that a goal of the New World Order is to create a “hive mind.”  Do “programmed” or “possessed” individuals think identically and/or have the means of communication/cooperation/coordination with each other?

9)    Another apparent goal of the New World Order is to create an “occult theocracy.”  Do elements within our community and/or the entire community itself exhibit characteristics of an “occult theocracy?”

10) Does a worldwide “master cult” somehow coordinate activities of the multitude of smaller cults? Other researchers are also asking these kinds of questions.  Noblitt and Peskin (2000) consider the following hypothesis: “There is an international Satanic conspiracy engaging in ritual crime.”  From this, we can derive the question:

11) Whose agendas and what agendas are being pursued in the multifarious cult activities?

There is an internet article entitled: “Jewish Sabbateans Rule the World for Satan,” (http://beforeitsnews.com/power-elite/2013/05/jewish-sabbateans-rule-the-world-for-satan-part1-2442012.html), makes a declarative statement that we can turn into a question:

11) Do Sabbatean (Cabbalistic/Talmudic) Jews rule the world for Satan?”   This question actually includes three questions:  a) Do Jews rule the world?  b) Does Satan rule the Jews (as Jesus states unequivocally in the Gospels)? C) Or is “the Network”/”the cult,” if such exists, mostly non-Jewish in its identity and goals?

Information presented in Parts IV and V of this series seem to affirm hypotheses a and b.  However, deception is a hallmark of both cults’ and intelligence agencies’ behavior.  So in this paper, we can further test hypotheses a and b and also provide information needed to test hypothesis c.

12)     Are some of the victims of mind-control programming (“sleepers”) created to fulfill apocalyptic objectives, as per the “Black Awakening” scenario?

13)    If the answer to question 12 is yes, does Crestone/Baca have a specific role to play in such a scenario?

14)     Finally, what is the relationship, if any, between the so-called “chosen ones” or “chosen generation” (programmed mind controlled slaves) and the so-called “chosen people” (Jews).

There is now an extensive literature by psychologists, psychiatrists, sociologists, anthropologists, and theologians/Christians that bear on these questions.  And since these phenomena are closely linked with religion, politics, economics, and the military, much can also be gleened from written sources that extend far back in history.  Clearly, these subjects are interdisciplinary and multi-cultural, and transcend both time and place.

D.  Legitimate Psychologists and Psychiatrists to the Rescue?

As noted, courageous psychologists, psychiatrists and others have dedicated their lives to healing the victims of mind control/ritual abuse.  The fruits of their research and experience are available (Epstein et al., 2011, Miller, 2012, Noblitt and Perskin, 2000, Ryder, 1992, 1997; Ross, 1995, Amstutz et al., 1985).  The motivation of these individuals, of course, seems diametrically opposed to that of the government “spychiatrists” who refined the torture-based mind control techniques outlined in previous sections.  The altruistically-oriented scientists have often faced fierce opposition from the media, the courts, and the government “spychiatrists” and agencies who conducted the mind-control programming in MKULTRA and other programs.  For instance, “The False Memory Syndrome Foundation” was created by pedophile ‘spychiatrists’ in order to protect themselves and their colleagues from the accusations of their victims.  (FMSF is clearly a CIA false front because 1) it was founded by CIA spychiatrists to discredit their victims/accusers and 2) the American Psychiatric Association does not recognize any such thing as the “false memory syndrome”).

Despite this fierce and determined opposition, however, legitimate psychiatrists have, to some extent, learned to “reverse-engineer” mind control programs by working with the victims of mind-control programming.  This knowledge is now helping victims to overcome their programming and recover their lives. http://www.WantToKnow.info/mindcontrolinformation.  It should be noted, as well, that Christian exorcism (deliverance) may provide the most effective means of healing individuals who are victims of “possession” and/or “Satanic Ritual Abuse (SRA)” that have Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD) or Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID)  (Amstutz et al., 1985; Amorth, 1992, 1999; Lozano, 2010).  While I take these more traditional, spiritual approaches quite seriously, I will focus on reviewing the academic clinical psychology literature at this point in order to better understand the phenomena.

Dr. E. Lacter (2011), notes that “torture-based mind control” exerts continuous control over its victims and that the programming typically involves a combination of torture, drugs, smoke and mirrors, and dissociative processes and that.  Dr. Lacter defines “torture-based mind control” as:

… systematic application of 1) acute torture, including pain, terror, drugs, electroshock, sensory deprivation, oxygen deprivation, cold, heat, spinning, brain simulation, and near death, and 2) conditioning, including coercive hypnosis, directives, illusions (staged tricks, films, stories), spiritual threats, manipulation of attachment needs, and classical operant, and fear conditioning, to coerce victims to form altered mental states, including a) hyper-attentive blank states (tabula rosa) mental states that arise spontaneously to perceived threat to physical survival; b) self-states that spontaneously form to threat to psychic survival… and c) ego-states that develop more gradually through conditioning, all three of which are subject to programmer” strategies to define, control, and “install” with them perceptions, beliefs, fear, pain, directives, information, triggers, and behaviors, to force victims to do, feel, think, and perceive things for the purposes of the programmer, including execution of acts that violate the victim’s volition, principles, and instinct for self-preservation, and to cause ego-states that usually have executive control of mental functions (the host, front tor apparently normal personality) to have no conscious memory for the torture, conditioning, programming, controlled ego-states, or executed programmed behaviors.

Torture-based mind control is practiced by individuals and groups who seek to maximally control and exploit others, particularly children.  Included are practitioners of abusive religious rituals (e.g., Satanism and abusive witchcraft), organized crimes against children (child pornography, prostitution, and trafficking), and groups with political, military, and espionage agendas.

Survivors commonly report torture using electroshock, spinning, isolation, confinement (cages, coffins, etc.), sexual abuse, beatings (especially to the head), hanging or pulling with ropes and chains, suffocation, drowning, being held over fire, blinding or flashing light, forced ingestion of blood, urine, feces, flesh, etc. hunger thirst, sleep deprivation, sensory deprivation, submersion in ice water, drugs to induce paralysis, pain, confusion, amnesia, etc., application of snakes, spiders, maggots, rats, etc. and being forced to perform or witness abuse, torture and sacrifice of people and animals.

….. Some of the strongest corroborative evidence for mind control is a 2007 internet survey in which 1471 people from at least forty countries responded as survivors in the Extreme Abuse Survey (EAS) (Becker, Karriker, Overkamp, and Rutz, 2007).”

A sample of the EAS survey’s findings include:

1)    63% of respondents (640) report that perpetrator(s) deliberately created/programmed dissociative states of mind (such as alters, personalities, ego-states) in them.

2)    Over half (53%) perceive that internal programmers, abusers, demons, and human spirits watch and control them.

3)    Novel tortures, including near-death torture (including anoxia, brachycardia, and cardiac arrest due to suffocation, electrocution, freezing, drowning, etc.) were used to induce tabula rosa programmable states to form. Fifty one percent report being subjected to near drowning experience (51%) and 50% report being subjected to electro-shock.

4)     Torture was used to influence the host (front personality) with no conscious awareness.  The host experienced unexplained behavior compulsions to perform particular behaviors, and programmed self-states would take “executive control” to follow programmed directives, unbeknownst to the host.

5)    Respondents report that self-states (alters) were programmed to perform particular roles, such as soldier, courier, assassin (12%), cult leader, etc. and skills such as speaking a foreign language, flying an aircraft, remote-viewing or other psychic enhancements (14%), and specific sexual behaviors.

6)    Fourteen percent claim being subjected to government-sponsored mind-control programs between the ages of 0 and 2 and 34% report that one or more of their alters had access codes.  Some report self-states as human tape-recorders and computers that could be used to store information.

7)    Respondents report programming to ‘punish the victim’ (themselves) when any self-state threatened to disobey abuser directives, especially to never remember or disclose their abuse.  If they even considered disobedience or confiding in others, they experienced anxiety, pain, spinning, or drugged sensations, illness, self-harm, and suicidality.  Fifty seven percent report having ‘self-destruct’ programming installed in case they began remembering programs, and 68% had suicidal thoughts just before remembering traumatic programming.

8)    Numerous participants report their perception of internal mental “structures,” or mental representations of objects, usually inanimate, in the body or mind.  Often-reported structures include buildings, walls, containers, grids, computers, and devices of torture.  Structures serve organizational purposes for programmers, as a way to organize groups of self-states (alters) that serve particular functions, storing files of information, serving as barriers (walls, caps, seals) to separate groups of self-states (alters), and hiding deeper levels of programming and structures.

In other EAS surveys:

1)    Twenty-eight percent report they have or have had at least one robot alter.

2)    Geographically distant survivors report identical abuser names and titles not available in books or on the internet.

3)    Of 1000 EAS respondents in one survey, 26% reported having been programmed in secret government-sponsored mind control experiments when they were children.

4)    Many survivors report that programmers ultimately seek to install mind control beneath the level of all self-states (alters) in what their programmers called the “unconscious mind.”

Lacter continues:

Survivors report that the unconscious mind is accessed in lengthy near-death torture by a complete breach of self-agency after all self-states have been taxed beyond endurance, before the victim can create another self-state, before the victim loses physical consciousness, or occasionally in the moments between two pre-existing states taking executive control.  One psychological-survivor explained (2009): “When you have an alter, you are fortified.  You are motivated to protect the self.  The space in between alters is when they can get to the unconscious mind.”

And of course, as shown in Part VI, documents prove that the CIA and other government agencies have been extensively involved in these kinds of programming since WWII.

1. Imaginary Mental Structures emplaced During Ritual Abuse

One way to answer questions 9-12 above is to examine the kinds of “internal structures” that have been programmed into victims’ minds.  As noted, these “structures” help programmers organize, name, manage, and trigger the various “alter-states” they create, much as computer files are used to organize and access different files of information.

In 1992, at the Fourth Annual Eastern Regional Conference on Abuse and Multiple Personality, Dr. D. C. Hammond, then professor at the University of Utah and President of the American Society of Clinical Hypnosis, explained the nature of internal “structures” in a presentation entitled “Hypnosis in MPD: Ritual Abuse.”  This talk is now generally known as the “Greenbaum Speech” (www.whale.to/b/greenbaum.html).  Hammond observed that victims of ritual abuse in separate parts of the world who never had the opportunity to communicate with each other share what he called “Green Programming.”  “Greenbaum” apparently refers to a particular Nazi programmer, or sometimes a group of programmers, and also to “Green Tree,” the “Cabalistic Tree of Life.”  Dr. Hammond stated:

When you start to find the same highly esoteric information in different states and different countries, from Florida to California, you start to get an idea that there’s something going on that is very large, very well coordinated, with a great deal of communication and systematicness to what’s happening…..

In his talk, Hammand reveals many unexpected connections with well-publicized cults, cult figures and cult crimes:

Remember the Process Church?  Roman Polansky’s wife, Sharon Tate, was killed by the Manson Family, who were associated with the Process Church?   A lot of prominent people in Hollywood were associated and then they went underground, the books say, in about 1978 and vanished?   Well, they’re alive and well in southern Utah.  We have a thick file in the Utah Department of Public Safety documenting that they moved to southern Utah, north of Monument Valley, bought a movie ranch in the desert, renovated it, expanded it, built a bunch of buildings there, carefully monitored so that very few people go out of there and no one can get in, and changed their names…

A key word in their name is “Foundation.”  The Foundation is part of the Tree…. I’ve also found that there will often be a part (sub-personality) called “Black Master,” a part called “Master Programmer,” and that there will be computer operators inside…. Computer Operator Black, Computer Operator Green, Computer Operator Purple….. Sometimes they’ll have numbers instead, sometimes they’ll be called Systems Information Directors.

Question from the audience:  There seems to be some similarity between these kinds of programming and those people who claim that they’ve been abducted by spaceships and have had themselves physically probed and reprogrammed…..  

Answer:  I’ll share my speculation that comes from others really.  I know a therapist who I know and trust and respect who I’ve informed about all this… and he has found it in a lot of patients and so on…. He is firmly of the belief that the so-called “alien abductees” are in fact ritual-abuse victims who have been programmed with that sort of thing to destroy all their credibility.  If somebody’s coming in and reporting abduction by a flying saucer who’s going to believe them on anything else in the future?

Q: What’s the difference between this kind of program and the cult-type abuse and Satanic abuse in the kind of cults with the candles and the….

A:  This type of programming will be done in the cults with the candles and all the rest…   People say, “What’s the purpose of it?”  My best guess is that the purpose of it is that they want an army of Manchrian Candidates, tens of thousands of mental robots who will do prostitution, do child pornography, smuggle drugs, engage in international arms smuggling, do snuff films, all sorts of very lucrative things and do their bidding and eventually the megalomaniacs at the top believe they’ll create a Satanic Order that will rule the world.

The interesting thing is…. how many people that we have worked with who have had relatives in NASA, in the CIA, and in the Military, including very high-ups in the Military.

Thus, in this presentation in 1992, Hammond seems to have connected many seemingly unrelated and extremely puzzling topics, including Manchurian Candidates, Satanic Ritual Abuse, Cabalism, the Tree of Life, cults, organized crime, child pornography, snuff films, international arms and drugs trafficking, UFO’s/aliens, CIA/military mind control programs, and a coming Satanic world order!!!!!   Much subsequent research confirms that these topics are integrally related and suggests that they are also directly related to many high profile serial killings, terrorist events, etc.  Each of these connections will become apparent in this paper.

The connection between mind control and computer operators is implied in Hammond’s testimony regarding “Computer Operator Black, Computer Operator Purple,” etc. and “Systems Information Directors.” In Mind Control World Control (1997), Jim Keith states:

By 1969, it is rumored, the CIA was able to achieve direct communication between computers and the brain.  Whether the precise date is correct or not, in 1994 a Colorado company, Advanced Neurotechnologies, came up with a device called Brainlink consisting of a brain-to-computer interface that amplified to 0.5 to 40 Hz brainwaves, and turned them into coded computerese.

Dr. Hammond indicated that the Caballa-Tree-of-Life programming is used in programming internal mental structures.  Considerably greater details on this topic are provided by “ex-trainer,” Stella Katz,  in her article, “A Reverse-Kabbalah Trainer Speaks” (in Miller, 2012).  The reader is cautioned that what Katz graphically describes here are some of the procedures used in what is called “Satanic Ritual Abuse.”  I do not include this material to shock, but rather to help readers better understand these phenomena:

An internal Kabbalah is installed when alters are split off.  In most cases, binding and hurting parts of the body is sufficient for this.  A cardboard cutout of a body, called “Kaballah,” is held where the baby can see it. Somebody points to a spot on the cutout while the baby is probed or stabbed at that spot on its body.  The cutout is marked into layers.  Initially there are just three layers- from genitals down, genitals to throat, and heat.   As the child gets older the body is more differentiated….

By the age of six months, the child should have at a minimum 18-20 alters with distinct names and colors…. Internal structures are fixed by the trainer and the specific group.  They are purposefully designed to that the trainers can easily retrain alters over time.  Some groups use structures consisting of geometric shapes, others use trees, others use the Kabbalah.   Each structure has a department head and workers.  

It is important to remember that not all of what is seen or believed by members of these groups is real.  For instance, you know there are alters who believe they are cats or dogs or snakes or demons, although you also know they cannot possibly be real.  But to the alter they are as real as you or I.  Tricks, technology, and “stage magic” are used to deceive the child.  These are regarded as legitimate parts of magik.

The Demon and Animal blocks are built before the age of five years from harm to both knees….. For demon and animal alter creation, puppets are used to simulate demons.  The puppets are operated from above, and some are spiked.  Some are hand puppets, others are on strings and fly in the air.  They come at the child, who then gets a shock.  The child is strapped down and wired.  Probes are used to create pain.  Some demons appear to fly right through and inside the child.  Little girls are raped anally as well as vaginally.  Little boys are raped anally while the penis is manipulated, and then they are raped orally.  The rapist is using a drug that maintains his erection.  

The purpose of the demon alters is to keep the child in line and in constant fear of being grabbed and harmed by a demon.  They represent actual demons, just as idols may represent deities in the Hindu faith.  A total of thirteen demons are wanted, including the original one, and six animals.  The job of demons is to come up during rituals and during times of potential disloyalty.  If the child is about to disclose something to an outsider, a demon will come up and scare him, so as to ensure compliance.  The demons are set up in a hierarchy.  They given names of actual demons.  Animal alters are used for purposes consonant with that animal’s nature.  The large animals such as dogs are also used for sexual intercourse with real animals.  

After the sacrament of marriage to Satan (at 13 the child participates in a sex orgy as an adult for the first time), the children begin training on the Kabbalah.  The Jewish Kabbalah, or “tree of life,” is a structure like a tree, with pathways representing different aspects of sacred mysticism.  It also represents the shape of the human body.  The Kabbalah, which was initially presented to the baby on his or her own body, is now represented in the training center both in that way and by pathways along which the child must walk.  Most paths contain thirteen doors.  Each path has a guardian at the opening and a black angel at the end.  Doors on the first path always contain the first symbols of the major triggers of obedience, such as roses, sounds, smells, words, or music.

… In the upper part of the Kabbalah, the child is taught a higher form of black magik and demon spell work, with the blackest magik, including the use of the Lords of Demons, being in the head region.     

Clearly, what Katz is describing is “Satanic Ritual Abuse.”  Lacter (2011) provides additional information on internal imaginary “structures:”

Survivor Patricia Baird Clark (2001) describes use of models and hypnosis to install her inner world:

…. a child may be…. shown a castle…. She spends several days in the castle going through painful, terrifying rituals in many of the rooms.  She is forced to memorize the castle’s entire layout.  There will be a small replica of the castle much like an architectural model…… Once this has been memorized, she is subjected to magic surgery.  A tiny replica of the castle is shown to the child and she is told that is being placed inside.  The castle is now “within”…. In this person’s inner world she can now walk through the rooms and this castle has become as real to her in the spiritual dimension as it had been in the physical world.

In subsequent rituals… the alters formed will be assigned to live in various rooms.   These rooms are guarded by demons and booby traps are placed in strategic places so there is no escape…. These castles have cold, dark dungeons filled with rats and snakes along with torture rooms…..

According to Katz, the following techniques are used as props for deception and training of child victims:  “Stage magic,” drugs, spinners, “red light flashing machine, helmet with electrodes, sensory deprivation room, sound machine, electronic board (bed equipped with electrodes), and virtual reality glasses.  The red light flashing machine is used as follows:

The perpetrators believe that when the eyelids are closed, (flashing) light seen through them confuses the mind so that the person is unable to tell the difference between reality and fantasy.   You can tell such people that what they are seeing is a spaceship and they have been abducted by aliens.

Katz here describes specific mechanisms by which victims of mind control can be fooled into believing they have been abducted by aliens.   Lachter (2011) also describes mechanisms by which programmers deceive their victims:

Many survivors who initially believed that they were tortured in Nazi concentration camps later realized that these memories were black and white and that a number flashed at the beginning of the memory.  They then realized that they were forced to watch a Second World War Nazi film.

Further connections between mind-control programming and some of the other topics mentioned above will become clear throughout this paper.

E.  What is a Cult?

The term “cult” derives from the Latin term, “cultus,” or “worship.”  However, the term is often used pejoratively by Christians to refer to “false religions.”  The Cult Hotline and Clinic website estimates there are some 3,000 to 5,000 cults in America today and 5 to 7 million Americans have been involved in cults, with about 180,000 new cult recruits added every year.  By contrast, referring specifically to Satanic Cults, “Butler” (2012) estimates there were over 100,000 Satanic cults in America in the 1980’s and that there are considerably more now.

In “Warning signs of dysfunctional cults,” Conway (2007) distinguishes between healthy from unhealthy cults, and notes that cult-like systems and cult-like behavior are common in modern life:

All the traditional major religions either started as cults or involved cultic circles at diverse times and places in history…..

Unhealthy cult behavior is not just found in religious groups.  Such dysfunction is found within political parties, business corporations, professional societies (e.g., medicine, psychiatry, academia), and other social groups.  Hitler’s Third Reich entailed nightmarish cult behavior on political, social and quasi-religious levels.  Former Republican John Dean and others have extensively pointed out the dysfunctional “cult” dynamics of the Republican Party or GOP in the United States,

… numerous other religious cults have achieved terrible notoriety in recent decades.  Consider The People’s Temple (Jim Jones’ mass murder/suicide of 913 followers in Jonestown, Guyana, 1978); Scientology (featuring the greed, mania, lust and sinister strategems of cruel swindler L. Ron Hubbard); the Unification Church (led by paranoid right-wing “Christ,” Rev. Sun Myung Moon); the Branch Davidians (80 of whom died with their self-appointed messiah, serial child molester David Koresh, in battle with federal agents in Waco, Texas, 1993); Luc Jouret’s Order of the Solar Temple (over 50 members killed by him in Switzerland, Canada and France in 1994 and 1995); the Children of God (the “Family” of sex-crazed, depraved David Brandt Berg); the Temple of Love (led by murderous, sex-mongering “Brother Love” Hulon Mitchell “Yahweh Ben Yahweh” in Miami);Aum Shinri Kyo (led by sex-and-blood obsessed Shoko Asahara, instigator of the 1995 sarin nerve-gas attacks on innocent people in Tokyo’s subway system, killing 18 and poisoning over 5,500); Heaven’s Gate (38 UFO-obsessed members dead from suicide during Easter week, 1997, following demented leader Marshall “Do” Applewhite); and Uganda’s Movement for the Restoration of the Ten Commandments of God (over 900 members killed by Joseph Kibwetere and cronies in March, 2000).

On an even more violent level, of course, are the pseudo-Muslim al-Qaeda international terrorist network and the Taliban of the Afghanistan and northern Pakistan region, and other puritanically, repressively “Islamicist” groups expressing the militant, cancerous strain of Wahhabi Islam.  (This fringe form of Islam, centered in Saudi Arabia, over the last 250 years has killed many progressive Muslims and non-Muslims, destroyed mystical Sufi shrines and adherents, etc., and in the last few generations grown far more powerful with substantial financial support from Saudi petro-dollars).

Far less lethal, in some ways quite benign, yet still very problematic are some sizeable Indian or Indian-influenced groups such as the Sathya Sai Baba cult (which has done so much service work worldwide but whose leader was finally significantly exposed in 2000 for serial molestation of male youth and other terrible improprieties); and, as further example, the voracious personality cults of three other supposed God-men, American Franklin Jones or “Adi Da” (1939-2008); the Indian “Bhagwan”/Lord Incarnate Rajneesh/Osho (1931-90); and the latest “Divine” pretender, Bhagavan Kalki (Vijaykumar) and his Deeksha Oneness Movement.

Conway, 2007 http://www.enlightened-spirituality.org/Warning_signs_of_dysfunctional_cults.html

Yikes.  Too many cults!  Herein, we examine some of these cults and cult leaders in greater detail in order to better understand them.  Hopefully, we can also learn to identify “cult-like behaviors” that many of us regularly participate in our own lives (Deikman, 1994), as well as recognize “cult-like behaviors” that may occur in Crestone/Baca.

The Cult Information Centre (UK) outlines 31 criteria for identification as a religious cult, stating:  “Every cult can be defined as a group having all of the following five characteristics:

1.  It uses psychological coercion to recruit, indoctrinate and retain its members

2.  It forms an elitist totalitarian society.

3.  Its founder/leader is self-appointed, dogmatic, messianic, not accountable and has charisma.

4.  It believes ‘the end justifies the means’ in order to solicit funds and recruit people.

5.  Its wealth does not benefit its members or society.

Mind Control techniques used in cults include:

1. Hypnosis; inducing a state of high suggestibility by hypnosis, often thinly disguised as relaxation or meditation.

2. Peer Group Pressure; which has the effect of suppressing doubt and resistance to new ideas by exploiting the need to belong.

3. Love Bombing; creating a sense of family and belonging through hugging, kissing, touching and flattery.

4. Rejection of Old Values; thereby accelerating acceptance of new life style by constantly denouncing former values and beliefs.

5. Confusing Doctrine; encouraging blind acceptance and rejection of logic through complex lectures on an incomprehensible doctrine.

6. Meta-communication; implanting subliminal messages by stressing certain key words or phrases in long, confusing lectures.

7. Removal of Privacy; achieving loss of ability to evaluate logically by preventing private contemplation.

8. Time-Sense Deprivation; destroying the ability to evaluate information, personal reactions, and body functions in relation to passage of time by removing all clocks and watches.

9. Disinhibition; encouraging child-like obedience by orchestrating child-like behavior.

10. Uncompromising Rules; inducing regression and disorientation by soliciting agreement to seemingly simple rules which regulate mealtimes, bathroom breaks and use of medications.

11. Verbal Abuse; desensitizing through bombardment with foul and abusive language.

12. Sleep Deprivation and Fatigue; creating disorientation and vulnerability by prolonging mental an physical activity and withholding adequate rest and sleep.

13. Dress Codes; removing individuality by demanding conformity to the group dress code.

14. Chanting and Singing; eliminating non-cult ideas through group repetition of mind-narrowing chants or phrases.

15. Confession; encouraging the destruction of individual ego through confession of personal weaknesses and innermost feelings of doubt.

16. Financial Commitment;, achieving increased dependence on the group by ‘burning bridges’ to the past, through the donation of assets.

17. Finger Pointing; creating a false sense of righteousness by pointing to the shortcomings of the outside world and other cults.

18. Flaunting Hierarchy; promoting acceptance of cult authority by promising advancement, power and salvation.

19. Isolation; inducing loss of reality by physical separation from family, friends, society and rational references.

20. Controlled Approval; maintaining vulnerability and confusion by alternately rewarding and punishing similar actions.

21. Change of Diet; creating disorientation and increased susceptibility to emotional arousal by depriving the nervous system of necessary nutrients through the use of special diets and/or fasting.

22. Games; including dependence on the group by introducing games with obscure rules.

23. No Questions; accomplishing automatic acceptance of beliefs by discouraging questions.

24. Guilt; reinforcing the need for ‘salvation’ by exaggerating the sins of the former lifestyles.

25. Fear; maintaining loyalty and obedience to the group by threatening soul, life or limb for the slightest ‘negative’ thought, word or deed.

26. Replacement of Relationships; destroying pre-cult families by arranging cult marriages and ‘families’.

F.  Types of Cults

Noblitt and Perskin (2000) provide historical and anthropological perspectives on destructive cults and their relationship to ritual abuse and dissociative identity disorder (i.e., “possession”).  They find that destructive cults are characterized by use of abuse, exploitation, and mind control and include the following types:

1)    Destructive religious cults are associated with specific religious or ritual practices and include:

a)  Destructive apocalyptic cults that promote fear and paranoia and use exploitation and mind control methods  based on unfounded predictions that the world is about to end.  Examples would include the Branch Dividians, Order of the Solar Temple, Aum Supreme Truth, etc.

b) Destructive pre-industrial cults, such as African, New World Vodoun, and Santeria sects.

c) Destructive demonic cults, that promote the worship of a destructive or demonic deity, spirit, or principle or cults that use others’ fears of demons, etc. to control them (Ex. Satanism, Luciferianism).

2)    Fraternal organizations, which are often secret, including the Bizongo of Haiti, Egbo of Leopard Society of West Africa, various subgroups of Freemasonry and quasi-Masonic groups.

3)    Destructive socio-political cults such as the Ku Klux Klan, Aryan Brotherhood, and Neo-Nazi groups.

4)    Organized crime groups that function as destructive cults to support criminal activities such the child pornography/prostitution/snuff film industries.

5)    Government and intelligence-related destructive cults conduct top-secret activities and operations.  Examples include Iran-Contra, the Watergate break-in, the use of U.S. citizens for radiation experiments, and countless other examples.  Because of what is called “Sensitive Compartmented Information” and the resulting extreme compartmentalization of various government/intelligence/military activities, these groups themselves are essentially “dissociated.”

6)    Experimental destructive cults are groups that conduct experimental mind-control research such as Dr. Donald Ewen Cameron, past President of the American Psychiatric Association, under the auspices CIA’s MKULTRA projects.

Noblitt and Perskin propose that a new category of disorder, “Cult and Ritual Abuse Trauma Disorder,” should be included in future revisions of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Psychiatric Disorders.  Among their insights:

1) cult abuse is similar but not identical to ritual abuse, which they define as any deliberate abuse carried out in a ceremonial or circumscribed manner for the purpose of creating or manipulating already-created dissociative states.

2) Whereas cult abuse does not always cause dissociation, ritual abuse is not always carried out in cults.

3) Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID) and Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD) are synonymous with “possession.”

4) Abusive religious rituals are often used to create “sacred” mental states that can be catalyst for profound visions and possession by gods (or demons).

5) Some of this activity is associated with Satanic, Luciferian, and other occult groups.

6) These kinds of activities occur in most of the world’s cultures:

… in an anthropological study reported by Bourguinon (1973), the investigators found that 90% of a sample of 488 societies worldwide demonstrated “one or more institutionalized culturally patterned forms of altered sates of consciousness.”  Furthermore, in 51% of these societies there was evidence of spirit-possession phenomena.  

7) Anthropological studies suggest that cults throughout the world share common symbols and beliefs.  This suggests there is some degree of connectivity between cults in various cultures and continents:

According to Gersi (1991), who indicates that he lived for five years in Haiti studying and participating in Vodoun ceremonies, Haitian Vodoun has also been influenced by the occult practices of indigenous Arawak Indians and a variety of traditions from Europe including many aspects of Freemasonry, as well as esoterism, the Kaballah occultism, alchemy, astrology, metaphysics and Theosophy.

8) Historically speaking, England is a very important occult center.  It is the birthplace of Freemasonry, Wicca (white witchcraft), the Hell Fire Club, the Friars of Mendenham, and Aleister Crowley, founder of the OTO and self-described as “the beast” (666).

9) There apparently are links between (British) Wicca symbols and Judaism:

… in Haining’s (1975, p. 92) book, An Illustrated History of Witchcraft, he provides a photograph of one of the pages of the book of spells and conjurations of the famous English cunning man, James Murrell of Essex (1780-1860).  The page shows Hebrew characters, geometric figures, a Seal of Solomon, and two inverted pentagrams, suggesting Kaballistic influence (also possibly as Satanic, Luciferian, or other diabolical magical style)…..

Based on the above, we see that destructive cults are commonly associated with occult doctrines and that they can provide a mechanism by which an individual, or a small group, can control the thoughts and behavior of large numbers of people.  Members’ identities can be altered and members can be turned into de facto slaves.  Might these kinds of groups be formed and controlled by individuals and groups with totalitarian agendas as a means of covertly subjugating others?  The answer, of course, is yes.

G.  Cult Leaders: “Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing?”

In Take Back Your Life: Recovering from Cults and Abusive Relationships (2006), Lalich and Tobias state:

A cult cannot be truly explored and understood without understanding its leader.  Psychologists Edward Levine and Charles Shaiova write that a cult’s formation proselytizing methods, and means of influence and control “are determined by certain salient personality characteristics of the cult leader…. Such individuals are authoritarian personalities who attempt to compensate for their deep, intense feelings of inferiority, insecurity, and hostility by forming cultic groups primarily to attract those whom they can psychologically coerce into and keep in a passive-submissive state, and secondarily to use them to increase their income (status, or other gain.)

In examining the motives and activities of cult leaders, it is painfully obvious that cult life is rarely pleasant for devotees, since the power imbalance in cults breeds injustices and abuses of all sorts.

In “Characteristics of Cult Leaders,” Finny notes that cult leaders often share the following traits (from “UFO Cults,” http://www.greatdreams.com/ufos/ufo-cults.htm):

1)    intense self-absorption,

2)    profound lack of empathy for others;

3)    a disrespect for social norms and accepted rules of behavior;

4)    a tendency to project one’s own faults on other people;

5)    a lack of interest in anyone else’s feelings or beliefs;

6)    a high degree of dishonesty and manipulation in interpersonal dealings;

7)    a tendency to see others strictly in terms of one’s own needs.

The following characteristics may also be present:

8)    the tendency to hierarchy;

9)    the drive for power and wealth;

10) hostility,

11) hatred,

12) prejudice;

13) superficial judgments of people and events;

14) a one-sided scale of values favoring the one in power;

15) interpreting kindness as weakness;

16) the tendency to use people and see others as inferior;

17) a sadistic-masochistic tendency;

18) incapability of being ultimately satisfied; paranoia.

Numerous researchers, in fact, assert that Narcissistic Personality Disorder (NPD, aka “egomania”) is a common trait of cult leaders.

In “The Personality Disorders,” the New England Institute of Religious Research states http://www.neirr.org/psychissues/Personality_Disorders.htm):

Ten to thirteen percent of the world population suffers from some form of personality disorder….   Many leaders of destructive groups (David Moses Berg, Children of God; Jim Jones, People’s Temple; David Koresh, Branch Dividians, etc.) also appear to be examples of a particular disorder called Narcissistic Personality Disorder.  Clearly, not all Narcissistic Personality Disorders are leaders of destructive groups.  However, in our experience, all leaders of destructive groups, if not true NPD’s, exhibit extreme narcissistic traits and/or tendencies.

Narcissism (n. sing.)

          A pattern of traits and behaviors which signify infatuation and obsession with one’s self to the exclusion of all others, and the egotistic and ruthless pursuit of one’s gratification, dominance and ambition.  

          “Pathological narcissism is a ubiquitous phenomenon because every human being, regardless of the nature of his society and culture, develops healthy narcissism early in life.  Healthy narcissism is rendered pathological by abuse, and abuse, sadly, is a universal human behavior.  By “abuse” we mean any refusal to acknowledge the emerging boundaries of the individual.

          There are malignant narcissists among subsistence farmers in Africa, nomads in the Sinai desert, day laborers in East Europe, and intellectuals and socialites in Manhattan and London.  Malignant narcissism is all pervasive and independent of culture and society.  (Malignant Self Love: Narcissism Revisited, Sam Vaknin, PhD.)

What is NPD (Narcissistic Personality Disorder)?

          The Narcissistic Personality Disorder (NPD, 301.81) has been recognized as a separate mental health disorder since the third edition of the Diagnostic and Statistics Manual (DSM), 1980.

It is described as an all-pervasive pattern of grandiosity (in fantasy or behavior), need for admiration or adulation and lack of empathy.  It usually begins by early adulthood and is present in various contexts.  Five (or more) of the following criteria must be met (all quotes are from Dr. Sam Vaknin’s Malignant Self Love:  Narcissism Revisited):

1.  Feels grandiose and self-importance (e.g., exaggerates achievements and talents to the point of lying, demands to be recognized as superior without commensurate achievements);

          “The narcissist is prone to magical thinking.  He thinks about himself in terms of ‘being chosen’ or of ‘having a destiny’.  …He believes that his life is of such momentous importance, that it is micro-managed by God.  …In short, narcissism and religion go well together, because religion allows the narcissist to feel unique.”

          “God is everything the narcissist ever wants to be: omniscient, omnipresent, admired, much discussed, and awe inspiring.  God is the narcissist’s wet dream, his ultimate grandiose fantasy.”

2.  Is obsessed with fantasies of unlimited success, fame, fearsome power or omnipotence, unequalled brilliance (the cerebral narcissist), bodily beauty or sexual performance (the somatic narcissist), or ideal, everlasting, all-conquering love or passion;

          “The narcissist is haunted by the feeling that he is possessed of a mission, of a destiny, that he is a part of fate, of history.  He is convinced that his uniqueness is purposeful, that he is meant to lead, chart new ways, to innovate to modernize, to reform, to set precedents, to create.  Every act is significant, every writing of momentous consequences, every thought of revolutionary calibre.  He feels part of a grand design, a world plan and the frame of affiliation, the group, of which he is a member, must be commensurately grand.”

3.  Firmly convinced that he or she is unique and, being special, can only be understood by, should only be treated by, or associate with, other special    or unique, or high-status people (or institutions);

          “The narcissist despises the very people who sustain his Ego boundaries and functions.  He cannot respect people so expressly and clearly inferior to him, yet he can never associate with evidently on his level or superior to him, the risk of narcissistic injury in such associations being too great.”

4.  Requires excessive admiration, adulation, attention and affirmation – or, failing that, wishes to be feared and to be notorious (Narcissistic Supply);

          “A common error is to think that ‘narcissistic supply’ consists only of admiration, adulation and positive feedback.  Actually, being feared, or derided is also supply.  The main element is ATTENTION.”

          “He feeds of other people, who hurl back at him an image that he projects to them.  This is their sole function in his world: to reflect, to admire, to admire, to applaud, to detest – in a word, to assure him that he exists.”

          “In short: the group must magnify the narcissist, echo and amplify his life, his views, his knowledge, his history…”

5.  Feels entitled.  Expects unreasonable or special and favorable priority treatment.  Demands automatic and full compliance with his or her expectations;

He considers his very existence as sufficiently nourishing and sustaining (of others).  He feels entitled to the best others can offer without investing in maintaining relationships or in catering to the well-being of his ‘suppliers’.”

6.  Is “interpersonally exploitative”, i.e., uses others to achieve his or her own ends;

          “He will not hesitate to put people’s lives or fortunes at risk.  He will preserve his sense of infallibility in the face of his mistakes and misjudgments by distorting the facts, by evoking mitigating or attenuating circumstances, by repressing the memories, or simply lying.”

7.  Devoid of empathy.  Is unable or unwilling to identify with or acknowledge the feelings and needs of others;

          “But the narcissist does not care.  Unable to empathize, he does not fully experience the outcomes of his deeds and decision.  For him, humans are dispensable, rechargeable, reusable.  They are there to fulfill a function: to supply him with Narcissistic Supply (adoration, admiration, approval, affirmation, etc.).  They do not have an existence apart from the carrying out of their duty.”

8.  Constantly envious of others or believes that they feel the same about him or her;

          “First there is pathological envy.  The narcissist is constantly envious of other people: their successes, their property, their character, their education, their children, their ideas, the fact that they can feel, their good mood, their past, their present, their spouses, their mistresses or lovers, their location.”

9.  Arrogant, haughty behaviors or attitudes coupled with rage when frustrated, contradicted, or confronted.

“That which has cosmic implications calls for cosmic reactions.  A person with an inflated sense of self-import, reacts in an exaggerated manner to threats, greatly inflated by his imagination and by the application of his personal myth.”

          “Narcissists live in a state of constant rage, repressed aggression, envy and hatred.  They firmly believe that everyone is like them.  As a result, they are paranoid, suspicious, scared and erratic.”

Conclusion:

          “NPD is a pernicious, vile and tortuous disease, which affects not only the narcissist.  It affects and forever changes people who are in daily contact with the narcissist.”

          “Sooner, or later, everyone around the narcissist is bound to become his victim.  People are sucked, voluntarily or involuntarily, into the turbulence that constitutes his life, into the black hole that is his personality, into the whirlwind which makes up his interpersonal relationships.  Different people are hurt by different aspects of the narcissist’s life and psychological make-up.  Some trust him and rely on him, only to be bitterly disappointed.  Others love him and discover that he cannot reciprocate.  Yet others are forced to live vicariously, through him.”

H.  Cults and Intelligence Agencies

Many researchers document the relationship between the CIA’s MKULTRA and Monarch-type programs and cults.  In Psychic Dictatorship of the U.S.A. (1995), Constantine states:

CIA behavior control scientists and the cults have formed an alliance.  The Agency uses the cults to further the techniques and technology of mind control.  In exchange, the CIA provides behind-the-scenes legal assistance and public relations.  A perpetrator of ritual abuse, when nabbed, is often treated to friendly press coverage.  In contrast, ritually abused children and their therapists have been targeted for harassment because they threaten perps, cults and the Agency alike with exposure…. Stories critical of those in the field of ritual abuse often bear an uncanny resemblance to a CIA disinformation campaign- and that, if the truth, be known, is no accident.

Testimony before the 1977 Church Committee’s probe of the CIA hinted that, as of 1963…. the CIA’s mind control regimen, code-named MKULTRA, had abandoned military and academic laboratories, fearing exposure, and mushroomed in cities across the country.  Confirmation arrived in 1980 when Joseph Holsinger, an aide to late Congressman Leo Ryan (who was murdered by a death squad at Jonestown) exposed the formation of eccentric religious cults by the CIA.  Holsinger made the allegation at a colloquium of psychologists in San Francisco on “Psychosocial Implications of the Jonestown Phenomenon.”  Holsinger maintained that a CIA… base had been in collusion with Jones to perform medical and mind control experiments at People’s Temple.  The former Congressional aide cited an essay he’d received in the mail, “The Penal Colony,” written by a Berkeley psychologist.  The author had emphasized:  Rather than terminating MKULTRA, the CIA shifted its programs from public institutions to private cult groups, including the People’s Temple.

The CIA and Pentagon cooperate in the creation of cults.  The Association of National Security Alumni, a public interest veterans group opposed to covert operations, considers it a “primary issue of concern” that the Department of Defense has a “perceived role in satanic cult activities, which qualify in and of themselves as very damaging exercises in mind control and behavioral modification.”

In 1993, Dr. Corydon Hammond, a professor at the University of Utah’s School of Medicine, conducted a seminar on federally-funded mind control experiments.  Topics covered by Hammond included brainwashing, post-hypnotic programming and the induction of multiple personalities by the CIA.  Hammond contended that the cult underground has roots in Nazi Germany, and that the CIA’s cult mind control techniques were based upon those of Nazi scientists recruited by the CIA for Cold Warfare. (Researcher Lenny Lapon estimates in Mass Murderers in White Coats that 5,000 Nazis resettled in the U.S. after WW II.)  Hammond was forced to drop this line of inquiry by professional ridicule, especially from the CIA’s False Memory Syndrome Foundation, and a barrage of death threats.  At a recent regional conference on ritual child abuse, he regretted that he could no longer speak on the theme of government mind control…..

….. Electronic warfare was the invisible axis of the Cold War (aka World War III).

Earlier in this series, we learned that Madame Blavatsky’s 19th-century Theosophical Society was founded, in part, by intelligence agencies and served political agendas of those agencies.  Indeed, if we look deeper, we see that even some large ‘mainstream’ denominations, such as Jehovah’s Witnesses and the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints, originated out of Freemasonry, which, in turn,  is based on the occult Jewish Cabala.  Jehovah’s Witnesses and the Mormon Church, in particular, are recipients of CIA subsidies, in part because their international missionary endeavors provide good cover for intelligence operatives and operations (Desborough, 2000).  And as noted above, cults around the world, including Freemasonry, most commonly incorporate elements of the Jewish Kabbalah.  In 1866, Dr. Isaac M. Wise (a Jew) wrote:

Masonry is a Jewish institution, whose history, degrees charges, passwords, and explanations are Jewish from beginning to end:

                                                            The Israelite of America, August 3, 1886

Jones (2012) writes;

Freemasonry is the crucial link between the ancestral Jewish hatred of Christ and Revolution.  Freemasonry is Cabalistic.  Like (John Dee), Freemasonry derives its magic from the Cabala. 

And Jones quotes Barruel (1995) as follows:

(The Freemason)…. looks upon communication with, and apparitions of the Devils, whom he invokes under the appellation of the Genii, as a special favor, and on them he relies for the whole success of his enchantments.  

Barruel, A., 1995, Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobism

In “Religious Mind-Control Cults,” Desborough (2000) explains how the “hidden hand” of intelligence agencies and their powerful overseers typically control 20th and 21st century religious cults:

Many religious cults are merely fronts for mind-control or occult activities.  Such cults are structured in the form of concentric circles, the outer circles being restricted to conventional religious doctrines, the members of which serve as a front for the occult or satanic rituals conducted by core members.  A typical cult of this nature has been the Process Church for the Final Judgment founded during the 1960’s in England by Church of Scientology initiates Mary Anne and Robert DeGrimston.  The cult opened branches in Mexico and America, mainly recruiting from centers of counterculture such as Haight-Ashbury and Hollywood.  According to author Maury Terry, church members were heavily involved in human sacrifice, drug trafficking, and kiddie-porn.  The “Son of Sam” and the Charlie Manson murders were both linked to the (Process) Church.

According to Desborough, a minister of the International Church of Christ admitted that his church practiced mind control.  This cult has 350 branches globally.  Desborough also notes that some forms of mind manipulation have roots in Protestantism.  American Evangelist and Oberlin Professor of Theology, E. G. Finney (1792-1875) discovered that when normal brain functioning is disturbed through strong fear, anger, or shock, etc., one’s judgment is temporarily impaired and people are more susceptible to suggestion.  This facilitates implantation of new belief structures.  Finney used this knowledge to perfect his “fire and brimstone” preaching style that became associated with the “Boston Movement” and the Fundamentalist Christian Church.

Similar techniques were utilized in the Jesus Movement of the 1960’s and by the Children of God religious cult, which had established communities in 60 countries by the late 1970’s.  Founder, David Berg’s pamphlets promoted pedophilia, sex between children, and it encouraged female children to use sex to “recruit” new adult males into the church.  Joyanne Treadwell Berg, granddaughter of the cult’s founder, alleges she was forced to have sex with important government officials.  And one of Berg’s daughters claimed her father had incestuous relations with her and her sisters.  Berg went by various pseudonyms, including King David, Moses David and Father David.  And the cult, likewise, changed names from the Children of God to The Family of Love, to The Family, and more recently, to The Family International.

I.  Specific Cults and Related (Intelligence) Operations

It would take many thousands of pages to document the many various activities of mind-control cults during the past few centuries.  My purpose here is to examine some of the cults that have been best researched and to try to discern how their activities relate to each other and to the goals and policies of the New World Order.  In this segment, we shall examine the “field” applications of mind control programs in clandestine operations in this and other countries.  And as we shall see that, in such operations, “the devil is in the details.”

In Mass Control: Engineering Human Consciousness, Jim Keith states:

It is difficult to overestimate the role of religion and occultism in the history of world control.  This is one means by which zealots are molded who are unable to evaluate effectively, and who thus can be turned to the purposes of their controllers.  In many religious or occult groups the zombieism of the mind controlled is the entry fee, and the “disposal” problem for getting rid of the victims of mind control is not so formidable since cult members have often become disaffected with their former friends and family.   

1.  Jim Jones, the People’s Temple, and beyond

image001image004image005

image007image009

Photos clockwise from upper left:  Map of Guyana (Jonestown was in the northeast corner near Venezuela), Jim Jones, Rosalyn Carter with Jim Jones, black slave laborers at Jonestown, and dead bodies of Jones’ followers at Jonestown,

The author of “Latin American Weirdness: “Hand of Death” CIA Cult Network provides a compelling and highly informative overview of several important covert cult operations (http://www.sott.net/article/244755-Latin-American-High-Weirdness-Hand-of-Death-Satanic-CIA-Cult-Network):

Since the end of the second World War Latin America has become something of a playground for the Cryptocracy.  Cults, medical experiments, UFOs, drugs, Nazi war criminals, and the like have been in abundance in this region of the world in an especially bizarre fashion for over a half-century.  The isolation of many parts of Latin America coupled with its close proximity to the United States are a big reason for this.  I also suspect that its potent mixture of religious practices make it an especially fertile region for PSYOPs.

The ‘New World’, being in relative isolation from the Old, maintained some very ancient religions practices up to the time of the arrival of the Spanish.  Even then, ancient native American rituals, such as those involving entheogens, continued to be practiced amongst isolated tribes up to modern times.  Into this stew was then added African folk traditions courtesy of the trans-Atlantic slave trade in addition to Catholic mysticism and European occultism.  Some nations are even more diverse – Brazil features the largest Japanese population outside of Japan, for instance.  Naturally, their religious practices followed.

It was into this stew that the sorcerers of the US intelligence community and their allies in Europe (including former Nazis) boldly entered in the wake of World War II.  For instance, Andrija Puharich, when he wasn’t busy developing chemical and ELF weapons for the US military or contacting the Nine for some very aristocratic families, managed to make several pilgrimages to Latin America in the 1950s and 60s. 

… the legacy of UFOs in South America is certainly the most bizarre I’ve encountered in modern accounts.  While all of this was going on another curiosity began to appear in certain spots in Latin America beginning in the early 1960s:  Self-sustaining communities, usually comprised of Americans or Europeans, often described as ‘Utopian’ or ‘Agricultural’ experiments, with bizarre ‘religious’ agendas.  What’s more, many of these communities had a knack for appearing in countries that were considered essential in the Cold War struggle between the USA and the USSR.  By the far the most famous of these communities was Jonestown of Guyana, South America.

In Raven: The Untold Story of the Rev. Jim Jones and His People (2008), Tim Reiterman summarizes the geo-political context for what actually occurred in Jonestown:

With the Cold War and the Cuban revolution to the north, the United States was absolutely determined not to let another ‘domino’ fall in the Caribbean.  So it entered the power struggle in obscure Guiana.  (British-educated lawyer) Burnham had a more opportunistic side than the more doctrinaire (Marxist Prime Minister) Jagan, whose pro-Soviet sympathies were no secret.  When the Central Intelligence Agency injected $1 million into labor unions to finance street disturbances, enough internal instability was created that Forbes Burnham toppled (Prime Minister) Jagan in 1964.

The official “cover-story” version of events surrounding the massacre of about 913 Americans at Jim Jones’ People’s Temple on November 18, 1978 is still widely believed (see Wikipedia today (en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jonestown). However, numerous researchers have disproven the official story.  Here, researcher Jim Keith (2003) summarizes actual events:

A prime instance of CIA involvement in a cult in recent years is the case of Jim Jones’ Peoples’ Temple, although nary a word of these dark underpinnings has slipped into mainstream accounts of the group.  Evangelist Jim Jones started out as a member of Bertrand Russell’s Fellowship of Reconciliation, which sponsored him at Butler College in Indianapolis.  The Fellowship is reported to have financed his first trip to Brazil, in 1961. Jones at the time told the Brazilians that he was in the employ of Naval Intelligence, and both his food and lodging during his stay were provided by the U.S. Embassy.

While in Brazil, Jones took regular trips to Belo Horizonte, the location of CIA headquarters in the region, and returned to the United States with an unexplained $10,000 cash windfall.  Apparently Jones was doing more than missionary work.   According to one account, Jones had been part of a CIA effort attempting a government overthrow in South America, and he distributed leaflets and stirred up revolutionary sentiments during his stay.

It is alleged that one of Jones’ earliest sources of financing for his work was Rabbi Maurice Davis, who provided him a church in Indianapolis.  Davis was on the board of the American Family Foundation, the founding group for the Cult Awareness Network, and worked as a chaplain at the National Institute for Mental Health’s infamous Lexington Addiction Research Center, where MKULTRA research had been done.

Jones moved his growing fellowship to Ukiah, California, where reports from disaffected from his group said that behavior modification experiments were performed on the congregation.   According to People’s Temple researcher Michael Meiers:

“Early Temple experiments in the sensory deprivation are not well documented, but it is known that Jones imparted his expertise to Donald DeFreeze, who utilized the technique to brainwash Patricia Hearst.”  Also, according to Meiers:  “Tom Grubbs, a psychologist with the University of California, was in charge of “the box.”  Grubbs, who was also principal of the Jonestown school, personally constructed Jones’ “sensory deprivation chamber.”

In Ukiah, Jones became chairman of the county grand jury, and worked with many wealthy collaborators, including persons connected to military and intelligence agencies.  The Jones group also infiltrated and took over the Mendocino State Hospital as part of a government pilot project to evaluate the feasibility of deinstitutionalizing mental patients.  After a reduction in state funding for psychiatric institutions, most of the patients at Mendocino were released into the custody of the People’s Temple.

Among the most important of Jones’ supporters were the Layton family, whose head, Dr. Lawrence Laird Layton, had relocated to America from Germany after Word War II.  Layton had worked on the Manhattan Project, and was Chief of Chemical and Ecological Warfare Research at Dugway Proving Grounds in Utah, where Army LSD research was carried out.  Layton’s wife Eva had worked for the CIA at Berkeley University. According to Dr. Colin Ross, “her job at the library was to keep track of all the left-wing literature taken out of the library and the names of the people who took those books out and report that to the CIA.”

Another home for Jones’ flock was set up in Guyana at the former site of the Shalom Project, allegedly a CIA training camp for guerrillas to be used in operations in Angola between 1973 and 1975.  Jones received assistance from the U.S. embassy in Georgetown, Guyana, which was also the headquarters for the CIA in the area.  It has been alleged that all of the members of the embassy in Georgetown were agents of the CIA.

At Jonestown, children were kept in line with electric cattle prods.  When Congressman Leo Ryan attempted to investigate Jonestown, members of the U.S. Embassy attempted to prevent him.  This was finally left up to Jones’ followers.  (Ryan was executed in Guyana by Jones’ followers).

The Jonestown deaths were the ultimate in “assisted suicides.”  According to the officiating pathologist in Guyana, 80 to 90% of the victims had fresh needle marks on their bodies.  Other victims had been shot or strangled.  Orders were sent to the U.S. military officials by an aide to national security advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski to remove “all politically sensitive papers and forms of identification from the bodies.”

Jim Jones may have survived the destruction of the People’s Temple compound.  The body identified as being Jim Jones was so decomposed as to be unidentifiable, although it is reported that the corpse did not have Jones’ distinctive chest tattoos.

Examining the evidence, the conclusion is simple, inevitable: Jonestown was a project of U.S. intelligence agencies and the psychiatric establishment, and the mass murders or suicides there probably took place to cover that fact up.  American media is in collusion in keeping the information from the public.

image012image013image016

Jim Jones                        Jones and dead followers   Congressman Leo Ryan

Keith’s version of events is confirmed and expanded upon by others. As noted, “the devil is in the details.” Hence, it is important to know the “rest of the story.” In The Black Hole of Guyana (1985), John Judge reveals that Jonestown also functioned as a brutal labor/concentration camp as well as a center for mind-control experimentation and various lucrative criminal enterprises. Most astonishingly, Jonestown was just one in a network of many such slave-labor/mind-control facilities scattered throughout Guyana, Latin America, and other Third World countries! As of 1985, the Jonestown slave labor camp was still fully operational and exploiting victims from another minority, Hmong tribesman, who had been repatriated from Laos after the Vietnam conflict! Judge continues:

(The) final choice for Jonestown, the Matthew’s Ridge section in Guyana is an interesting one. It was originally the site of a Union Carbide bauxite and manganese mine, and Jones used the dock they left behind.[149] At an earlier point, it had been one of seven possible sites chosen for the relocation of the Jews after World War II.[150] Plans to inhabit the jungles of Guyana’s interior with cheap labor date back to 1919.[151] Resources buried there are among the richest in the world, and include manganese, diamonds, gold, bauxite and uranium.[152] Forbes Burnham, the Prime Minister, had participated in a scheme to repatriate Blacks from the UK to work in the area. Like all earlier attempts, it failed.[153]

Once chosen, the site was leased and worked on by a select crew of Temple members in preparation for the arrival of the body of the church. The work was done in cooperation with Burnham and the U.S. Embassy there.[154] But if these were idealists seeking a better life, their arrival in “Utopia” was a strange welcome. Piled into buses in San Francisco, they had driven to Florida. From there, Pan American charter planes delivered them to Guyana.[155] When they arrived at the airport, the Blacks were taken off the plane, bound and gagged.[156] The deception had finally been stripped bare of all pretense. The Blacks were so isolated and controlled that neighbors as close as five miles from the site did not know that Blacks lived at Jonestown. The only public representatives seen in Guyana were white.[157] Guyanese children were “bought” also.[158]

According to survivors’ reports, they entered a virtual slave labor camp. Worked for 16 to 18 hours daily, they were forced to live in cramped quarters on minimum rations, usually rice, bread and sometimes rancid meat. Kept on a schedule of physical and mental exhaustion, they were also forced to stay awake at night and listen to lectures by Jones. Threats and abuse became more common.[159] The camp medical staff under Dr. Lawrence Schacht was known to perform painful suturing without anesthetic. They administered drugs, and kept daily medical records.[160] Infractions of the rules or disloyalty led to increasingly harsh punishments, including forced drugging, sensory isolation in an underground box, physical torture and public sexual rape and humiliation. Beatings and verbal abuse were commonplace. Only the special guards were treated humanely and fed decently.[161] People with serious injuries were flown out, but few ever returned.[162] Perhaps the motto at Jonestown should have been the same as the one at Auschwitz, developed by Larry Schacht’s namesake, Dr. Hjalmar Schacht, the Nazi Minister of Economics, “Arheit Macht Frei,” or “Work Will Make You Free.” Guyana even considered setting up an “Auschwitz-like museum” at the site, but abandoned the idea.[163]

By this point, Jones had amassed incredible wealth. Press estimates ranged from $26 million to $2 billion, including bank accounts, foreign investments and real estate. Accounts were set up worldwide by key members, often in the personal name of certain people in the Temple.[164] Much of this money, listed publicly after the massacre, disappeared mysteriously. It was a fortune far too large to have come from membership alone. The receivership set up by the government settled on a total of $10 million. Of special interest were the Swiss bank accounts opened in Panama, the money taken from the camp, and the extensive investments in Barclay’s Bank.[165] Other sources of income included the German banking family of Lisa Philips Layton, Larry’s mother.[166] Also, close to $65,000 a month income was claimed to come from welfare and social security checks for 199 members, sent to the Temple followers and signed over to Jones.[167] In addition, there are indications that Blakey and other members were supplementing the Temple funds with international smuggling of guns and drugs.[168] At one point, Charles Garry noted that Jones and his community were “literally sitting on a gold mine.” Mineral distribution maps of Guyana suggest he was right.[169]

To comprehend this well-financed, sinister operation, we must abandon the myth that this was a religious commune and study instead the history that led to its formation. Jonestown was an experiment, part of a 30-year program called MK-ULTRA, the CIA and military intelligence code name for mind control.[170] A close study of Senator Ervin’s 1974 report, Individual Rights and the Government’s Role in Behavior Modification, shows that these agencies had certain “target populations” in mind, for both individual and mass control. Blacks, women, prisoners, the elderly, the young, and inmates of psychiatric wards were selected as “potentially violent.”[171] There were plans in California at the time for a Center for the Study and Reduction of Violence, expanding on the horrific work of Dr. José Delgado, Drs. Mark and Ervin, and Dr. Jolly West, experts in implantation, psychosurgery, and tranquilizers. The guinea pigs were to be drawn from the ranks of the “target populations,” and taken to an isolated military missile base in California.[172] In that same period, Jones began to move his Temple members to Jonestown. They were the exact population selected for such tests.[173]

The meticulous daily notes and drug records kept by Larry Schacht disappeared, but evidence did not.[174] The history of MK-ULTRA and its sister programs (MK-DELTA, ARTICHOKE, BLUEBIRD, etc.) records a combination of drugs, drug mixtures, electroshock and torture as methods for control. The desired results ranged from temporary and permanent amnesia, uninhibited confessions, and creation of second personalities, to programmed assassins and preconditioned suicidal urges. One goal was the ability to control mass populations, especially for cheap labor.[175] Dr. Delgado told Congress that he hoped for a future where a technology would control workers in the field and troops at war with electronic remote signals. He found it hard to understand why people would complain about electrodes implanted in their brains to make them “both happy and productive.”[176]

On the scene at Jonestown, Guyanese troops discovered a large cache of drugs, enough to drug the entire population of Georgetown, Guyana (well over 200,000)[177] for more than a year. According to survivors, these were being used regularly “to control” a population of only 1,100 people.[178] One footlocker contained 11,000 doses of thorazine, a dangerous tranquilizer. Drugs used in the testing for MK-ULTRA were found in abundance, including sodium pentathol (a truth serum), chloral hydrate (a hypnotic), demerol, thalium (confuses thinking), and many others.[179] Schacht had supplies of haliopareael and largatil as well, two other major tranquilizers.[180] The actual description of life at Jonestown is that of a tightly run concentration camp, complete with medical and psychiatric experimentation. The stresses and isolation of the victims is typical of sophisticated brainwashing techniques. The drugs and special tortures add an additional experimental aspect to the horror.[181] This more clearly explains the medical tags on the bodies, and why they had to be removed. It also suggests an additional motive for frustrating any chemical autopsies, since these drugs would have been found in the system of the dead.

The story of Jonestown is that of a gruesome experiment, not a religious utopian society. On the eve of the massacre, Forbes Burnham was reportedly converted to “born again” Christianity by members of the Full Gospel Christian Businessman’s Association, including Lionel Luckhoo, a Temple lawyer in Guyana.[182] This same group, based in California, also reportedly converted Guatemalan dictator Rios Montt prior to his massacres there and they were in touch with Jim Jones in Ukiah.[183] They currently conduct the White House prayer breakfasts for Mr. Reagan.[184] With Ryan on his way to Jonestown, the seal of secrecy was broken. In a desperate attempt to test their conditioning methods, the Jonestown elite apparently tried to implement a real suicide drill.[185] Clearly, it led to a revolt, and the majority of people fled, unaware that there were people waiting to catch them.

In the current period, Jonestown is being “repopulated” with 100,000 Laotian Hmong people. Many of them grew opium for CIA money in Southeast Asia. Over 1,000 reside there already under a scheme designed by Billy Graham’s nephew Ernest, and members of the Federation of Evangelical Ministries Association in Wheaton, Illinois (World Vision, World Medical Relief, Samaritan’s Purse, and Carl McIntyre’s International Council of Christian Churches).[194] Similar plans devised by the Peace Corps included moving inner-city Blacks from America to Jamaica, and other Third World countries. And World Relief attempted to move the population of the Island of Dominica to Jonestown.[195] It is only a matter of time before another Jonestown will be exposed, perhaps leading again to massive slaughter. 




Our story so far has hinted at connections to U.S. intelligence, such as the long-term friendship of Jones and CIA associate (and expert torturer- ETK) Dan Mitrione. But the ties are much more direct when a full picture of the operation is revealed. To start with, the history of Forbes Burnham’s rise to power in Guyana is fraught with the clear implication of a CIA coup d’état to oust troublesome independent leader Cheddi Jagan.[196] In addition, the press and other evidence indicated the presence of a CIA agent on the scene at the time of the massacre. This man, Richard Dwyer, was working as Deputy Chief of Mission for the U.S. Embassy in Guyana.[197] Identified in Who’s Who in the CIA, he has been involved since 1959, and was last stationed in Martinique.[198] Present at the camp site and the airport strip, his accounts were used by the State Department to confirm the death of Leo Ryan. At the massacre, Jones said, “Get Dwyer out of here” just before the killings began.[199]

Other Embassy personnel, who knew the situation at Jonestown well, were also connected to intelligence work. U.S. Ambassador John Burke, who served in the CIA with Dwyer in Thailand, was an Embassy official described by Philip Agee as working for the CIA since 1963. A Reagan appointee to the CIA, he is still employed by the Agency, usually on State Department assignments.[200] Burke tried to stop Ryan’s investigation.[201] Also at the Embassy was Chief Consular officer Richard McCoy, described as “close to Jones,” who worked for military intelligence and was “on loan” from the Defense Department at the time of the massacre.[202] According to a standard source, “The U.S. embassy in Georgetown housed the Georgetown CIA station. It now appears that the majority and perhaps all of the embassy officials were CIA officers operating under State Department covers . . .”[203 ] Dan Webber, who was sent to the site of the massacre the day after, was also named as CIA.[204] Not only did the State Department conceal all reports of violations at Jonestown from Congressman Leo Ryan, but the Embassy regularly provided Jones with copies of all congressional inquiries under the Freedom of Information Act.[205]

Ryan had challenged the Agency’s overseas operations before, as a member of the House Committee responsible for oversight on intelligence. He was an author of the controversial Hughes-Ryan Amendment that would have required CIA disclosure in advance to the congressional committees of all planned covert operations. The Amendment was defeated shortly after his death.[206]

Strangely enough, almost every map of Guyana in the major press located Jonestown at a different place following the killings. One map even shows a second site in the area called “Johnstown.”[187] Perhaps there were multiple camps and Leo Ryan was only shown the one they hoped he would see. In any case, the Jonestown model survives, and similar camps, and their sinister designs, show up in many places.

Inside Guyana itself, approximately 25 miles to the south of Matthews Ridge, is a community called Hilltown, named after religious leader Rabbi Hill. Hill has used the names Abraham Israel and Rabbi Emmanuel Washington. Hilltown, set up about the same time as Jonestown, followed the departure of David Hill, who was known in Cleveland, a fugitive of the U.S. courts. Hill rules with an “iron fist” over some 8,000 Black people from Guyana and America who believe they are the Lost Tribe of Israel and the real Hebrews of Biblical prophecy.[188] Used as strong-arm troops, and “internal mercenaries” to insure Burnham’s election, as were Jonestown members, the Hilltown people were allowed to clear the Jonestown site of shoes and unused weapons, both in short supply in Guyana.[189] Hill says his followers would gladly kill themselves at his command, but he would survive since, unlike Jones, he is “in control.”[190]image018

Rabbi Hill, on the right

During the 1970s and 1980s, a religious group known as the House of Israel became an informal part of the PNC’s security apparatus and engaged in actions such as strikebreaking, pro-government demonstrations, political intimidation, and murder. The House of Israel was led by an ardent PNC supporter, David Hill, locally known as Rabbi Washington. Hill was an American fugitive wanted for blackmail, larceny, and tax evasion. Despite its name, the House of Israel was neither Israeli nor Jewish-oriented. It was, instead, a black supremacist cult claiming that Afro-Guyanese were the original Hebrews. Cult adherents further believed that modern-day Jews were, in fact, descendants of other non-Jewish biblical peoples and were in Israel illegally. Serving as a paramilitary force for the PNC, the House of Israel had 8,000 members, including a 300-member guard force known as the ‘royal cadets.

Similar camps were reported at the time in the Philippines.

The above accounts reveal explosive and important information regarding the modus operandi and identity of the “cryptocracy.” Here is a recap of these important points:

1) In his early career, Jim Jones was a member of Bertrand Russell’s Fellowship for Reconciliation, worked for Naval Intelligence (Office of Naval Intelligence or ONI), and was supported by the U.S. Embassy in Brazil. Jones was also a lifelong personal friend/associate of Dan Mitrione, one of the CIA’s most infamous torturers, who taught torture techniques to many police interrogation units throughout Latin America.

2) The Fellowship financed Jones’ first trip to Brazil in 1961, at which time he visited and received money from CIA headquarters there. By one account, he distributed leaflets, tried to stir up revolutionary sentiments, and participated in a CIA effort to overthrow the Brazilian government.

3) A major funder for Jones’ first church in Indianapolis was Rabbi Maurice Davis, who had worked as chaplain at the Lexington Addiction Research Center, where MKULTRA research had been done, and who was a board member of the American Family Foundation.

4) After Jones moved his fellowship to Ukiah, California, there were reports that behavior modification experiments, including sensory deprivation, were being conducted on his congregation, which was predominantly comprised of blacks.

5) Jones’s group infiltrated and took over the Mendocino state hospital, as part of a government pilot project to deinstitutionalize mental patients. When California Governor cut funding for mental institutions, most of the patients at Mendocino were released to custody of the People’s Temple.

6) Among key supporters of Jones were the Layton family, headed by Dr. Lawrence Laird Layton, who had immigrated to America from Nazi Germany after WWII (ETK- In Operation Paperclip?). Dr. Layton had worked on the Manhattan Project, government programs in chemical and ecological warfare, and Army LSD research. In fact, Layton was Chief of the US Army’s Chemical Warfare Division between 1952 and 1954.

7) The People’s Temple was established at Matthew’s Ridge in northeastern Guyana (near Venezuela), at the site of Union Carbide’s bauxite and manganese mine where precious metals such as gold, diamonds, and uranium are present. This site had been considered as a relocation site for Jews after WWII. Later, Guyanese Prime Minister, Forbes Burnham, participated in a failed plan to relocate blacks from the UK to work there. Prior to it’s use as Jonestown, the CIA established their “Operation Shalom” there, training camp for guerillas to be used in operations in Angola between 1973 and 1975.

8) Jones received support from the U.S. embassy in Georgetown, Guyana, which was headquarters for the CIA and may have been staffed exclusively by CIA officers.

9) Behind its religious front, Jonestown functioned as a brutal slave labor/mind control experiment that exploited mostly blacks, an official “target population” who made up the majority of Jones’ followers (total 1,100). Guyanese children were also “bought.” Jones’ “followers” worked 16 to 18 hours days, were forced to live in cramped quarters, and fed minimal rations. They were forced to stay awake at night and listen to lectures by Jones. Threats and abuse were common. Punishments included forced drugging, sensory isolation in an underground box, electro-shock, physical torture and public rape and humiliation. As we shall discover in other accounts, Jones was bi-sexual and used sex, particularly sodomy, a means of humiliating and controlling both men and women.

10)The camp medical officer, Dr. Lawrence Schacht, kept meticulous daily notes and drug records. His staff was known to perform unnecessary surgery without anaesthetic.

11)Jones became extremely wealthy (estimated worth of between $26 million and $2 billion) and stashed his money in foreign bank accounts, foreign investments, and real estate. Key members set up accounts worldwide. Evidence suggests Temple funds were augmented by profits from members who were involved in international smuggling of guns and drugs.

12)Much of this money disappeared after the mass murder of 913 of Jones’ followers.

13)Congressman Leo Ryan, a member of the House Committee responsible for oversight on intelligence operations was co-author of the Hughes-Ryan Amendment that would have required the CIA to disclose all future covert operations. When Ryan visited Jonestown, he was executed by some of Jones’ white “special guards.” The massacre of some 913 mostly black followers ensued shortly thereafter. The Congressional Amendment was defeated shortly after Ryan’s murder.

14)The ‘cool-aid’ myth is disproven by the fact that the coroner’s report indicates 80 to 90% of the dead had fresh needle marks on their bodies. Others were shot or strangled.

15)Press reports indicate that CIA agent, Richard Dwyer, was on the scene at the time of the massacre.

16)That Washington officials were aware of the Jonestown massacre is indicated by the fact that an aide to National Security Advisor, Zbigniew Brzezinski, brought orders to remove “all politically sensitive papers and forms of identification from the bodies.”

17)The corpse alleged to have been Jones was unidentifiable but did not have Jones’ distinctive chest tattoos.

18)The Jonestown model persists today in other concentration/mind control camps in Guyana and elsewhere in the Third World. Twenty-five miles north of Matthews Ridge is a much larger community called Hilltown, run by Rabbi David Hill (aka Rabbi Washington), of the House of Israel black-supremacist cult. There, some 8,000 black people provide(d) slave labor and mind control subjects. A 300-member guard force known as the “royal cadets” helps keep order. Hill himself was an ex-convict from Cleveland, Ohio.

19)The mass-murder of Jones’ followers was carried out by employees of the American intelligence establishment when Ryan’s visit threatened to expose the operation. The same intelligence establishment controlled the cover-up of the crime and ensured that the media maintained the fiction that Jones was merely a deranged leader of a crazy religious cult.

20)Postscript 1: According to Judge, on the eve of the massacre, Guyanese Prime Minister Forbes was converted to “born again” Christianity by members of the Full Gospel Christian Businessman’s Association. This group, based in California, also reportedly converted Guatemalan dictator, Rios Mont, prior to his massacres there. This same group conducted the daily White House prayer breakfasts for President Reagan.

21)Postcript 2: As of 1985, the People’s Temple site in Guyana was being “repopulated” by Laotian Hmong people, many of whom had grown opium for CIA opium trade during the Vietnam war. This more recent project was designed by Billy Graham’s nephew Ernest and members of the Federation of Evangelical Ministries Association in Illinois.

22)Conclusion 1: The cover story of Reverend Jim Jones and his People’s Temple utopian religious cult/agricultural experiment is merely a front. Actually, Jonestown was a tightly run slave labor/mind control concentration camp run by American intelligence, complete with medical and psychiatric experimentation. It was one of many such camps located throughout the world that were and are being used to advance various geo-political objectives.

23)Conclusion 2: The Jonestown operation fulfilled several intelligence objectives: a) support for a coup d’etat of a left-wing Guyanese Prime Minister, b) cheap labor for the concentration camp, c) test site for continued MK-ULTRA type mind control programs, and d) cover for various international criminal activities.

24)Conclusion 3: The modus operandi of the Jonestown massacre seems similar to that used in the assassination of President John F. Kennedy and 9/11. That is, it was an intelligence operation with multiple objectives that was covered up at the high level politicans and by the media. The crimes are attributed to “patsies” or “lone-nuts,” who themselves were groomed for their roles by the intelligence agencies.

The concluding comment from “Latin American High Weirdness,” re: Congressman Ryan’s brave and quixotic attempt to reign in the rogue activities of the CIA:

Nobody interferes with the CIA and gets away with it.

“Something very bad is going on within the CIA and I want to know what it is. I want to shred the CIA into a thousand pieces and scatter them to the four winds.”

( JFK, shortly before his assassination)

2. Chile’s “Colonia Dignidad” (Dignity Colony)

The article, “Latin American High Weirdness: “Hand of Death” CIA Satanic Cult Network” (http://www.sott.net/article/244755-Latin-American-High-Weirdness-Hand-of-Death-Satanic-CIA-Cult-Network), provides further details of Jonestown and similar cults (or cults “fronts”). Colonia Dignidad (Dignity Colony) was, another so-called “utopian experiment/religious cult” created and controlled to fulfill covert, illegal political objectives:

image019image021image023

President Allende Nazi Paul Schafer Colonia Dignidad compound

In Chile, a similar Utopian community would be called in service under the notorious Pinochet regime after the first democratically-elected Marxist president of Latin America, Salvador Allende, was removed and assassinated during a military coup in the early 1970s. This community, which would become a close alley of the Pinochet regime, was known as Colonia Dignidad. Like Jonestown, it was described as an agricultural experiment and headed by a controversial minister.

In Unholy Alliance (1995), Lavenda states:

Paul Schafer was one of the founders of the Colony of Righteousness and was, and is, its only leader.  (Ex-Nazi) Schafer jumped bail in Germany in 1961 on charges of child sexual abuse, but that did not stop him from taking a group of families with him when he fled to Chile, arriving there in 1962 at the age of forty with around sixty ‘blonde, blue-eyed settlers’… including some children who were brought there under false pretenses, taken from their families back in Germany. 

His flock came from the town of Siegburg, across the Rhine from Bonn, where Schafer claimed to be a psychologist, and where he ran a youth home where the sexual-abuse charges originated.  Schafer, also the leader of a Baptist sect (a sect which evidently condones sexual intercourse between adults and children among other peculiarities), bought an old ranch called El Lavadero about 250 miles south of Santiago in the Parral region and quickly converted it into a self-sufficient, model community known as Colonia Dignidad, the ‘Colony of Righteousness’ or ‘Dignity Colony.’

The population of the Colony eventually grew to about 350, composed of 250 adults and 100 children.  According to reports in the Chilean and German press, the sexes are rigorously separated and sexual intercourse is forbidden (except, one gathers, at the discretion of Schafer).  And, since sex is prohibited, the only way the Colony has been able to increase its population has been by ‘importing’ children from Germany. German authorities have been investigating charges that from thirty to forty children reported missing from Bonn and Cologne areas have wound up at the Colony.  Thus, charges of both child abuse and international child abduction have been leveled at this remote cult community by eyewitnesses, escapees, and responsible members of the West German and Chilean governments.  The parallels between Colonia Dignidad and the stories told by ‘satanic cult survivors’ however, are even stronger.

Spanish is not spoken: instead, only German, and, oddly, English are used.  Old-fashioned, 1940s-era clothing is worn and fourteen-hour workdays are the norm.  No television, radio, or newspapers are allowed in the Colony.  There is, however, a shortwave unit on the premises which is used to communicate with an office the Colony maintains in Santiago…

The Colony established a free clinic on its premises: free, that is, on specific days of the week to members of the local population.  They also have their own factory for processing meat, power plant… and their own airfield.  By 1985, they had even opened their own roadside restaurant on the Pan American Highway.

Accounts of the size of the Colony vary from news report to news report.  Everything from 12,000 acres to 37,000 acres has been offered, and accounts of its operations also include a mine, a lumber mill, and a gravel factory.  The author believes it is safe to say that the Colony has grown considerably over the years and that estimates of a 37,000-acre settlement might not be far from the mark, considering the other purposes to which the Colony was put both during and after the Allende regime.

…in 1966, the first of many accusations against Schafer and the Colony surfaced when Wolfgang Muller escaped the ‘watchdogs, electronic alarms and six-foot barbed wire fences to describe life inside the Colony. Muller – who had been brought over from Germany as a member of the original Sieburg group when he was sixteen – claimed that he had been forced into slave labor at the Colony, was beaten, and had been sexually abused by Schafer in Germany when he was twelve years old.  One of Muller’s more interesting claims – especially in light of later events – is his insistence that Schafer had given him ‘memory-altering drugs’ when Muller attempted to rebel or to reveal the details of his abuse at Schafer’s hands.  He also complained of electroshock treatments being administered by camp doctors (shades of Barbie at Montluc Prison).  After his escape, he wound up at the West German embassy in Santiago and now lives in that country under an assumed name, still afraid for his life.”  

Child abuse, memory altering drugs, electroshock treatments – it was into this fertile environment some of the Pincochet regime’s more unfortunate political prisoners found themselves.  The primary liaison between Colonia Dignidad and the Pincochet regime was an American CIA agent named Michael Townley who also served as a member of the Chilean secret police in addition to helping plan the military coup that ousted Allende.

image026image027image030

Michael Townley,   Dr. Josef Mengele, Nazi  Bound for Gitmo

CIA agent                             and MKULTRA torturer   

Levenda (1995) continues:

By the spring of 1973, however, rumors of an impending military coup were rampant in the capital.  Among the conspirators creating discord both in the city and in the countryside was a young American, Michael Vernon Townley.  Townley was a member of Patria y Libertad and an associate of other right-wing terror groups.  A right-wing fanatic himself who carried out assignments for a variety of masters, Townley also contributed to the development of the interrogation program at Colonia Dignidad.

Working directly for, and reporting to, the generals, Townley was given the rank of major in the Chilean Army and together with Colonel Pedro Espinosa and the Chilean Secret Police (DINA), liaised with Patria y Libertad to create a climate of terror in the country conductive to a military coup…

With the coup, however, the Colony got a chance to put its electroshock and narcotics ‘therapies’ to the test.  Townley and DINA agents had the run of the Colony, both at Parral and at the Colony office in Santiago. While DINA maintained contact with its agents all over the world through the Colony’s radio link, Townley helped design the specially equipped interrogation cells.  These were tiny, soundproofed rooms built underground where ‘poltical prisoners’ were taken not only for actual interrogation of a political or military nature, but also for the purpose of developing new methods of torture. 

At first, each prisoner was questioned closely to obtain sufficient information concerning his or her personality in order to develop an appropriate torture and interrogation scheme.  This individualized approach is already well known to the intelligence professionals the author has come into contact over the years. The ostensible goal is to enable the interrogator to so finely tune the torture procedure that the victim surrenders his or her will more completely, more expeditiously.  In practice, however, and with such a ‘scientifically’ adjusted scheme of programmed sadism, there is tremendous room for an interrogator who is so inclined to subject the victim to unimaginable suffering over a long and sustained period of time.  That this is what, in fact, took place at the Colony is beyond doubt…”

The author of “Latin American High Weirdness” continues the grim saga:

According to a UN report Levenda cites, detainees of the Colony had their heads covered with leather hoods, and were then taken to these underground cells were they were subjected to a bombardment of electronic equipment including loudspeakers and microphones in addition to electric shocks.  The Colony’s interrogation techniques have shades of both Gitmo and 1984 in addition to the CIA’s own experiments in its various MK-ULTRA projects.

image032 image033

Over course, it won’t come as a surprise to learn that Paul Schafer was a former Nazi who maintained ties with some of the more notorious war criminals in hiding in South America.  Josef Mengele is widely believed to have been a guest of the Colony, for instance.  Certainly his ‘expertise’ and first-hand experience in ‘enhanced’ interrogation methods would have been much appreciated there.  Mengele and Michael Townley would have surely had some interesting conversations.

Paul Schafer was finally forced out of Chile in 1997 as charges of child molestation were finally brought against him.  In 2005 he was arrested in Argentina and extradited to Chile where he was given a 20-year prison sentence.  Shortly after Schafer’s arrest, the Colony was raided which led to the discovery of a massive cache of weapons that included machine guns, rocket launchers and even a tank.  As of 2005 the Colony had been taken over by Chilean officials.

While it’s certainly lovely that Schafer and the Colony were finally brought down, researchers have asserted that Colonia Dignidad was but one such camp in South America.  Another rumored campsite supposedly existed at Pisagua, Chile.  It is now acknowledged that there was some kind of prison camp at this location. The similarities between Colonia Dignidad and Hilltown (Guyana) are also striking.  Both communities, which featured fanatical followers from foreign countries driven by doctrines of racial superiority, were incorporated into the security apparatuses of the two nations they became involved in.  The major differences seem to be that Hilltown, with over 8000 residents, was more of an overt paramilitary force while Colonia Dignidad was geared more toward ‘intelligence’ work.

Colonia Dignidad was another ‘religious’ community with a political agenda (it had been used as a torture and interrogation center by the Chilean secret police during the overthrow of President Salvador Allende in 1973), was completely populated by German citizens (as Jonestown was by American citizens), was run by a minister of religion who was also a sexual sadist, etc.  In both cases, orphaned children and foster children were exported to the colonies, and financial subsidies derived from their respective governments.  In both cases, the colonies used shortwave radio communications with their officers in the country’s capitols.  Those offices were used by members to influence government officials, and, in the case of Jonestown, one Temple member was ordered to become the paramour of a Guyanese government official.  And on and on.  The parallels are almost too numerous to mention.”

Various authors, including Klein (The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism, 2007), document that the September 11, 1973 coup in Chile was an American CIA operation.  The Amnesty International website states that after coup:

     Tens of thousands of men and women were subsequently arrested and tortured.   Many are still missing and many thousands left the country as exiles.  3,216 people are officially recognized as missing or murdered, while 38,254 people are recognized as survivors of political imprisonment and/or torture.

It seems clear that Colonia Dignidad fulfilled a role in the overall coup strategy, both as a center for torture and interrogation of political prisoners and as a slave labor camp.  Important revelations from the above the testimony re: Colonia Dignidad include:

1)    Paul Schafer, a former Nazi accused of child molestation, jumped bail in Germany in 1961 and relocated to Chile in 1962. There, he became founder of the ‘Colony of Righteousness’ and then, its sole leader.  In Germany, Schafer had been leader of a Baptist sect as well as a youth home, from whence the charges of pedophilia derived.

2)    Cult members were exclusively imported from Germany.

3)    The Colonia Dignidad compound involved partnership between cult leaders, Chile’s secret police (DINA), CIA officers such as Michael Townley Welch, and Nazi war criminals such as Joseph Mengele.

4)    Although officially described as an “agricultural center,” the compound functioned as an interrogation and torture center for “disappeared” Chilean political dissidents at the time of the 1973 (CIA-orchestrated) military coup, in which democratically-elected Allende was replaced by Pinochet, a fascist, military dictator.

5)    MKULTRA style torture techniques were refined and “personalized” at the camp.

6)    Another Chilean torture camp exists(ed) at Pisagua, Chile, some 25 miles away.   There were probably others as well.

7)    Schafer’s followers were forced to work 14-hour workdays.  Commercial operations included processing meat, a power plant, a mine, a lumber mill, a gravel factory as well as a restaurant.

8)    No sex was allowed for cult members.  Charges of child abuse and international child abduction were leveled at the community.

9)    Detainees claim that ‘memory-altering drugs’ and electroshock treatments were administered by camp doctors.  Detainees had their heads covered with hoods (as at Gitmo and Abu Graib), were taken to underground cells, and were subjected to bombardment by electronic equipment, including loudspeakers, and electric shocks.

3.  Adolfo Constanzo, the Matamoros cult, and Satanism

The author of “Latin American High Weirdness,” states:

The Matamoros cult… run by the notorious Adolfo Constanzo (was) one of the most concrete examples of a ‘Satanic’ cult of the past few decades….

In Programmed to Kill; The Politics of Serial Murder (2004), McGowan describes the grizzly details of unearthing ritually murdered victims in Mexico.

After a decade had passed… yet another excavation was begun, at a ranch near Juarez, Mexico.  That property was, strangely enough, located precisely where Henry Lee Lucas had claimed that the ‘Hand of Death’ cult maintained a ranch.  The first reports on the Juarez ranch surfaced on December 1, 1999… a Los Angeles Times report noted that the ‘clandestine burial grounds [were] practically within sight of the U.S. border.’

Early reports indicated that authorities anticipated exhuming between 100 and 300 bodies from mass graves on the ranch, including twenty-two missing U.S. citizens and a number of former FBI and DEA informants. The investigation was quickly expanded to include at least three more possible burial grounds in the area…

Of course anyone who follows the news will remember that Juarez has seen a massive amount of women murdered, some with ritualistic overtones, over the past decade.  Once U.S. authorities took over the 1999 investigation of the Juarez ranch the body total dropped from at least 100 to only nine victims – shades of Jonestown and its ever-changing body count.  Naturally, any possibility that there were other sites was also quickly dismissed.

image035image037 image040

From left to right:  Unearthing more victims at Matamoros, Mexico, newspaper headlines proclaiming the criminals are Satanists, and Perception Management (PSYOP) logo.

The above brief introduction to the Matamoros cult resonates with now familiar themes; mass murders, ritual murders, connections with intelligence agencies, foreign influence, and media cover-up.   The author of “Latin American High Weirdness” explores these connections:

Though downplayed in most press reports, the Matamoros cult was largely an American entity.  Its leader was Adolfo Constanzo, a Cuban-American born in Miami, Florida and raised in Miami and San Juan, Puerto Rico.  Its ‘high priestess’ was Sara Aldrete, an honor student at Southmost, Texas College in Brownsville.  One of the cult’s top lieutenants, Serafin Hernandez Garcia, also lived in Brownsville and attended Southmost – as a law enforcement major.  Serafin’s grandfather was the owner of Rancho Santa Elena, where the cult performed its ritual sacrifices and buried many of its victims.  Another cult member, drug baron Elio Hernandez Riveria, also hailed from Brownsville.  Yet another lived in Weslaco, Texas.

I can’t help but be reminded of the People’s Temple and Jonestown when considering the perception of Constanzo’s cult. While they are generally regarded as a Mexican entity in many accounts of the cult, their genesis and leadership was clearly from north of the border.  The People’s Temple was dominated by African-Americans yet the hierarchy was predominately white. The tragedy that was Jonestown unfolded in Guyana, South America, yet it was a tragedy largely involving Americans. Constanzo, a Cuban-American hailing from Miami, would relocate to Mexico in 1984.  By 1989 he had built a modest, but ever-growing, drug ring that was centered around the Afro-Caribbean cult practices of Santeria and Palo Mayombe.  The cult would include several Mexican celebrities in addition to both fellow drug smugglers as well as several high ranking Mexican police (who were instrumental in the rise of Constanzo).  Sacrifice was central to Constanzo’s cult – both animal as well as human.

image042

Adolfo de Jesus Costanzo

There are strong suggestions that both the cult members and leaders were victims of mind control.  In Buried Secrets: A True Story of Serial Murder (1992), Hume relates:

Many of the cult members displayed bizarre, detached behavior. In many cases they were described as emotionless – robotic, even. This was especially true of Elio Hernandez and other cult members who were arrested in the initial wave around Rancho Santa Elena.

One of the most vicious of the Matamoros cultists, ‘Little’ Serafin Hernandez Garcia, was especially unnerving to the police.  The interrogation of Little Serafin took five hours.  As they listened, the agents sometimes crossed themselves.  Some of them had wondered why their superstitious commandante kept strings of garlic, religious candles, amulets, and other charms of good luck in his office.  Now they were glad to have them as they listened to young Hernandez’s tale unfold.

They had heard of black magic all their lives.  Now they were seeing it work.  A man with no soul.  And Little Serafin did seem cold, without feeling, without any idea that what he had done was morally monstrous.

In the case of Sara Aldrete, there was even evidence of a split personality.  (Aldrete was the American honors student from Texas College in Brownsville, Texas.)

In Hell Ranch: Nightmare of Voodoo, Drugs, & Death in Matamoros
(1992), Linedecker adds:

But investigators with the Mexico City attorney’s office were unsure how to take Sara’s confession because the accused ‘godmother’ of the cult had begun to show disturbing signs of a split personality.  As the days wore on, three separate personas became evident – one for the police, one for the television cameras and a third that emerged when she talked to herself.

U.S. Customs Service Agent Oran Neck told a reporter with the Houston Chronicle just days after Sara’s arrest that she had lost touch with reality.  He said that she was demonstrating a dual personality

McGowan (1994) offers this historical portrait of the cult’s charismatic leader, Adolfo de Jesus Costanzo:

A modeling assignment took the handsome young sorcerer to Mexico City in 1983, and he spent his free time telling fortunes with tarot cards in the city’s infamous ‘Zona Rosa.’  Before returning to Miami, Adolfo collected his first Mexican disciples, including Martin Quintana, homosexual ‘psychic’ Jorge Montes, and Omar Orea, obsessed with the occult from age fifteen.  In short order, Constanzo seduced both Rodriquez and Orea, claiming one as his ‘man’ and the other as his ‘woman,’ depending on Adolfo’s romantic whim.

By mid-1984, Adolfo had moved to Mexico City, where he served as something of a ‘psychic to the stars,’ earning extravagant fees and living quite lavishly.  His fastidiously neat and orderly home in a high-dollar suburb of Mexico’s capital was, interestingly enough, located directly across an elementary school.  Described as having a magnetic personality, Constanzo attracted an array of famous and colorful people – including entertainment stars, fashion models, transsexual nightclub performers, politicians, businessmen, crime lords, police officials and civil servants.

In Raising Hell: Encyclopedia of Devil Worship and Satanic Crime

(1994), Newton states:

At first glance, the most peculiar aspect of Constanzo’s new career was the appeal he seemed to have for ranking law-enforcement officers.  At least four members of the Federal Judicial Police joined Constanzo’s cult in Mexico City: one of them, Salvador Garcia, was a commander in charge of narcotics investigations; another, Florentino Ventura, retired from the federales to lead the Mexican branch of Interpol.  In a country where bribery – mordida – permeates all levels of law enforcement and federal officers sometimes serve as triggermen for drug smugglers, corruption is not unusual, but the devotion of Constanzo’s followers ran deeper than cash on the line.  In or out of uniform, they worshipped Adolfo as a minor god in his own right, their living conduit to the spirit world.

(It was in fact the Mexican police who paved the way for Constanzo’s entrance into the lucrative world of drug trafficking.)

In 1986, Florentino Ventura introduced Constanzo to the drug-dealing Calzada family, then one of Mexico’s dominant narcotics cartels. Constanzo won the hard-nosed dealers over with his charm and mumbo jumbo, profiting immensely from his contacts with the gang.  By early 1987, he was able to pay $60,000 cash for a condominium in Mexico City, buying himself a fleet of luxury cars that included an $80,000 Mercedes Benz. When not working magic for the Calzadas or other clients, Adolfo staged scams of his own, once posing as a DEA agent to rip off a coke dealer in Guadalajara, selling the stash through his police contacts for a cool $100,000.”

On April 30, Guillermo Calzada and six members of his household vanished under mysterious circumstances. They were reported missing on May 1, police noting melted candles and other evidence of a strange religious ceremony at Calzada’s office.  Six more days elapsed before the officers began fishing mutilated remains from the Zumpango River.  Seven corpses were recovered in the course of a week, all bearing signs of sadistic torture – fingers, toes, and ears removed, hearts and sex organs excised, part of the spine ripped from one body, two others missing brains.  The vanished parts, as it turned out, had gone to feed Constanzo’s cauldron of blood, building up his strength for greater conquests yet to come.

The author of “Latin American High Weirdness” continues:

We will start with Constanzo’s religion.  He is in many instances in the blogosphere (and even by researchers such as David McGowan and Michael Newton) described as a Satanist.  His mother and other family members have sworn up and down that Constanzo was nothing but a good Catholic boy.  Many have claimed that he practiced Santeria.

Constanzo was initiated into both the occult and the criminal underworld at a young age.  His first teacher was his mother, who was a practitioner of Santeria.

image044image046

A Santeria ritual                       Delia

Hume (1992) states:

Adolfo Constanzo’s earliest childhood memory was not of a favorite toy or a parent’s smile, but the gurgling death rattle of a chicken’s slit throat, its blood offered up to the ancient African gods.  He knew a home filled with decay and blood, inuring him to death.  His reward for good behavior was the gift of an animal to mutilate or kill…

There was the power that shedding blood brought, the essence of Santeria.  Give blood to the gods, and they will answer your prayers.  There was the daily embrace of death and decay inside Delia’s filthy and bloodstained home, the basis of Palo Mayombe’s magic.  Above all, a palero must relish the stench of decomposing flesh, for he must take the evil spirits of the dead inside him, becoming possessed by them.

In addition to being a follower of Santeria, Delia was also quite a frequent small time criminal.

Newton (1994) states:

Adolfo’s mother had introduced him to the santeria cult around age nine, with side trips from Puerto Rico to Haiti for instruction in voodoo, but there were still more secrets to be learned, and in 1976 he was apprenticed to a practitioner of palo mayombe.  His occult ‘godfather’ was already rich from working with local drug dealers, and he imparted a philosophy that would follow Adolfo to his grave: ‘Let the nonbelievers kill themselves with drugs.  We will profit from their foolishness.'”

Of Costanzo’s godfather, Hume (1992) writes:

Constanzo’s Haitian padrino was such a man.  He was not interested in love spells or acts of benevolence, only in spilling blood and taking life.  He passed that bloodlust on to his young apprentice, dispensing lessons, beatings, and exposure to the macabre in equal measures until nothing had an effect on him. Adolfo took the beatings as if they were a part of growing up; he met the horror with a child’s eagerness.

image048 A Palo Mayombe shrine, which Adolfo’s Haitian padrino would have taught him how to make

Linedecker (1992) provides background on Santeria and Palo Mayombe:

Santeria in its present form was first practiced around 2500 B.C. in what is now known as Nigeria, on the banks of expansive Niger River.  It was then that Yoruba tribesmen first developed the nature religion that allowed mortals to approach the gods through worship of natural objects such as shells, feathers, and herbs.

image049

Santeria – Spanish for ‘worship of saints’ – spread to the New World in the 1500s when slaves brought captured black Africans to the Southern United States and the Caribbean as an inexpensive source of manual labor.

The Africans had no choice but to work for their new masters, but they didn’t really abandon their old gods.  Ordered to adopt the white man’s religion, many of them outwardly complied and, to their masters, seemed to have adopted Catholicism and its saints. But among themselves, the slaves learned to identify each of the saints with one of their own African gods.  So when they were seen by owners apparently praying to a small clay image of Saint Lazarus, for instance, they may instead have been petitioning the ancient Yoruba god and patron of the sick, Babalu-‘Aye’.  Or if they were kneeling before an image of Christ on the cross, they may have been seeking communion with Oloru’n-Orofi, the Creator Himself.

The clandestine Santeria ceremonies helped homesick and frightened slaves maintain a strong bond with an Africa thousands of miles away.  Gradually, the religion based on old Yoruba beliefs, with a strong meld of Catholicism, spread through the islands, Central and South America.  The religion flourished in the New World, and although it maintained many of its secret ways, it gradually moved into the open; today it is widely practiced alongside Catholicism in the islands and in Latin America.  Santeria established an especially strong foothold in Cuba and in Brazil, where, in slightly different form, it is known as Macumba, or Umbanda.  And increasingly, worship of the old Yoruba gods has moved onto mainland North America and is growing in popularity among Hispanics, blacks, and Anglos.

Practitioners of Santeria, called Santeros, worship a bewildering array of deities, called Orishas, who are represented in their dual role as Catholic saints and ancient African gods.  They can be summoned for help during times of need or crisis.  Santeros maintain that the orishas are extremely powerful, and each control specific aspects of life, such as purity, employment, health – and death.

 

Described by experts as an evil black-magic flip side of Santeria, Palo Mayombe is a religion where disciples call for help from Catholic saints, ancient African spirit gods and the tortured souls of the enslaved dead.  It has its roots in the impenetrable jungles of the African Congo, and like Santeria, its practice was melded with Catholicism by slaves after reaching the New World.

Some santeros keep two altars in their house – one for Santeria and one for Palo Mayombe.  Their approach to natural magic is similar, but there are vast differences between the two beliefs.  Santeria reputedly offers its gods the blood of animal sacrifices killed quickly and humanely, while the animal and human sacrifices offered during some Palo Mayombe rituals are deliberately tortured and horribly mutilated.  Pain and fear are powerful elements of the rites.

Sometimes the blood of the sacrificial victim is consumed by participants in ceremonies, acts occasionally followed by other vile forms of necrophilia and cannibalism.  Parts of victims are boiled in black n’gangas – similar to the crimson-tinged cauldrons found in the ceremonial hut on the Santa Elena Ranch. Palo Mayombe cultists believe that the spirits of the victims will become trapped in the cauldrons and enslaved, to be called on for protection or to carry out evil.  Some Palo Mayombe practitioners prefer that brain tissue be left in skulls used in the obscene acts of necromancy so that the agonized spirits they have summoned can think and act more intelligently.

Constanzo also seemingly added aspects of Mexican folk magic and rituals of the Aztecs to his belief system.  Many of his victims were found with their hearts ritualistically removed in a fashion similar to how the Aztecs were thought to remove them, for instance.  Is it also possible that the Sirius/Sothis religion that I’ve chronicled before also influenced Constanzo’s belief system?

Probably the two chief advocates of the so-called Sirius tradition are Robert K.G. Temple, an Oriental Studies and Sanskrit major from the University of Pennsylvania and fellow at the Royal Astronomical Society, and Kenneth Grant, the former head of the Typhonian Order and Aleister Crowley disciple.  Unlikely bedfellows indeed, yet both presented compelling theories of a cult whose belief system revolved around the star Sirius and that has existed in some form or other since at least ancient Sumeria.  Temple built his theory off of the traditions of the Dogon people while Grant’s was based upon the occult traditions Crowley taught him.  Both theories held Africa to be a kind of repository of occult traditions.

I’ll allow the great Robert Anton Wilson to sum up Temple’s theory:

Temple claimed that Earth had been visited by an advanced race from a planet in the system of the double star, Sirius, around 4500 B.C.  Temple based this assertion on the fact that definite and specific knowledge of the Sirius system can be found in the mythology of the Babylonians, the Egyptians, and some surviving African tribes – knowledge which modern astronomy has only rediscovered with the fantastically delicate instruments of the last two decades…

…Temple’s evidence… could be interpreted to indicate the arrival of people from Sirius who had come here in a physical space ship around 4500 B.C.  According to Temple, information about this had been passed on through various initiatory orders in the ancient Mediterranean and in Africa to the present time…”

(from Wilson’s, The Cosmic Trigger, pg. 9-10)

The author of “Latin American High Weirdness” interjects:

I’ve speculated that the ancient goddess cults revolved around Sirius worship before here.  Santeria and Palo Mayombe, the two belief systems of which the bulk of Constanzo’s magical practices were based around, both derived from Africa and both were very ancient belief systems.  Is it possible that parts of the Sirius tradition were incorporated into these belief systems long ago?  I do not know enough about either religion to answer definitively either way to that question. However, I have chronicled the overlap between Freemasonry and Haitian Vodou before here (http://visupview.blogspot.com/2010/11/haitian-lodge.html), so perhaps there are ties between Santeria and Palo Mayombe and even more ancient occult traditions.  It may even be that Santeria and Palo Mayombe represent the Sirius tradition in its rawest incarnation.

As I noted in part IV of this series, the first major ritual slaying attributed to the Constanzo cult was the killing of the Calzada family, one of the prime drug cartels in Mexico at the time. Constanzo sacrificed several prominent members on Walpurgis Night, one of the chief holidays in northern and central European paganism.  Is this further evidence that a more ancient occult tradition, possibly one tied to Sirius, influenced Constanzo’s cult?  This is the only overt evidence that I’ve found linking Constanzo’s practices to European occultism, but I can’t help but feel there are much deeper connections.

The author draws out another interesting North American connection with Costanzo’s Matamoros cult:

Interestingly, one of Constanzo’s chief recruiting tools for his blood cult was apparently the 1987 horror film ‘The Believers’, starring Martin Sheen.

“…gang members told police that they were initiated into the religious ways of the cult through repeated viewings of the movie, The Believers.

“Young Serafin Hernandez Garcia told authorities it was his favorite film.

“There were startling similarities between Constanzo’s gang and the evil cult portrayed in The Believers.  Most significantly, both groups practiced human sacrifice to attain protection and power from the gods…

                                             (Hell Ranch, Clifford L. Linedecker, pgs. 95-96)

The obsession Constanzo’s cult had with ‘The Believers’ is very interesting.  The film concerns a police psychiatrist (Sheen) who becomes involved in a series of child murders occurring in New York City.  The children are killed in a highly ritualistic fashion and it is soon revealed that a cult with high society connections (including ties to the police) is behind the killings.

Even more significantly, ‘The Believers’ was written my Mark Frost, who would go on to create the legendary TV series ‘Twin Peak’s with maverick filmmaker David Lynch.  ….  I consider “Twin Peaks” one of the finest accounts of magick to ever be released.  I’ve written heavily on the TV series here, the viewing of which I compared to an initiation into an occult society…. Frost’s script demonstrates both an accurate depiction of occult rites in addition to compelling links between the occult and high society.

The author of “Latin American High Weirdness” speculates that Jim Jones was also actually an occultist, citing this first hand account  (Levenda’s Sinister Forces Book II, 2011)

…. Jones began to speak of revolution, and of Jesus as a socialist. He began to gradually mock and vilify the God of the Jews, the ‘Sky God’ as he called him, and to identify Jehovah with satanic forces bent on the destruction of humanity.  It was pure neo-Nazism, except it was so convoluted that most of his followers would never have recognized it for what it was… the Nazi ideologists of the Third Reich had reinterpreted the bible in such a way that the God of the Israelites was Satan.  This has become standard theology in such racist organizations in America as the Christian Identity movement.

“Lucifer was the ‘light-bringer,’ and intent on delivering humanity from the clutches of the evil Jehovah.  This is also a Gnostic belief, as demonstrated in the scriptures uncovered at Nag Hammadi in Egypt in 1945.  In this system, the Serpent in the Garden of Eden was the true God, who wanted to deliver the human race from the blind Creator God, the Demiurge who wanted Adam and Eve as his personal slaves…

This multiplicity of gods with Biblical genealogy is what gave rise to the theology of the Process Church of the Final Judgment… This form of Gnosticism also influenced Charles Manson, and he began to identify himself with Abraxas, a famous Gnostic deity whose numerological equivalent is 365, the same as the number of days in the year and thus representative of time itself.   With the Nazis, the neo-Nazis, and the Christian Identity movement in the United States, Europe, and Latin America, we are experiencing a strange resurrection of first and second century Gnosticism: Gnosticism with a vengeance.

image051image054

Abraxas

Finally, there is ample evidence all three men (Jones, Manson, and Costanzo) adopted radical religious systems as a means of controlling their followers.  In the case of both Manson and Jones, this system seems to have been based upon Nazi-tinged Gnosticism.

What additional insights can we gleen from the above information?  And how is the Matamoros cult similar or different from Jonestown and the Colonia Dignidad?

1)    Just as Donald DeFreeze, Patty Hearst’s mind control programmers, was himself a victim of mind control programming at Vacaville and the recipient of some training from Jim Jones, so Sara Aldrete, the “high priestess” of the Matamoros cult, also seems to have had MPD (multiple personality disorder).  We may infer that this Adrete was also a victim of some kind of MKULTRA or Monarch programming.

2)    Like Jim Jones’ and Paul Schafer’s cults, Adolfo Costanzo’s cult seems to have been a front for various criminal activities, in this case, selling of drugs and performance of occult ritual murders.

3)    Like Jonestown and Colonia Dignidad, the Matamoros cult, was lead by foreigners, in this case, Americans.

4)    Occult and Satanic factors are particularly evident in the Matamoros cult, as indicated by the numerous ritual murders and creation of zombie slaves.  Costanzo was involved in deeply occult, “Satanic” activities of Santeria and Palo Moyambe.

5)    The Matamoros cult was connected to highly placed individuals within the Mexican police, certain Mexican celebrities, and other drug cartels.

6)    Whereas the Jonestown and Colonia Dignidad cults obviously advanced political objectives, such as deposing left-wing administrations and installing and supporting right-wing fascist dictatorships, the political functions of the Matamoros cult are less clear-cut.  And it does not seem there is evidence it functioned as a slave labor camp.

7)    My speculation is that the Matamoros cult was also the creation of either American intelligence or else the “master cult” and that it functioned as a terrorist cult and criminal drug enterprise.  Certainly, the mass murders near the Mexican/American border near Juarez struck fear and terror into both Mexican and American civilians.  This part of the operation would essentially be a PSYOP against the civilian populations of both countries.

8)     Fear and terror would have served several functions.  First, it presumably resulted in significantly reduced tourism from Americans.  The effect would have been to lower needed tourist revenues in impoverished Mexico.  Second, terror would have helped solidify the power of various drug cartels as rivals to the established government.  Third, by further lowering living standards in Mexico, it would have had the effect of increasing the gap between rich and poor in Mexico and of increasing illegal immigration of poor Mexicans into the U.S.   Since these Mexicans work for less than minimum wage, this has the effect of keeping wages low in America and serving the interests of the “corporatocracy.”

9)    While Jonestown, Colonia Dignidad, and the Matamoros cult all seem to be related to larger international intelligence, crime, and cult networks, the Matamoros cult in particular, seems to point to the power, character, and methodologies of a (worldwide? “Satanic”?) “master cult.”

10)Both Jonestown and the Matamoros cults seem to share neo-Nazi-style, Gnostic occult belief systems and methods.

References

Amorth, G., 1992, An Exorcist Tells His Story, Ignatius Press, San Francisco, 203 pp.

_____, 1999. An Exorcist, More Stories, Ignatius Press, San Francisco, 203 pp.

Amstutz, W., et al., 1984, Exposing and Confronting Satan and Associates, Lifespan Publishing, 443 pp.

Anonymous, “Latin American Weirdness: “Hand of Death” CIA Cult Network provides a compelling and highly informative overview of several important covert cult operations (http://www.sott.net/article/244755-Latin-American-High-Weirdness-Hand-of-Death-Satanic-CIA-Cult-Network):

“Jewish Sabbateans Rule the World for Satan,” (http://beforeitsnews.com/power-elite/2013/05/jewish-sabbateans-rule-the-world-for-satan-part1-2442012.html

Barruel (1995) in Jones 2012

Becker, T., Karriker, W., Overkamp, B., and Rutz, C., 2007., Extreme Abuse Survey- Ritual Abuse website: psychology.wikia.com/wiki/Extreme_Abuse_Survey‎

Bourguinon, E., 1973, Introduction: A framework for the comparative study of altered states of consciousness.  In E. Bourguinon (Ed.,), Religion, Altered States of Consciousness, and Social Change (pp. 3-35), Ohio State University Press, Columbus, Ohio.

Bowart, W., 1976, Operation Mind Control; The CIA’s Plot Against America, Fontana/Collins, Glasgow, Scotland, 317 pp.

“Butler, Samuel,” 2012, How to Recognize a Satanist (Parts 1 and 2), http://henrymakow.com/how_well_do_you_know.htmlhttp://henrymakow.com/how_to_recognize_a_satanist.html

Constantine, A., 1995, Psychic Dictatorship in America, Feral House, Los Angeles, CA, 221 pp.

_____, 1997, Virtual Government: CIA Mind Control Operations in America, Feral House, Los Angeles, California, 304 pp.

Conway, T., 2007, Warning signs of dysfunctional cults, www.enlightenedspirituality.org/Warning_signs_of_dysfunctional_cults

DeCamp, J., 1996, The Franklin Cover-Up: Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska, AWT, Inc., Lincoln, Nebraska, 409 pp.

Deikman, A.J., M.D., 1994, The Wrong Way Home; Uncovering the Patterns of Cult Behavior in American Society, Beacon Press, Boston, Massachusetts, 192 pp.

Desborough, B., 2000, Religious Mind-Control Cults, www.whale.to/b/desborough3.html

Disdair, R., 2009, The Black Awakening: Rise of the Satanic Super Soldiers and the Coming Chaos, A Preemption Book Publishing, Canton, Ohio, 661 pp.

Epstein, O.B., Schwartz, J., and Schwartz, R.W., 2011, Ritual Abuse and Mind Control: Manipulation of Attachment Needs, Karnac, London, 183 pp.

Gersi, D., 1991, Faces in the Smoke: An Eyewitness Experience of Voodoo, Shamanism, Psychic Healing and other Amazing Human Powers,  Los Angeles, California, Jeremy P. Tarcher, 223 pp.

Hume, E., 1992, Buried Secrets: A True Story of Serial Murder, Signet, 442 pp.

Jones, E.M., 2008, The Jewish Revolutionary Spirit and It’s Impact on World History, Fidelity Press, South Bend, Indiana, 1200 pp.

Judge, J., 1985, The Black Hole of Guyana; The Untold Story of the Jonestown Massacre,  (tical.org/ratville/JFK/JohnJudge/Jonestown.html).

Katz, S., 2012, A reversed Kaballah trainer speaks, (p. 91-118) In: Miller, A., Healing the Unimaginable; Treating Ritual Abuse and Mind Control, Karnac Books Ltd., London, 303 pp.

Keith, J., 1998, Mind Control World Control: The Encyclopedia of Mind Control, Adventures Unlimited Press, Kempton, Illinois, 310 pp.

______, 2003, Mass Control: Engineering Human Consciousness, Adventures Unlimited Press, Kempton, Illinois, 253 pp.

Klein, N., 2007, The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism, Metropolitan Books, New York, 558 pp,

Lacter, E., 2011, Torture-based mind control: psychological mechanisms and psychotherapeutic approaches to overcoming mind control, (p. 57-142) In: Epstein, O.B., Schwartz, J., and Schwartz, R.W., Ritual Abuse and Mind Control: The Manipulation of Attachment Needs, Karnac Books, Ltd., London, 183 pp.

Lalich, J., and Tobias, M., 2006, Take Back Your Life: Recovering from Cults and Abusive Relationships, Bay Tree Publishing, 384 pp.

Lee, M.A., and Shlain, B., 1992, Acid Dreams: The Complete Social History of LSD: The CIA, the Sixties, and Beyond, Grove Press, New York, 345 pp.

Levenda, P., 2005, Sinister Forces-A Warm Gun: A Grimoire of American Political Witchcraft (Bk. 2), Trine Day, 480 pp.

_____, Unholy Alliance: A History of Nazi Involvement with the Occult, Bloomsbury Academic, 444 pp.

 

Linedecker, C., 1992, Hell Ranch: Nightmare of Voodoo, Drugs, & Death in Matamoros, Tor Books, 275 pp.

Lozano, N., 2010, Unbound: A Practical Guide to Deliverance, Chosen, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 254 pp.

Makow, H., 2012, How to recognize a Satanist (Part 1), http://henrymakow.com/how_well_do_you_know.html

McGowan, (2004), Programmed to Kill; The Politics of Serial Murder, iUniverse Inc., New York, 383 pp.

________ McGowan, 2004). The Pedophocracy www.sott.net/article/242791-The-Pedophocracy).

Miller, A., 2012, Healing the Unimaginable: Treating Ritual Abuse and Mind Control, Karnac, London, 303 pp.

Mind Control Information and Facts

http://www.WantToKnow.info/mindcontrolinformation.
In “The Personality Disorders,” the New England Institute of Religious Research states http://www.neirr.org/psychissues/Personality_Disorders.htm):

Newton (1994), Raising Hell: Encyclopedia of Devil Worship and Satanic Crime

Noblitt, J.R., and Perskin, P.S., 2000, Cult and Ritual Abuse; It’s History, Anthropology, and Recent Discovery in Contemporary America, Praeger, Westport, Connecticut, London, 269 pp.

Orwell, G., 1981, 1984, Signet Classics, 266 pp.

Reiterman, T., 2008, Raven: The Untold Story of the Rev. Jim Jones and His People, Tarcher, 688 pp.

Ross, C. A., 1995, Satanic Ritual Abuse: Principles of Treatment, University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 228 pp.

_____ 2000, Bluebird, Deliberate Creation of Multiple Personality by Psychiatrists, Manitou Communications, Inc., Richardson, TX, 254 pp.

Ryder, D., 1997, Cover-Up of the Century: Satanic Ritual Crime and World Conspiracy, Ryder Publications, 246 pp.

_____ 1992, Breaking the Circle of Satanic Ritual Abuse: Recognizing and Recovering from the Hidden Trauma,. Compcare Publications, 265 pp.

Vaknin, S., 2001, Malignant Self Love: Narcissism Revisited, Narcissus Publications, Czech Republic, 600 pp.

Wilson, R.A., 2013, The Cosmic Trigger 1: Final Secret of the Illuminati, New Falcon Publications, 306 pp.